2020 Markar/Pemko Product Catalog

Catalog

Browser built in viewer
PDF Viewer
Universal Document Viewer
Google Docs View
Google Drive View
Download Document [pdf]

File Info : application/pdf, 314 Pages, 111.66MB

PemkoMarkar Products Full Line Catalog

Architectural Door Accessories
Markar and Pemko Catalog
© 2015, 2017 - 2020 ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc.

General Information Pemko Door & Frame Accessories

General Information
About the Pemko Product Line General Information & Terms Materials & Finishes Information Product Testing / Classification Symbols Barrier-Free Systems ANSI/BHMA Standards
Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges
General Information Hinge Finishes Hinge Numbering System and Standard Lengths Continuous Hinge Modifications 3500 Series Stainless Steel Pin and Barrel Security Hinges 600 Series Stainless Steel Pin and Barrel Hinges 300 Series Stainless Steel Pin and Barrel Hinges 300 Series Stainless Steel Edge Guards 200 Series Carbon Steel Pin and Barrel Hinges 100 Series Aluminum Pin and Barrel Continuous Hinges 1000 Series Aluminum Double Swing Hinge 900 Series Toilet Partition Hinges 400 Series Toilet Partition Hinges Pivots Flat Astragals Fasteners and Fastener Packs Tools, Parts, and Accessories Custom Lengths
PemkoHinge® Geared Continuous Hinges:
What is PemkoHinge®? Ordering Chart BHMA Certification Program Hospital Tip Cycle Requirements and Weight Bearing UL Fire Labeling Options for Electrically Modified Continuous Geared Hinges X-Series PemkoHinge® Offset Hinges Full Mortise Hinges Special Full Mortise Hinges Kawneer Full Mortise Hinges Raised Gear Hinge Full Mortise Safety Hinges Wide Throw Full Mortise Hinges Wide Throw Half Surface Hinges Half Surface Hinges Half Mortise Hinges Full Surface Hinges Full Surface Center Pivot Hinges Full Surface Balanced Pivot Hinge Full Mortise Residential Hinges FirepinsTM Double Swing Hinge Emergency Release Stop Power Transfer Units
Commercial Thresholds:
Saddle Thresholds Half Saddle Thresholds Offset Saddles Stainless Steel Saddles Stainless Steel Half Saddles and Offset Saddles Thermal Break Saddles Stainless Steel Thermal Break Threshold Latching Panic Exit Saddles Latching Panic Exit Saddles - Thermal Break Acoustic Thresholds Threshold with Flexible Joint

Eco-VTM Thresholds

124

Adjustable-Width Eco-VTM Threshold

125

Heavy Duty Latching Panic Exit Saddle Threshold

126

Heavy Duty Thresholds

126

Modular Heavy Duty Thresholds

127

Floor Plates/Safety Treads

128

Aluminum Plates

129

Carpet Separators

130

Floor Plate Supports/Accessories and Elevators

131

Threshold Stop Strips

132

Floor Closer Thresholds/Cover Plate Assemblies

133

ANSI/BHMA A156.21 Thresholds - Cross Reference

134

Modular Ramps:

Ramp Ordering Information

138

Modular Ramp Threshold Assemblies - Flush Applications

140

Modular Ramp Threshold Assemblies - Offset (7" Top Plate)

141

Modular Ramp Threshold Assemblies - Offset (3½" Top Plate)

142

Modular Ramp Threshold Components

143

Modular Ramp Threshold Assemblies - Variables

144

Risers for Modular Ramps

144

Miter Returns For All Modular Ramp Thresholds

145

Barrier-Free Ramp Thresholds

146

Fire Retardant and Styrene Butadiene Rubber Ramp Thresholds

147

Rubber Ramp Miter Returns

148

Recycled Rubber Ramp Assembly

148

Door Bottoms:

Automatic Door Bottoms

150

Security Door Bottoms

155

Residential Automatic Door Bottoms

155

End Plates for Automatic Door Bottoms

156

Specialty Door Bottoms

157

Eco-VTM Door Shoes

157

Door Shoes

158

Thermally Broken Door Shoe

160

Door Sweeps for Hollow Metal Doors

161

Fabrication Options for Door Shoes

161

Door Bottom Sweeps

162

Stainless Steel Door Bottom Sweeps

165

Door Top Weatherstrip

166

Heavy Duty Door Bumper

166

Astragals & Meeting Stiles

Astragal and Meeting Stile Gasketing - Split Astragals

168

Split Astragals with Snap Covers Concealed Fasteners

170

Meeting Stile Gasketing

170

Adhesive Astragal/Meeting Stile Seals

172

Adjustable Astragals

172

"T" and Overlapping Astragals

173

Adhesive-Backed Mullion Gasketing

174

Adhesive Astragal Seal

174

Offset Security Bar and Security Astragal

174

Locking Astragals

175

Locking Wood Astragals

177

Outswing Locking Astragals

178

Brush Gasketing:

100

180° Aluminum Retainers

180

106

180° Concealed Fastener Retainers

181

110

90° Aluminum Retainers

182

111

45° Concealed Fastener Retainers

182

111

35° Aluminum Retainers

184

112

Mortise Retainers

184

115

Aluminum Retainer with Rain Drip

184

116

Oak Retainers

184

120

Meeting Stiles

185

123

Automatic Door Bottoms

186

123

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

General Information

Perimeter Gasketing:

H1100A-OH Series

246

Standard Perimeter Gasketing

188

H1100A-SW Series

247

Stainless Steel Perimeter Gasketing

192

Husky Sliding Glass Series

248

Adjustable Jamb Gasketing

193

Pocket Frame Kit

249

Heavy Duty Interlock Perimeter Gasketing

193

Folding 100 Series

250

Heavy Duty Perimeter Gasketing - Head Section

194

Pacer Interior End Fold Series

251

Heavy Duty Perimeter Gasketing - Standard Jamb

195

Flexirol Interior End Fold Series

252

Snap Cover Perimeter Gasketing With Concealed Fasteners

196

Stainless Steel Sliding Track Hardware System for Wood Doors

253

Kerf-In Weatherstrip - Foam, Silicone

197

Stainless Steel Sliding Track Hardware System for Glass Doors

262

Kerf-In Weatherstrip - Thermoplastic, Magnetic

198

Builders Series Flat Track for Wood Doors

265

Adhesive Perimeter Gasketing

198

Designer Series Flat Track for Wood Doors

267

MicroShield® Antimicrobial Adhesive Gasketing

199

SIM 150 - 2 Door

271

Interlock Weatherstrip For Wood Doors and Wood Windows

200

SIM 150 - 3 Door

272

Cushion/Spring Weatherstrip

201

Cascading Door with Sample Configurations

273

Fasteners for Cushion, Spring and Interlock Weatherstrip

201

SDL Privacy Barn Door Lock

274

Options, Accessories & Soft Close

275

Adhesive Gasketing:

Residential Thresholds

SiliconSeal Adhesive-Backed Fire/Smoke Gasketing

204

PemkoPrene® Adhesive-Backed Fire/Smoke Gasketing

205

Interlocking Thresholds

280

SiliconSeal Adhesive-Backed Meeting Stile Gasketing

205

Interlocking Thresholds - Water Return

281

MicroShield® Antimicrobial Gasketing

206

Residential Thresholds - Water Return

282

Hot Smoke Seal/SiliconSeal Combination Fire/Smoke Sealing

206

Adjustable Eco-VTM Top Thresholds

282

Eco-VTM Top Thresholds

283

Hospitality Products:

Residential Saddles

283

Privacy Door Latch, Bracket and Decals SiliconSeal Adhesive Gasketing Automatic Door Bottoms: PDB Series Door Shoes Automatic Door Bottoms Eco-VTM Thresholds Adjustable-Width Eco-VTM Threshold Carpet Separators Acoustic Adhesive Corner Pads Stainless Steel Sliding Track Hardware System Simultaneous Acting Sliding Door System SHS80 System Bypass Track Series
Acoustic Products:
Basic Acoustics Sound and STC Ratings Acoustic Seal Sets Acoustic Thresholds Saddle Thresholds

208

Bumper Thresholds for Outswing Doors

284

209

Squareback Thresholds

285

210

Oak Thresholds and Sill Nosings

285

210

Adjustable Aluminum Top Sills

287

211

Adjustable Oak Top Sills

288

212

Outswing Adjustable Oak Top Sills

289

213

Residential All-Aluminum Adjustable Sills

289

214

Fixed Eco-VTM Top Residential Sills

290

214

Residential All-Aluminum Fixed Sills

290

215

Outswing Fixed Bumper Sills

291

216

Extenders For All Residential Sills

291

217

Bumper Thresho-Sills For Outswing Doors

292

218

Thresho-Sills

293

Fabrication Options For Thresho-Sills

294

220

Floor Molding, Trim, & HandyshapesTM

221

Carpet Bar - Standard

296

222

Seam Binding

296

223

Stair Nosing and Edging

296

224

Oak Seam Binding, Floor Edging, and Carpet Trim

297

Automatic Door Bottoms: PDB Series

225

Weatherization Products

Door Shoes

225

Acoustic Adhesive Corner Pads

225

Foam Tape

300

Standard Perimeter Gasketing

226

Neoprene Tape

301

SiliconSeal Adhesive-Backed Gasketing

226

Miscellaneous Tape

301

Garage Door Weatherstrip

302

Pemko Sliding & Folding Hardware:

Spring Bronze Weatherstrip

302

H180A Series

228

Replacement Eco-VTM

302

SHS80 Series

229

Fire Glazing Tape

Sliding 200 Series

230

Side Wall Track (SWT) System

231

Fire Glazing Tape

304

Bypass Track Series

234

Fire Glazing Tape Applications

305

SIM200A Series

235

Door & Frame Accessories

LP200 Series Sirocco Series H300S-OH Series H300S-SW Series H440A-OH Series

236

Glazing Bead/Spreader Bar

312

237

Reinforcements - Fillers

312

238

Reinforcements - Misc.

313

239

Reinforcements - Tabs

313

240

H440A-SW Series

241

H600S-OH Series

242

H600S-SW Series

243

H800S-OH Series

244

H800S-SW Series

245

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

General Information Pemko Door & Frame Accessories

Product

Index

10......................................202

12.......................................258

22......................................260

30......................................202

32......................................259

42......................................261

43......................................202

52......................................262

56......................................164

57......................................164

61..................................... 269

62..................................... 253

66..................................... 269

67..................................... 269

68......................................167

71..................................... 203

72..................................... 254

73..................................... 203

74...................................... 203

75..................................... 203

82..................................... 255

92..................................... 256

101................................... 268

107................................... 268

108................................... 268

111................................... 257

114................................... 268

120................................... 268

136................................... 269

142................................... 269

145................................... 269

146................................... 269

147................................... 269

149................................... 272

151..........................104, 226

153................................... 280

154.......................... 107, 226

156.................................... 110

157.................................... 114

158.................................... 113

159....................................122

165................................... 280

166....................................106

167................................... 281

168.................................... 111

169....................................106

Product

Index

170....................................106

171....................................108

172....................................108

173....................................104

174.......................... 134, 216

175.......................... 107, 226

176..........................108, 137

177....................................122

179.................................... 121

181....................................122

182.................................... 114

183.................................... 135

184....................................136

185....................................123

188.................................... 135

189.................................... 135

190.................................... 132

191.................................... 132

192.................................... 132

193.................................... 132

194.................................... 135

195.................................... 135

196................ 135, 156, 167

198....................................109

200................................... 135

205................................... 272

206.................................. 271

207................................... 271

208................................... 271

209.................................... 159

210.................................... 159

211.................................... 159

212................................... 271

213................................... 270

214................................... 271

215.................................... 159

216.................................... 159

217.................................... 159

218................................... 271

219................................... 271

220.................................... 159

221....................................161

222....................................162

223....................................160

225....................................161

227.................................... 113

Product

Index

228.................................... 132

229.................................... 113

230....................................134

231................................... 271

233................................... 271

234................................... 159

236.......................... 134, 216

246....................................134

249................................... 270

250................................... 270

252.................................... 111

253.................................... 111

254................................... 111

255.................................... 112

256.................................... 112

257....................................148

259....................................148

270..........................104, 156

271....................................104

272....................................104

273.................................... 110

274.................................... 110

276.......................... 105, 137

277.................................... 121

278.................................... 110

279.................................... 110

280...... 231-232, 235-236,

248, 250

281...... 231-232, 235-236,

248, 250, 265

282.................................... 135

283.................................... 135

283....................................250

284.......................... 232-235

285.................................... 192

286................ 232-234, 265

290......................... 136, 197

290......................... 238-239

294................................... 193

296................................... 192

297.......................... 170, 190

300...................................173

301...........................242-245

303................ 170, 190, 228

305.......................... 170, 191

306................................... 193

Product

Index

307....................................164

308....................................164

309.........................164, 193

310.................................... 171

312.......................... 192, 228

313.......................... 158, 172

314.......................... 158, 172

315................ 163, 192, 228

316.......................... 171, 190

317....................................158

318.......................... 158, 171

319.................................... 191

321....................................163

322....................................195

324.................................... 274

326.................................... 274

327.................................... 274

329.......................... 170, 191

330.................................... 192

331....................................202

332.................................... 191

335....................................195

336....................................195

343....................................167

344...................................167

345.................164-165, 186

346...................................167

347....................................167

350....................................195

351.................................... 174

352.................................... 175

354.................................... 174

355.................................... 175

356.................................... 175

357.................................... 175

358....................................172

359.................................... 175

368....................................163

369....................................173

371....................................173

372....................................173

375.......................... 175, 193

377....................................167

378.................................... 176

379....................................195

405...................................156

Product

Index

411................ 154, 188, 213

412.................................... 155

420....................................154

430.................................... 155

434..........................154, 188

1076.................................230

1546....................... 107, 226

1547....................... 107, 226

1571................................. 114

1665.................................106

1700.................................106

1710.................................107

1715..................................130

1716................................. 131

1717.................................. 131

1718.................................. 131

1719.................................. 131

1842.................................136

1855.................................122

1875................................. 113

1877................................. 113

1951.................................134

2001.................................120

2002.................................120

2005.................................120

2006.......................120, 225

2007....................... 121, 225

2008....................... 127, 225

2009....................... 121, 225

2010................................. 121

2051................................ 272

2052................................ 273

2053................................ 273

2054................................ 273

2055................................ 273

2113........................ 160, 212

2120................................ 284

2131................................. 284

2132................................ 284

2134................................ 284

2163....................... 160, 212

2170.................................158

2173....................... 160, 212

2203.................................160

2211.................................161

2212..............161, 212, 227

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

General Information

Product

Index

2218.................................284

2219.................................284

2221.................................161

2251.................................161

2266................................. 132

2286.................................133

2343....................... 160, 212

2364....................... 134, 216

2366....................... 134, 216

2464.................................134

2548.......................108, 137

2549.................................109

2550.................................109

2555................................. 112

2565................................. 112

2604.................................284

2705.................................130

2715.................................130

2716.................................130

2727................................. 114

2746................................. 111

2748.................................105

2749.................................105

2750.................................105

2802...................... 234, 263

2803................................ 264

2812.......................234, 265

2813.................................270

2891.................................196

2892.................................196

2893.................................196

2902.................................197

2903.................................197

3151........................ 163, 192

3185.................................158

3261................................. 274

3443.................................180

3444................................180

3452....................... 164-165

3481................................. 179

3483................................. 179

3493.................................177

3494.................................177

3495................................. 178

3496................................. 178

Product

Index

3497................................. 178

3498................................. 178

3572................................. 176

3692............. 160, 212, 227

4131...............153, 188, 213

4301....................... 153, 188

5025.................................186

5041.................................186

5061.................................186

5100.................................186

5110.................................. 176

8451.................................279

8452.................................279

18041............171, 183, 187

18050..............................183

18061................... 165, 171,

183, 187

18062..............................183

18100..................... 165, 183

18137..................... 165, 182

18175...............................182

18250...............................182

18400..............................182

18950...............................182

19125...............................133

19325...............................133

28945..............................196

29045..............................197

29310..................... 172, 198

29313...............................198

29321...............................198

29324............172, 183, 187

29326................... 163, 172,

183, 187, 198

29344....................184, 198

29346....................184, 198

34831.............................. 179

35041..............................186

35061..............................186

45041..............................185

45061..............................185

45062..............................185

45100...............................185

45137...............................185

45175...............................185

Product

Index

45250..............................185

45400..............................185

74518...............................277

75518...............................277

84514...............................278

85514...............................278

90041..............................184

90062....................165, 184

90100....................165, 184

90137...............................184

93518...............................276

94518...............................275

95518...............................275

293100........ 163, 165, 183

102N......................230-236,

238-245, 253-257, 265

102WA........ 230-233, 235,

239, 241, 245, 265

102WN....... 230-233, 235,

239, 241, 243, 245

106HF/94.......................250

106N/94..........................265

106R/94...............230-236,

238-247, 253-257, 265

1075C..............................230

14/1.................................. 133

140_M.............................281

154SS............................... 114

158SS............................... 115

160_M.............................280

161_M.............................281

163_M.............................281

164_M.............................281

175SS............................... 115

176x170.......................... 137

176x171.......................... 137

18/1..................................133

18062W .........................186

18100W .........................186

193x 2/195...................... 137

1A/290.............................239

1A/290/EC............ 238-239

1A/301...................234, 245

1A/301/EC..............242-245

1A/550.............................247

Product

Index

1AX/290.........................239

1AX/301................234, 245

1B...................................... 241

1BX.................................... 241

2006STC.........................225

2007STC.........................225

2008_PK.........................225

2009_PK.........................225

21/550/P..........................252

2132W.............................285

2133W.............................285

216_FG............................162

2175W.............................285

218OAK........................... 274

219OAK........................... 274

21B/P................................251

21BO/4............................251

21N/94............................251

21R/94.............................252

2219W.............................285

2300W............................285

2350W............................285

2500W.................. 274, 285

252SS............................... 115

252x2_FG....................... 117

252x226.........................123

252x226_FG................. 124

252x2SSFG.................... 118

252x3_FG....................... 117

252x3SSFG..................... 119

252x4SS.......................... 119

253SS............................... 115

253x226_FG................. 124

253x3_FG....................... 117

253x3SS.......................... 119

253x4_FG....................... 117

253x4SS.......................... 119

2548x170....................... 137

2548x171....................... 137

254SS............................... 115

254x226.........................123

254x226_FG................. 124

254x4.....................108, 137

254x4_FG....................... 118

254x4SSFG..................... 119

Product

Index

254x4x170..................... 137

254x4x171..................... 137

254x5_FG....................... 118

255x226.........................123

255x226_FG................. 124

255x5...............................109

255x5_FG....................... 117

256x6...............................109

256x6_FG....................... 116

257x259................ 137, 148

2604W............................285

2727SS............................ 115

273x224_FG.................125

273x 292_ FGPK............ 126

273x3_FG....................... 116

273x4_FG....................... 116

2746x 292_ FGPK.......... 126

2746x6............................105

2746x6_FG.................... 116

2748x 270....................... 137

2748x 271....................... 137

274x224_FG..................125

274x 292_ FGPK............. 126

274x4..................... 105, 137

274x4_FG....................... 116

274x4x 270..................... 137

274x4x 271..................... 137

276x 270.......................... 137

276x 271.......................... 137

278x224_FGT...............125

278X 292_ FGPK............ 126

279x224_FGT...............125

279x 292_ FGPK............ 126

280_-SWF......................233

280_-SWT......................233

280_-SWTKIT...............233

2802BT..................234, 265

2815_M.......................... 200

282HD.............................250

284D................................248

287HD..................230, 232,

234, 265

289B.................................250

289T.................................250

2P......................................202

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

General Information Pemko Door & Frame Accessories

Product

Index

305SS..................... 170, 194

311CIN............................. 171

3151SS.............................166

315SS..................... 169, 196

319SS...............................194

321SS...............................166

3452 BR-6......................186

3A/290............................238

3A/301...................242, 244

3AX/290.........................238

3AX/301...............242, 244

403/2......................251-252

41M...................................202

4C......................................202

4P......................................202

550A..............246-247, 252

556/21.............................252

556/57................... 246-247

57A/N..................... 244-245

57A/S.......................242-243

57B.......................... 240-241

57K/N..................... 238-239

600A.............240-241, 251

601H... 231, 235, 248, 265

601P....................... 240-241

6C......................................202

70C-100..........................203

70D-100..........................203

70E-100...........................203

70F-100...........................203

8-12/SN...........................248

89/2N..................... 238-247

94518_W........................276

94A.....230-236, 238-247,

250-257, 265

95518_W........................276

971A...230-232, 235-236,

238, 240, 242, 244, 246,

250-252, 265

ACP112............................ 216

ADJ232V14.......... 129, 215

ADJ232V8............. 129, 215

ADJ232x2325V8...129, 215

AM44.....................201, 208

Product

Index

AM88.....................201, 208

B1921................................. 71

B1923................................. 71

BAR......................... 253-262

BRACKET2............ 253-262

CB1-50PK....................... 312

CR2-5PK.......................... 315

DELLH..............................237

DELRH..............................237

DSH..................................... 96

DSH1000.......................... 67

E197.................................. 132

E199..................................167

EG308................................ 51

EGC308............................. 52

EGT308 ............................ 53

EL-CEPT.............................. 97

EL-EPT................................. 97

EL-EPTL.............................. 97

EL-EPT-SC.......................... 97

EPD3...230-232, 234-235,

253-257, 263-264

ERS...................................... 96

EV232.................... 128, 214

EV2320.................. 128, 214

EV2322.................. 128, 214

EV2325.................. 128, 214

EV2326.................. 128, 214

EV80.................................158

EXT2.................................279

EXT3.................................279

EXT3/4.............................279

F134....230-232, 234-235,

263-265

F160C...............................240

F160ECP..........................240

F1F4/275A......................252

F200C.............................. 241

F200ECP.......................... 241

F234.......................248, 265

FA68 .................................. 72

FA70 ................................... 72

FA80 .................................. 72

FG3000S45...301-304, 307

Product

Index

FG3000S90.. 301,305,306

FIF2/275A.......................252

FIR349.............................177

FM........................................ 87

FM/SC325......................... 45

FM_RG............................... 89

FM_SF................................ 90

FM_SLF.............................. 87

FM_SLF138...................... 90

FM_SLI............................... 87

FM_SLISF........................... 90

FM100................................ 60

FM200............................... 55

FM300............................... 29

FM300WT..................30-31

FM327................................ 47

FM338................................ 49

FM344............................... 50

FM3500............................. 25

FM400............................... 69

FM900............................... 67

FS......................................... 93

FS/SC309.......................... 38

FS_BP................................. 93

FS_CP................................. 93

FS101.................................. 61

FS102................................. 62

FS201................................. 56

FS202................................. 57

FS301................................. 32

FS302................................. 33

FS321................................. 42

FS3501............................... 26

FS3502............................... 27

FS402................................. 70

FS902................................. 68

FS910................................. 68

F T3-50PK........................ 316

G100.................................268

G60.................................. 264

G70...................................265

G80...................................266

G90...................................267

GLASSGUIDE....... 258-262

Product

Index

GS2-20PK....................... 311

GS3-20PK....................... 311

GS4-20PK....................... 311

H100/200PACK....................

232-234, 265

H1100A-OH...................246

H1100A-SW...................247

H180A..............................230

H200................................232

H222-45......230-231, 249

H300S-OH.....................238

H300S-SW.....................239

H440A-OH....................240

H4 40A-SW..................... 241

H600S-OH.....................242

H600S-SW.....................243

H800S-OH.....................244

H800S-SW.....................245

HBP200A..............220, 234

HF2/100..........................250

HF2/100 PACK..............265

HF3-25PK....................... 312

HF4/100..........................250

HG105............................... 65

HG305............................... 36

HG306............................... 37

HG310............................... 39

HG311................................ 40

HG315............................... 41

HG322............................... 43

HG323............................... 44

HG326............................... 46

HG329............................... 48

HG3505............................ 28

HH3/290............... 238-239

HH3/301................242-247

HM...................................... 92

HM104.............................. 64

HM204.............................. 59

HM304.............................. 35

HS........................................ 92

HS_SF................................. 92

HS103................................ 63

HS203................................ 58

Product

Index

HS303................................ 34

HSS1000.........................208

HSS2000.............. 208, 306

HSS2000xS44..............208

HSS2000xS88..............208

K_FM.................................. 89

K1077_-SWEP.....230, 232

K134DEP............... 231, 235

K134EP...231-232, 235, 265

K28_-SWEP....................233

K411..................................157

K412.................................157

K4133...............................157

K420.................................157

K4301..............................157

K434.................................157

K435.................................157

K435-PREM....................157

K436.................................157

K436SM...........................157

K437.................................157

K437SM...........................157

LH100..............................236

LP200A............................236

MAG349........................ 200

N84518...........................278

N85518...........................278

NL13516..........................203

NL1634............................203

NL1678............................203

OAK349..........................177

OS_FM............................... 86

OS_HS............................... 86

OS4301........................... 153

OS434.............................. 153

OS95518.........................277

P240.................................288

P241.................................288

P241-30...........................288

P242.................................288

P243.................................288

P244.................................288

P260.................................288

P261.................................288

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

General Information

Product

Index

P262.................................288 P263.................................288 P264.................................288 P265.................................288 P266.................................288 P361V16........................ 290 P364R16........................ 290 P365V16........................ 290 P366V16........................ 290 P380.................................289 P381.................................289 P382.................................289 P384.................................289 P385.................................288 P386.................................288 P387.................................289 P388.................................289 P390.................................288 P391.................................288 P392.................................288 P393.................................288 P394.................................288 P396.................................288 P397.................................288 P398.................................288 P39C17............................289 P480.................................289 P484.................................289 P490.................................289 P491.................................289 P493.................................289 P497.................................289 P50................................... 200 P51B17.............................203 PDL A A............................. 210 PDLBRK T......................... 210 PDL-D1............................ 210 PDL-D2............................ 210 PEMKOSTCSET..............224 PF134 KIT........................249 PF28200A.......................249 PFAS..................................249 PFAS100..........................249 PFAS88............................249

Product

Index

PFBG-4..................249, 265 PFBG-8...................249, 265 PFBS........................249, 265 PFCDKIT..........................249 PFFC-8..............................249 PFHB-1.............................249 PFHB-2.............................249 PFHS.................................249 PFKIT-4............................249 PFKIT-8............................249 PIF2/165A.......................251 PIF4/165A.......................251 PK33.......................201, 207 PK52................................ 200 PK55.......................201, 207 PV15GR36..................... 290 PV22BL36..................... 290 PV22GR36.................... 290 PV64GR36.................... 290 PV9BL36........................ 290 PV9GR36....................... 290 Q102................................201 Q103................................201 Q106................................201 Q107................................201 Q108............. 178-179, 201 R.5F...................................142 R.5FMR............................142 R.5OS...............................143 R.5OSMR........................143 R.5OSS.............................144 R.5OSSMR......................144 R.75F................................142 R.75FMR..........................142 R.75OS............................143 R.75OSMR......................143 R.75OSS..........................144 R.75OSSMR...................144 R1.25F..............................142 R1.25FMR.......................142 R1.25OS..........................143 R1.25OSMR...................143 R1.25OSS........................144 R1.25OSSMR.................144

Product

Index

R1.5F.................................142 R1.5FMR..........................142 R1.5OS.............................143 R1.5OSMR......................143 R1.5OSS..........................144 R1.5OSSMR....................144 R1.75F..............................142 R1.75FMR........................142 R1.75OS..........................143 R1.75OSMR....................143 R1.75OSS........................144 R1.75OSSMR.................144 R1F....................................142 R1FMR..............................142 R1OS.................................143 R1OSMR..........................143 R1OSS..............................144 R1OSSMR........................144 R2.25F.............................142 R2.25FMR.......................142 R2F....................................142 R2FMR.............................142 R2OS................................143 R2OSMR.........................143 R2OSS..............................144 R2OSSMR.......................144 RAMP 1...........................145 RAMP 11.........................145 RAMP 12.........................145 RAMP 13.........................146 RAMP 14.........................146 RAMP 2...........................146 RAMP 3...........................145 RAMP 4...........................145 RAMP 5...........................145 RAMP 6...........................145 RAMP 7...........................146 RAMP 8..................145-146 RAMP 9...........................145 R AMP10.......................... 145 RR1...................................149 RR1.25FMR....................150 RR12_H...........................150 RR2...................................149

Product

Index

RS138................................. 94 RS175................................. 94 RVAR1/A..........................146 RVAR1/AK.......................146 RVARIOSS.......................146 S104.................................199 S105.................................199 S109.................................199 S1125............................... 176 S44...... 200, 206, 211, 228 S442....201, 206, 211, 228 S52....................................199 S77..........................201, 206 S771.............. 174, 207, 211 S771x6....174, 201, 207, 211 S772.............. 174, 207, 211 S773....201, 206, 211, 228 S776............. 201, 206, 211 S88................200, 206, 211 SA1....................................156 SA2...................................156 SA3...................................156 SA4...................................156 SB1-25PK........................ 313 SBR.5F..............................149 SBR.5FMR.......................149 SBR1F...............................149 SBR1FMR.........................149 SHS80.................... 219, 231 SIM100............................235 SIM150.................218, 263-264 SIM150-BOLTKIT.....263-264 SIM150-LOCKKIT....263-264 SIM200A...................................235 SIRF/2500.......................237 SIRLH /SIRRH................237 SPFM................................... 88 SPFM_SLF......................... 88 SPFM_SLI.......................... 88 STOP1....................259, 265 STOP2.................... 253-262 W100...............................257 W60.........................217, 253 W70................................. 254

Product

Index

W80..................................255 W90..................................256 WING 10_H...................147 WING 16_H...................147 WING EXT_H.................147 WOODGUIDE..... 253-257 WT_FM.............................. 91 WT_HS.............................. 91 X25M................................. 87 XF......................................... 87 XI......................................... 87 XK........................................ 87 XM....................................... 87

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

General Information Pemko Door & Frame Accessories

About the Pemko Product Line
Since 1952, the Pemko name has been known as a key manufacturer in weatherstripping products. Over the years, as an ASSA ABLOY Group brand, we have expanded our product line into a full line of architectural door trim products to include thresholds, fire/smoke gaskets, door bottoms, perimeter gasketing, brush seals, astragals, continuous geared and stainless steel hinges, fire and life-safety products, lites and louvers, and sliding door hardware.
The Pemko product line offers offers sound-tested, smoke-labeled, fire-labeled, skid resistant, and ADA-compliant products, and aggressively pursues new product development to create solutions for new applications and requirements.
Applications · Energy Efficiency: These products make a complete energy efficient door solution door bottoms, astragals, meeting stiles, brush
gasketing, perimeter gasketing, and thermal barrier thresholds.
· Smoke and Fire Gasketing: Hot Smoke SealTM is an intumescent fire life-safety product that meets UBC7-2 (proposed UL10C) positive pressure testing. Pemko S88 and S773 silicone seals are also smoke and fire rated gaskets that meet UBC7-2 positive pressure testing and are Category G gaskets for edge sealing systems for use with Category B doors.
· Pemko Acoustic Solutions: As a result of extensive acoustic testing, our gasketing systems are used on openings with STC Ratings from the low-30's and into the mid-50's. Acoustic seal sets have been assembled to better assist with determining an operable rating when a door's sealed-in-place rating is known. See pages 222 to 224 for more info.
· Electrically Modified Pemko Hinges: Continuous geared hinges are designed for commercial doors of all traffic levels and offer many benefits for your opening. All of our commercial-grade continuous geared hinges have the added option for electrical modification. Some of these options allow for electrical modifications to be made without removing the door from the opening.
· ADA-compliant aluminum and rubber ramps provide wheelchair access in public access doorways.
· Sustainability: Products are certified to GREENGUARD GOLD standards for low chemical emissions into indoor air during product usage.
All products in the Pemko line undergo rigorous testing to ensure that they meet or exceed the industry standards. Look for the logos next to the product drawings and see pages 12-13 for more information.

LEED Certification Contribution ASSA ABLOY can help to achieve prerequisites and accumulate points in several categories and credit areas for LEED. For further information, please call 1-800-824-3018 or refer to our website to view our prepared LEED statement.

U.S. Green Building Council logo is a trademark owned by the U.S. Green Building Council and is used with permission.
ASSA ABLOY is a member of the USGBC and CaGBC

Sales & Support Customer Service Representatives are available from 7am to 7pm Central time at 1-800-824-3018 or visit the website for the current catalogs, sell sheets, and the most up-to-date templates.
There are over 50 items on the Pemko Quick Ship Program that ship within 24 hours. For the most up-to-date list see the Quick Ship flyer posted on www.assaaabloydooraccessories.us, in the literature section.
Need a Sales Rep?
Pemko is largely represented by the ASSA ABLOY Door Security Solutions team (except N CA, N NV) Contact your local ASSA ABLOY Door Security Solution Representative via e-mail by going to www.assaabloydss.com and clicking on "Sales Support" or call 1-800-DSS-EZ4U (800-377-3948).
For representation information in Northern California or Northern Nevada, please visit www.assaaabloydooraccessories.us to locate and view the sales contact for your area or call Pemko Customer Service at 1-800-824-3018.
Website: www.assaaabloydooraccessories.us Facebook: www.facebook.com/ASSAABLOYARCHIT/ Twitter: @ASSAABLOYARCHIT
ASSA ABLOY has manufacturing and warehouse locations for the Pemko line in Memphis TN and Ventura CA as well as warehouse locations in Toronto ON and Vancouver BC.

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

General Information

General Information and Terms
Terms: All prices are F.O.B. factory. To customers with satisfactory and / or prior approved credit and account status, terms of 1% 15 days, NET 30 days will be allowed. Please enclose an account application prior to or with your initial order.
Credit Card Capabilities: Visa, Mastercard and American Express are accepted (only for established open accounts). Payment terms are NET.
Freight Terms: All orders are F.O.B. factory. For NET orders of $1200.00 or more, freight will be prepaid in the continental U.S. for shipment the most economical way. For shipments to Hawaii on NET orders of $1500.00 or more, freight will be prepaid the most economical way. A freight allowance of $13.00 / cwt will apply on shipments to Canada, Alaska, or Puerto Rico for NET orders of $1300.00 or more. All shipments that exceed 108" in packaged length must be shipped LTL. Add 4" to the length of the product for finish package length. Minimum freight on these orders is $140.00.
Oversized/Special Packaging: $100.00 NET. This will be added to any order not meeting prepaid freight where: a) the product is over 10' length, b) for welded threshold assemblies, or c) as deemed appropriate to ensure product safety while in transit.
Minimum Order Level: A surcharge of $15.00 NET will be added to NET orders less than $100.00.
Returns And Allowances: No merchandise will be accepted for return or credit unless prior written approval is obtained. Returned merchandise must be of recent sale (12 months), in restockable / resalable quality, size, and condition. S88, S44, S442, S776, S773, S772, S771, S771x6, PK55, and PK33 may only be returned within six (6) months of the date of sale. Contact Customer Service for rules and Return Goods Authorization paperwork.
Cancellation Charges: Cancelled orders for special material, non-stock sizes, or special sizes are subject to cancellation charges, based on factory expense and material used.
Guarantee: Our products are guaranteed for (5) years against defects in material or workmanship, except: 1) PemKote abrasive surface for thresholds is guaranteed for ten (10) years. 2) Polyurethane foam tapes are guaranteed for 90 days. 3) Grade 1 PemkoHinges are guaranteed for the life of the opening against defects in material or workmanship. All other grades of PemkoHinge carry a ten (10) year warranty. 4) Electrical modification performance is guaranteed for five (5) years on Heavy Duty Grade 1 (HDI) and 1100 Series hinges. Electrical modification performance is guaranteed for one (1) year on Standard Duty and Heavy Duty Grade 3 (HD3) hinges. 5) PC Henderson products are guaranteed for two (2) years against defects in material workmanship. 6) Powder Coated finishes are warranted for two (2) years; normal wear is not included in coverage.
Markar Continuous Hinges and Pivots are guaranteed to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of 10 years. Hinges with medical bearings are guaranteed for twenty-five (25) years. Markar Edge Guards and Astragals are guaranteed to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of (1) year. Markar electrical modification performance is guaranteed for five (5) years.
ASSA ABLOY will not be liable for defects or damages arising from improper installation, product modification, incorrect application or storage of product. Written notice of damages must occur within the warranty period. Liability shall be limited to the replacement of product or component determined to be defective and shall not include costs arising from removal or reinstallation of product. Cost of replacement shall not exceed original purchase price. No other claims will be allowed. In no event shall liability be extended to include punitive, incidental or consequential damages arising from use of ASSA ABLOY products. This is the sole warranty given by ASSA ABLOY. No other warranty implied or expressed shall be allowed.
Claims For Shortage Or Damage In Transit: All claims must be made within ten (10) days of receipt of goods. Consignee assumes the risk of loss or damage in transit.
Mill Lengths: Most extrusions are available in mill lengths. Cut lengths over 12 feet are charged as mill lengths.

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

General Information Pemko Door & Frame Accessories

General Information and Terms
Ordering Information: Please order material by product number, specifying length required per piece and the number of pieces. Most weatherstrips are stocked in standard sizes. If it is not practical to furnish the size ordered, the next larger size will be furnished and charged. Thresholds are maintained in standard sizes with 1/2" extra length on thresholds thru 47" and 1" extra length for thresholds 48" and longer to allow for fitting and field trim, unless exact net cut size is specified. Cut lengths under 24" will be charged as 24". Thresholds, perimeter gaskets, astragals, and door bottoms are punched or drilled as standard, unless otherwise specified in this catalog. Material can be supplied without holes by stating "No Holes" on the applicable purchase order line. Thresholds are punched with 12" centers. Thresholds over 8" in width will be punched with a double row. Thesholds are generally supplied with #10 flat head screws. Other fasteners are available on request. Metal retainers for perimeter gaskets, door bottoms, and astragals are punched with 8" centers.
Non-Stock Finish Information: Some items shown in this catalog are not stocked in certain finishes (i.e. BDG, G, PW, and SN). `Batch charges' may be required on nonstock finishes to achieve our normally fast lead times. Contact Customer Service for a quotation and lead time.
Option Tables: The option tables are provided for selection of other than standard or normal finishes, components, fabrication, or fasteners. Since these are other than standard or normal, please allow for extra lead time for option(s) selected.

Cutting Tolerances: Elastometric: -0 + 2" (50.8mm) Thresholds (up to 48"): + 1/2" (12.7mm) Thresholds (48" and up): +1" (25.4mm)

Net Cut: +/- 0.060, 1/16" (1.5mm) Hinges: +/- 0.032, 1/32" (0.8mm) Automatic Door Bottoms: +/- 0.060, 1/16" (1.5mm)

Orders are subject to acceptance by ASSA ABLOY. All prices and terms are subject to change without notice.

How to Order (Product Number Designations): When placing your order, please specify the product profile number, finish, insert and size/length. Also make sure to clearly state any special fabrication needs, optional fasteners or custom finishes/sizes required.
Throughout the catalog, products are listed with an underscore ( _ ) where variable finishes are available. More in-depth ordering information for specific lines is available in the individual product sections of the catalog.

Standard Products: Example: 2001 A T 36 (Shown as 2001_T in catalog)

Adhesive Gasketing Products: Example: S773 D 21 (Shown as S773_ in catalog)

Profile#: Finish: Insert:

Size/Length:

2001 216 297
303

A SN BDG
A

T = ThermoSealTM PK = PemkoPrene® V = Eco-VTM
S=Silicone

36 = 36" 48 = 48" 3684 = 1 piece @ 36"
+ 2 pieces @ 84" 84/2 = 2 pieces @ 84"

Profile#: Finish:

S773

PK55

S88

Size/Length:
21 = 21' coil 510 = 510' (bulk packaging) 17 = 17' coil

For PemkoHinge® and Modular Ramps, see detailed ordering information in their individual catalog sections.

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

General Information

Materials and Finishes Information
Metals: Extruded metal products are made from 6063 aluminum alloy or CDA alloy C38500 architectural bronze (brass). Roll-formed metal products are made from stainless steel, high-strength special-purpose zinc alloy, 70-30 yellow brass, or 85-15 red brass. Roll-formed aluminum weatherstripping is produced from various alloys selected for the particular properties required. See finishes information below for all finish designations. If you do not see the option you require, please inquire with our Customer Service Department about the feasibility of a custom finish.

Finish Designations: A - Mill Finish Aluminum AK - Mill Finish Aluminum w/PemKote® B - Mill Finish Extruded Bronze (Brass) BDC - Bright Dip Clear Anodized Aluminum BK - Mill Finish Extruded Bronze (Brass) with PemKote® BDG - Bright Dip Gold Anodized Aluminum C - Clear Anodized Aluminum CB - Cladded Brass D - Dark Bronze Anodized Aluminum

G - Gold Anodized Aluminum PA - Mill Finish Aluminum PW - Painted White Aluminum S - Cladded Stainless Steel SN - Satin Nickel Anodized Aluminum SP - Galvannealed Steel SS - Stainless Steel (see individual part for finish) Z - Zinc Metal

Special Order Finishes: Champagne Light/Medium Dark Bronze Painted Aluminum (any color) Polished Aluminum, Uncoated

Polished Bronze, Uncoated Satin Brushed Aluminum, Uncoated Satin Brushed Bronze, Uncoated Oxidized and Oil Rubbed Bronze

Finish Options: PemKote® Anodized (clear, light/medium dark bronze, black, champagne, gold) Chrome Plate Prime Coat Pewter Finish for Aluminum Polish/Buff Brass Polish/Buff Aluminum
Satin Buff Brushed Brass Oxidized & Oil Rubbed L-metal (ANSI/BHMA 722) Oxidized & Oil Rubbed L-metal (custom finish, 609, 613) Oxidized & Oil Rubbed Thresholds (ANSI/BHMA 722) Oxidized & Oil Rubbed Thresholds (custom finish, 609, 613) Oxidized & Oil Rubbed Weatherstrip (ANSI/BHMA 722) Oxidized & Oil Rubbed Weatherstrip (custom finish, 609, 613)

Adhesive Gasketing And Replacement Eco-VTM Finishes: BL - Black C - Clear D - Dark Brown GR- Light Gray TAN - Tan W - White

Inserts: ASSA ABLOY manufactures many products with gasket inserts (seals). See insert information below for all insert (seal) designations. Also, the available inserts (seals) for each individual product are shown adjacent to each individual product.

E - EPDM, Solid M - Magnetic N - Neoprene or EPDM NB - Nylon Brush P - Pile

PK - PemkoPrene®* Q - Kerf-in Foam R - Sponge Neoprene or EPDM S -SiliconSeal or Sponge Silicone (see
individual part)

SB - Soft Brush T - ThermoSeal TF - Triple Foam V - Eco-V®

*PK: In order to best control our customers' costs some PK (SantopreneTM) products may be a silicon based elastomeric material with comparable performance.

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

General Information Pemko Door & Frame Accessories

Fabrication Options: ASSA ABLOY offers many fabrication options for our Pemko line to fit specific job requirements. Please consult our Customer Service department for details. Custom fabrications are subject to engineering design costs and are quoted on a time and material basis.

Bevel Cut Leadline Rip Tack Weld Tab Support Leg L-Notch U-Notch Drill Mill & Drill Miter1-1 Miter1-2

One Edge Thresho-Sill Nosing Flush Leadline of Astragals, Door Bottoms Width One Line Welded Tab & Screw For Elevated Plates 3" Center to Center Both Ends of Threshold Both Ends of Threshold Thresho-Sill (Add "H" to Prod. #) Thresho-Sill (Add "M" to Prod. #) Single, One End of Threshold Single, Both Ends of Threshold

Miter2-1

Double, One End of Threshold

Miter2-2

Double, Both Ends of Threshold

Half Notch 1/2", Door Shoe, Both Ends, Drip Only

Half Notch 3/4", Door Shoe, Drip Only, Both Ends

Half Notch 5/8", Door Shoe, Drip Only, Both Ends

Half Notch 9/16", Door Shoe, Drip Only, Both Ends

Full Notch

1/2", Door Shoe, Both Ends

Weep Holes All Door Shoes

Custom Holes Custom Hole Pattern

Fabrication Options Important Note: Complicated fabrications are quoted based on time and materials.

Drawings: Product drawings throughout the catalog may be a reduced representation/not drawn to scale. They are representations of the product size, dimensions, shape, etc. For scale drawings in PDF or AutoCAD (DWG or DXF) format, please visit our website: www.assaaabloydooraccessories.us
Product Testing/Classification Symbols
These symbols are shown adjacent to products throughout the catalog so that one can readily identify and select products which meet specification and/or code requirements.
GREENGUARD GOLD Certification: Tested To: UL2818 GREENGUARD GOLD Certified products are certified to GREENGUARD GOLD standards for low chemical emissions into indoor air during product usage. For more information, visit ul.com/gg.
Air Infiltration Tested Tested To: ASTM E-283-04 (2012) Products indicated by this symbol have been air infiltration tested in accordance with the requirements of ASTM E-283 Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors.
Sound Tested Tested To: ASTM E 90-2009 Products indicated by this symbol have been acoustically tested in accordance with ASTM E 90-2009. Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions Tests were conducted by accredited laboratories for acoustic testing. Contact ASSA ABLOY for recommended PEMKOSTCSET kits.
Barrier-Free Meets Requirements of: ADAAG-2010 (Amended) and ICC / ANSI A117.1-2017 Products indicated by this symbol are access compliant by having installed height differences not over 1/2" with allowable edge and slope conditions. All ramp products (found in the Modular Ramp section) have ADA compliant 1:12 slopes: Pemko Modular Ramp Thresholds, Rubber Ramp Thresholds and Recycled Rubber Ramps. Contact ASSA ABLOY or refer to page 14 for recommended Barrier-Free Systems.

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

General Information

Non-Skid/PemKoteTM Meets Requirements of: ASTM D 2047, UL 410 & Federal Specifications P-F-430C PemKoteTM is a rugged abrasive finish of nickel-aluminum composite which is fused to the metal surface by an exothermic reaction. This process produces an aesthetically pleasing skid resistant coating with extremely high bond strength and excellent resistance to oxidation. PemKoteTM carries a TEN (10) YEAR GUARANTEE, and is available on all Pemko line metal thresholds and metal modular ramps. ASSA ABLOY highly recommends the use of PemKoteTM for all Barrier-Free Modular Ramps and as a durable, economical alternative for cast abrasive products.
Smoke Tested Tested To: UL 1784 Meets Requirements of: NFPA 105-2013 Products indicated by this symbol are Listed by WYLE Laboratories as having been tested in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Inc.®, Standard UL 1784 Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies, and meet the performance criteria for allowable air leakage as specified in NFPA 105-2013 Installation of Smoke Control Door Assemblies.
Fire Rated Products indicated by this symbol are fire rated, classified and listed (U.S.A. and Canada) to meet the requirements/standards of UL10B, UL10C, and UL10C (Edge Sealing). For a complete listing of fire rated and UL rated products, please refer to the UL website.
PemkoHinge® Rating: All models designated with these symbols are tested and certified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.® (U.S.A. and Canada) to standards UL10B and UL10C for up to a 3-Hour Fire Listing for all 4'-0" x 10'-0" and 8'-0" x 10'-0" door and frame assemblies. Fire listing certifications apply to all approved hollow metal and wood door assemblies in drywall or masonry wall construction. Check UL Rating #R14745 on the UL website for a complete and current listing of applicable PemkoHinge® products.
Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association: Products indicated by this symbol have been voluntarily submitted to rigid third party testing and follow-up audits to confirm that they fully and continuously meet or exceed the requirements of their underlying ANSI / BHMA Standards. These products are listed in the BHMA Certified Products Directory, which is, published annually, and is available for purchase from BHMA. They are also posted and frequently updated on the BHMA website at www.buildershardware.com. ASSA ABLOY products are covered by the following: ANSI / BHMA A156.21-2019 Standard for Thresholds, ANSI / BHMA A156.22-2017 Standard for Door Gasketing Systems, and ANSI / BHMA A156.26-2017 Standard for Continuous Hinges.
UL1S47 - Check UL File #R18375 on the UL website for a complete and current listing of applicable Pemko line edge sealing and fire glazing products (not specifically listed by item in this product catalog).
UL4L10 - Check UL File #R14369 on the UL website for a complete and current listing of applicable Pemko line products (not specifically listed by item in this product catalog).
Check Pemko's Category G, Category H and Category J listings on ITS website www.intertek.com for a complete and current listing of applicable Pemko line edge sealing, perimeter gasketing and fire glazing products.

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

General Information Pemko Door & Frame Accessories

Barrier-Free Systems
The ASSA ABLOY Pemko line includes many products such as modular ramps, thresholds and floor treads, that help you meet the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) as outlined in the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG-2010 amended); ICC /ANSI A117.1-2017 Standard Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; any of the various Uniform Building Codes; or state access codes (e.g. California Building Code, Title 24).
The following table shows which products comply with the ADAAG and ICC /ANSI standard and also notes their respective sections.

ICC / ANSI A117.1 (ADAAG) 302 (4.5) Floor or Ground Surfaces. 302.1 (4.5.1) General. "shall be slip resistant"
Skid resistant.

Pemko Recommendation
"Slip resistant" PemKoteTM, non-skid surface · PemKoteTM (finish code: "K") is a rugged abrasive
finish of nickel-aluminum composite · PemKoteTM provides safety in environments used by
youths and people with disabilities · For more information, see the Modular Ramps section

PemKoteTM: skid resistant surface.

302.2 (4.5.3) Carpet. "Exposed edges of carpet.... shall have trim along the entire length of the exposed edge. Trim shall comply with Section 303"
303 (4.5) Changes in Level

Note: See Commercial Thresholds section (page 136) for more options.

303.2 (4.5.2) Vertical. "Changes in level of 1/4" (6mm) high maximum shall permitted to be vertical"
303.3 (4.5.2) Beveled.

Note: See Commercial Thresholds section (pages 134-135) for more options.

303.4 (4.5.2) Ramped. "Changes in level greater than 1/2" (13mm) shall be by a ramp complying with Section 405 (4.8)"

Note: See Commercial Thresholds section (pages 106-129) for more options.
·Assemblies accommodate 1/2" to 21/4" floor offsets in meeting the 1:12 slope requirements of the "Americans with Disabilities Act"
·Rubber ramp component assemblies meet the same requirements. ·Answer the needs of architects, specifiers, building owners, installers,
and physically challenged people ·For use in schools, hospitals, stadiums, offices, restaurants, hotels,
airports, and more · For complete information, see the Modular Ramps section

404 (4.13) Doors, Doorways and Gates.
404.2.4 (4.13.8) Thresholds. "...shall be 1/2" high maximum...shall comply with Sections 302 and 303"
404.2.8 Door and Gate Opening Force

Note: See Commercial Thresholds section (pages 106-129) for more options.

405 (4.8) Ramps 405.2 (4.8.2) Slope. "Ramp runs shall have a running slope... not steeper than 1:12"
(Note: Some exceptions apply to this with respect to existing buildings having space limitations. Consult Pemko for specific applications.)
504 (4.9) Stairways 504.4 Tread Surface 504.5 (4.9.3) Nosings

Note: See Modular Ramp section (pages 142-146) for more options.
Note: See Floor Treads section (pages 132-133) and Floor Molding, Trim section (page 284) for more options.

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

General Information

ANSI/BHMA
The following interprets ANSI/BHMA numbers which identify material and type of products. For products that meet ANSI/BHMA Standards, look for the BHMA certified logo next to the product in our catalog. For a complete listing refer to the BHMA Certified Products Directory on line at www.buildershardware.com.

American National Standard for Thresholds ANSI/BHMA A156.21 (2019)

1 Product Section "J" Designates Architectural Door Trim, Thresholds

2 Material
1. Architectural Extruded Brass or Bronze
3. Aluminum 5. Stainless Steel 7. R ubber & similar
nonmetallic 0. O ther (ie: cast
iron, safety abrasive, etc.)

3 Configuration
1. C ompressing top 2. Flat Saddle 3. Half Saddle 4. Interlocking 5. Rabbeted, Latching/Panic with Gasket 7. Plate 8. Ramped 9. S addle for Floor Closer 0. None designated

4 Surface
1. Fluted 2. Fluted with abrasive 3. Smooth 4. Smooth with abrasive

5 Description
1. A pplied Stop 2. Applied Stop with
gasket 3. Barrier Free 4. Carpet Separator 5. Ends Mitered 6. Expansion Assembly 7. H ook Strip
Applied to door 8. Offset 9. Thermal Barrier 0. None Designated

Suffix "-HD" designates thresholds meeting Heavy Duty requirements

6 Description
1. A pplied Stop 2 .Applied Stop with
gasket 3. Carpet Separator 5. Ends Mitered 6. Expansion Assembly 7. H ook Strip
applied to door 8. Offset 9. Thermal Barrier 0. None Designated

American National Standard for Door Gasketing and Edge Seal Systems ANSI/BHMA A156.22 (2017)

1 Product Section "R" Designated Gasketing

2 Product Material
1. Brass or Bronze 3. Aluminum 5. Stainless Steel 0. O ptional material
or none used

3 Gasketing Material

A. Brush B. N eoprene, solid C. Neoprene, closed cell D. Vinyl/Eco-VTM E. Silicone Rubber F. Pile G. Thermoplastic
Elastomer (TPE) H. Thermoplastic
Urethane (TPU) J. Thermoplastic
Rubber K. Spring Metal L. Magnetic M. Felt N. Rubber Fabric P. Intumescent Q. Intumescent/Brush

R. Intumescent/ Neoprene, Solid
S. Intumescent/ Neoprene Closed Cell
T. Intumescent/Vinyl U. Intumescent/
Silicone Rubber V. Intumescent/Pile W. Intumescent/
Thermoplastic (TPE) X. Intumescent/ Thermoplastic Urethane (TPU) Y. Optional material or none used Z. Intumescent/ Thermoplastic Rubber

4 Product Type
1. Head and Jamb 2. Head and Jamb,
Adjustable 3. A utomatic Door
Bottom 4. D oor Sweep or Shoe 5. Door Sweep or Shoe
with Drip Cap 6. Astragal Overlapping 7. A stragal Split or
Compensating 8. A stragal Adjustable 9. R ain Drip without
gasket 0. Other

5 Material Application 6 Gasketing Rating

1. Door Edge 2. Door Edge, Mortise 3. Door Face 4. D oor Face,
Semi-Mortise 5. Frame Rabbet
(surface or mortise) 6.Frame Soffit (H.M.)
Frame Stop (W.D.) 7. Frame Face 8. Kerf 9. S top (H.M.),
Stop Face (W.D.) 0. Other

0. Smoke/Energy Performance/ Acoustic Rated
1. Smoke/Energy Performance Rated
2. Smoke/Acoustic Rated
3. E nergy Performance/ acoustic Rated
4. Smoke Rated 5. Energy Performance
Rated 6. Items not Rated 7. Acoustic Rated

American National Standard for Continuous Hinges ANSI/BHMA A156.26 (2017)

First letter denotes BHMA Product Section (A)

First NumeralProduct Material

Second NumeralType of Product

1. Brass, Bronze 3. Aluminum 5. Stainless Steel 8. Steel

1. Edge Mounted Hinges 2. Half Edge Mounted Hinges 3. Full Surface Hinges 4. Half Surface Hinges 5. Swing Clear 6. Raised Barrel 7. Wide Throw 0. Other

Third Numeral-

Fourth Numeral-

Electrical Modifications Door Weight (lbs)

0. None 1. C oncealed Wire Transfer 2. Monitor 3. Power Transfer 4. Other

1. 150 2. 300 3. 600 4. 1200

Fifth NumeralGrade Classification
1. Grade 1 2. Grade 2 3. Grade 3

Second LetterHinge Type
B. Barrel G. Geared

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges
CONTENTS:
General Information....................................................................................................................................................18 Hinge Finishes................................................................................................................................................................20 Hinge Numbering System and Standard Lengths............................................................................................21 Continuous Hinge Modifications............................................................................................................................22 3500 Series Stainless Steel Pin and Barrel Security Hinges...........................................................................25 600 Series Stainless Steel Pin and Barrel Hinges...............................................................................................29 300 Series Stainless Steel Pin and Barrel Hinges...............................................................................................30 300 Series Stainless Steel Edge Guards................................................................................................................52 200 Series Carbon Steel Pin and Barrel Hinges.................................................................................................55 100 Series Aluminum Pin and Barrel Continuous Hinges.............................................................................60 1000 Series Aluminum Double Swing Hinge.....................................................................................................66 900 Series Toilet Partition Hinges..........................................................................................................................67 400 Series Toilet Partition Hinges..........................................................................................................................69 Pivots................................................................................................................................................................................71 Flat Astragals..................................................................................................................................................................72 Fasteners and Fastener Packs...................................................................................................................................73 Tools, Parts, and Accessories....................................................................................................................................78 Custom Lengths............................................................................................................................................................79

INDEX:
B1921................................72 B1923 ...............................72 DSH1000..........................67 EG308 ...............................52 EGC308 .............................53 EGT308 .............................54 FA68....................................73 FA70....................................73 FA80 ...................................73 FM/SC325 ........................46 FM100 ...............................61 FM200 ...............................56 FM300 ...............................30 FM300WT..................31-32 FM327 ...............................48 FM338................................50 FM344................................51

FM400................................70 FM600................................29 FM900................................68 FM3500 ............................26 FS/SC309 ..........................39 FS101 ................................62 FS102 ................................63 FS201 ................................57 FS202 ................................58 FS301 ................................33 FS302 ................................34 FS321 ................................43 FS3501 ..............................26 FS3502 ..............................27 FS402 ................................71 FS902 ................................69 FS910.................................69

HG105 ..............................66 HG305 ..............................37 HG306 ..............................38 HG310 ..............................40 HG311 ..............................41 HG315 ..............................42 HG322 ..............................44 HG323 ..............................45 HG326 ..............................47 HG329 ..............................49 HG3505 ............................28 HM104..............................65 HM204 .............................60 HM304 .............................36 HS103 ...............................64 HS203 ...............................59 HS303 ...............................35

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges
Markar has been a leader in innovative products for the hardware industry since 1969. In 1983, Markar was the first manufacturer to produce an architectural grade, adjustable continuous pin and barrel hinge line, and that innovation continues today with quality continuous hinges and edge guards.
Markar leads the industry in development of fire rated continuous hinges with their flagship 300 Series Stainless Steel, 3500 Series institutional grade, and 200 Series cold rolled steel hinges. Building on customer feedback, Markar has developed over 75 standard continuous hinge models providing products for a wide variety of applications and challenges.
Custom Designs
Whether the need is for a custom color to match a specific pallet, hospital tips for patient rooms, hardware cutouts, wide throw models, custom hole patterns, security fasteners, current transfers, monitoring switches, or medical bearings, Markar hinge modifications will enhance the fit and function of an opening (See pages 22-24). Markar hinges are available in a wide range of finishes including powder coat, anodized (for aluminum), and architectural finishes.
Medical Bearings are Standard
Medical Bearings are standard for all Pin and Barrel hinges. You benefit from this standard offering with permanently lubricated hinges with no metal to metal contact, improving the life and overall function of the hinge.

Most door and frame stress is put on the top of conventional
hinge systems.

A continuous hinge spreads the stress along the full length of
the door and frame.

Why Continuous Hinges?
Did you know that on a door with traditional butt hinges, 70% of the door weight is on the top hinge? The top hinge also bears the brunt of abuse when doors are opened beyond the stop device, resulting in kickback shock and eventual failure of the hinge and damage to the frame. This is why continuous hinges are recommended for heavy doors and for situations where doors are exposed to misuse.
Continuous hinges reduce the factors leading to hinge failure by distributing weight evenly so wear and tear to the frame and door is reduced significantly. In addition, continuous hinges:
·Increase security and reduce vandalism by preventing insertion of devices between the door and frame
·Ease installation by providing simple alignment of electrical transfers and of monitoring switches
·Reduces air infiltration by creating a complete seal from top to bottom of the door at the hinge jamb
Markar manufactures pin and barrel hinges as well as spring loaded toilet partition pin and barrel models. There are over 75 different models to choose from offering a variety of configurations, options, and materials.

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Optional Features
The Unique Adjust-A-ScrewTM Fastener
An optional Markar fastener available on Hinge Guard models permits up to 3/8" width adjustment. Full door length adjustment means doors can be squared accurately and easily in new installations and existing frames can be used in retrofits. Maintenance staff can make future adjustments of the door by re-positioning the Adjust-A-ScrewTM Fasteners.
Adjust-A-ScrewTM Assembly

Windstorm Rated Hinges

Windstorm/hurricane testing on Markar continuous hinges was completed with UL and has been reviewed and approved to meet the requirements of the Florida Building Code (FBC). These hinges have passed tests for the following: an Impact Test (TAS 201), Static Load/Cyclical Test (TAS 202), and a Water and Leakage Test (TAS 203). Markar excelled in all three categories of testing.
Based on this performance, the FBC approved most Markar hinges in the following series:
(Up to openings of 4'0 x 8'0 singles and 8'0 x 8'0 pairs)
· 100 6063-T6 Aluminum
· 200 14 ga. Cold Rolled Carbon Steel
· 300 14 ga. 304 Stainless Steel
· 600 14 ga. 316 Stainless Steel
· 3500 12 ga. 304 Stainless Steel (Security Grade)

Tornado Hurricane

Recommended 14 gauge reinforcements on frame and door. If using an adjustable Hinge Guard with Adjust-A-Screw, use 14 gauge reinforcements on frame and 12 gauge reinforcements on door.
For more information, including technical memos, door clearance guides and templates visit markar.com
Exclusive Fiber-Reinforced Polymer Bearings
·Uniquely designed to provide clean and quiet hinge operation
·Self lubricating with high resistance to wear
·Exceeds ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 requirements
· 25 year warranty

Fire Rated Continuous Hinges
Markar Stainless Steel hinges (300 Series and 3500 Series) and carbon steel hinges (200 Series) are available with two labeling options: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. or Warnock Hersey Int'l. · 20 minute labeled wood doors ·One and a half hour labeled hollow metal and
composite-core wood fire doors · Three hour labeled hollow metal doors Maximum Door Opening: Single Doors: 4'0" x 10'0" Pair of Doors: 8'0" x 10'0" In accordance with UL10C for positive pressure.
Behavioral Health Hinges
The Markar 200 and 300 Series Continuous Hinges with Hospital Tips are accepted by the New York State Office of Mental Health (OMH) for use in high risk areas.

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Standard Powder Coat Finishes

Tough, Durable, Long-Lasting
Designed for general purpose interior and exterior use and applications where maximum chemical and solvent resistance is required.

Performance Properties

The data below is based on 24 gauge Bonderite 1000 panels with 1.5 mil to 2.0 mil of high gloss formulation.

Adhesion (ASTM D-3359B): There is no lifting of 1/8" squares of coating between scribed lines in crosshatch adhesion testing using pressure sensitive adhesive backed tape.

Pencil Hardness (ASTM D-3363): 2H 4H

Flexibility (ASTM D-522 modified): The coating withstands a 180° bend over a 1/4" diameter mandrel without cracking or loss of adhesion.

Impact Resistance (ASTM D 2794 modified): The coating withstands 160 inch-pound impacts, both direct and reverse, without cracking or loss of adhesion using the standard Gardner impact tester.

Abrasion Resistance (ASTM D-4060 modified): The weight loss of coating after 1,000 cycles on a Taber abraser equipped with CS-10 wheels and operating under a 1 kilogram loading per wheel is on the order of 35 to 50 milligrams.

Salt Spray Resistance (ASTM B-117): Bonderite 1000 steel panels, in a scribed condition, exhibit no undercutting after 1,000 hours in 5% salt spray testing at 95°F and 95% relative humidity. There was no rusting or blistering on the panel face away from the scribe.

Humidity Resistance (ASTM D-2247): Bonderite 1000 steel panels in an unscribed condition exhibit no effect after 1000 hours exposure to 100% relative humidity at 100°F.

Chemical and Solvent Resistance: After 60 days immersion in the test fluid, the following data was obtained for epoxy powder coatings:

15% Hydraulic Acid

No Effect

Lacquer Thinner

No Effect

Dilute "HTH" Pool Chemical No Effect

15% Sulfuric Acid

Pinhole Rust

15% Caustic Soda

#8 Blisters

Ammonia Hydroxide

#8 Blisters

Petrochloroethylene

No Effect

15% Acetic Acid

#4 Blisters

Gasoline

No Effect

Verification of resistance properties should be made for each chemical or solvent proposed for use with the coating.

Closest US Standard & BHMA Finishes

No minimum quantity.

PC-1 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze 10BE

PC-2 White Suede

714

PC-3 Black Suede (BSP)

693

PC-4 Aluminum

689

PC-5 Sun Gold

706

PC-6 Light Copper

691

PC-7 Polished Brass

605

PC-7 available only on 100 & 300 series hinges

*NOTE: The PC-7 will have an additional charge for two-step polishing process.

Special Finishes

Polished Aluminum

US26 672

Polished Stainless

US32 629

Kynar Paint

With Color Approval

*NOTE: Additional setup charges will apply.

Special Anodized Finishes

Gold Anodized

US3 310

Light Bronze Anodized

US9 311

Medium Bronze Anodized

312

Black Anodized

US19 315

Custom Powder Coat Finishes
All RAL Powder Coat finishes available. Sample color chip must accompany order. Priced at time of order.

U.S. Standard & B.H.M.A. Finish Codes

US3 310

US9 311

312

US20A 313

US19 315

USP

600

US2G 603

US28 628

US32 629

US32D 630

US26 672

US28 689

US20A 690

US10 691

US19 693

US4 706

714

gold anodized light bronze anodized medium bronze anodized dark bronze anodized black anodized primed for paint zinc plated clear anodized bright Stainless Steel satin Stainless Steel bright polished aluminum aluminum paint dark bronze paint light bronze paint black paint gold paint white paint

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Hinge Numbering System
Hinge Prefixes
EG Edge Guard FM Edge Mount FS Full Surface HG Hinge/Guard HM Half Mortise HS Half Surface SC Swing Clear
Hinge Series
This series number indicates the type of hinge and base material used: 100 Aluminum barrel hinges with stainless pin 200 Carbon steel barrel hinges with stainless pin 300 Stainless steel barrel hinges with stainless pin 400 Spring loaded aluminum toilet partition hinge 600 14 Gauge 316 stainless steel pin and barrel
security hinges 900 Spring loaded stainless steel toilet partition hinges 1900 Reinforcing pivots 3500 12 Gauge stainless steel pin and barrel security hinges
Hinge Models
The last two digits of the model number indicate the application: 00 Edge mount (formerly full mortise) 01 Full surface, 1/8" offset 02 Full surface, flush 03 Half surface, 1/8" offset 04 Half mortise, 1/8" offset 05 Edge mount hinge/guard 06 Half mortise hinge/guard 07 Double hinge/guard 08 Edge guard 09 Full surface, swing clear 10 Swing clear hinge/guard 11 Edge mount, self aligning 15 Edge mount, self aligning flush edge guard 21 Full surface inset, 3/4" offset 22 Edge mount hinge/guard, deep 23 Edge mount hinge/guard, deep, thru bolt 25 Edge mount swing clear 26 Edge mount hinge/guard, swing clear 27 Edge mount, safety hinge 29 Edge mount, self aligning Other numbers are used for specific applications

Optional Suffixes

AMS Adjustable Monitoring Switch

CTP

Current Transfer Preparation

DDP Dutch Door Prep

ElectroLynx® Wires (Specify 4, 8, or 12)

ETAP Electrical Transfer Access Prep

EPT

Electric Power Transfer

Hospital Tip

Lead Lined

Powder Coated

Raised Barrel

Wide Throw

PoE

Power over Ethernet

Hinge Standard Lengths
Standard Hinge Length Conversion Chart
A 6'8" door opening = actual length 793/16"
A 7'0" door opening = actual length 831/8"
A 7'2" door opening = actual length 851/8"
A 8'0" door opening = actual length 95"
A 10'0" door opening = actual length 1183/4"
Custom hinge length will be evaluated at the time of request to ensure proper pin to knuckle alignment. Some custom length requests may be adjusted to ensure a proper hinge assembly. Specify handing on all custom hinge lengths.

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Continuous Hinge Modifications
Special Length
Please specify handing on all custom hinge lengths Some custom lengths may require two cuts due to location of screw holes
Hospital Tip
Available on all models except spring-loaded toilet partition hinges, FS321 and FM327 Suffix hinge "-HT" Helps provide a safe, clean environment
Dutch Door Prep
Available on all hinge models Suffix hinge "-DDP" Continuous frame leaf with two-piece door leaf Indicate handing, clearances, door and frame heights, and materials when ordering
Wide Throw
Only available on 300 and 3500 series hinges Markar Custom Hinge Information Form must be filled out Reinforcement may be required on extreme wide throw applications These conditions will be determined through a drawing approval process
Blank
Holes omitted for special applications, such as welded installation Not available on adjustable models
Welded End Pins
End pins are tack-welded and are non-removeable Not available on aluminum, powder coated hinges and 200 series hinges
Plug Weld
Plug welding hole prep
Automatic Door Bottom Cut
Standard "U" shape cut accepts most automatic door bottoms Make and model are needed
Removable Auto Door Bottom Prep (RADBP)
Auto door bottom cut out with cover plate
FMPLATE (FM300, HM304, FM/SC325) HGPLATE (HG306, HG311, HG315, HG329) HGADJPLATE (HG305, HG310, HG326)FM3500PLATE (FM3500)

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Continuous Hinge Modifications (Cont.)
Raised Barrel (Swaged)
Available on all edge mount, half surface, and half mortise models except on aluminum hinges Suffix hinge "-RB" For cased open or center pivot doors
Standard Edge Guard Cut-Outs
The Edge Guard Order form must be filled out to properly locate the hardware cut-outs 47/8" ASA strike 161 latch 161 strike 86 mortise Manual flush bolt Automatic flush bolt Fire bolt
Security Studs
Stainless Steel security studs mounted to the frame leaf Door leaf is drilled to accommodate studs Three studs installed on hinges up to 7'2" Four studs installed on hinges over 7'2" Door and frame must be specially prepared to accommodate security studs
Custom Design
The engineering department will assist you in developing custom applications to solve any of your unique door hinging problems. This includes Sheared Leaf or Custom Hole Pattern modifications. Markar Custom Hinge Information Form must be filled out
Lead Lined (Standard 4 Lbs./SQ.FT.)
Used for X-ray room doors and other locations where radiation leakage could be a problem Available on surface mounted hinges and Markar EGT308 edge guard

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Continuous Hinge Modifications (Cont.)
EL ElectroLynx® Current Transfer
EL4 For 300, 3500, 200, and 100 series edge mount only. 2 wires at 22 gauge and 2 wires at 26 gauge - with ElectroLynx® connectors (4 wire)
EL8 For 300, 3500, 200, and 100 series edge mount only. 2 wires at 22 gauge and 6 wires at 26 gauge - with ElectroLynx® connectors (8 wire)
EL12 For 300, 3500, 200, and 100 series edge mount only. 2 wires at 22 gauge and 10 wires at 26 gauge - with ElectroLynx® connectors (12 wire) *We recommend an Electrical Transfer Access Prep (ETAP) with all ElectroLynx® modifications
Replacement wire harness available (EL4-REPLKIT, EL8-REPLKIT & EL12-REPLKIT)

PoE (Power over Ethernet) ElectroLynx® Power and Data Transfer
PoE for most 3500, 600, 300, 200 and 100 series edge mount continuous hinges- with ElectroLynx® connectors (9 wire). Electrical Transfer Access Prep (ETAP) included.

ETAP Electrical Transfer Access Prep
Cutout prep for the AMS and EL modifications. This allows for easy, one-person access to wiring between the hinge and door

Security Fasteners
Specify Torx or Torx-Pin security fasterners in lieu of standard fasteners Contact factory for compatible models

CTP Current Transfer Prep
Centerline of hinge is standard location
Hinge leaf cutout to accommodate Markar's EPT Electric Power Transfer or other manufacturers' power transfer units
Please provide center line location (from top of hinge) and handing for all prep locations, see CTP Form on Page 79
Order form required, available online.

EPT Electric Power Transfer Units

EL-EPT EL-EPTL EL-EPT-SC EL-CEPTx32D EL-CEPTx10B

Stamped steel, for up to 105° opening Stamped steel, long for 180° opening Stamped steel, for swing clear hinges Cast Stainless Steel, satin Cast Stainless Steel, oil rubbed bronze

12-Wire with ElectroLynx® connectors standard on all power transfer units CTP prep is additional charge

Note: Ordering EPT unit does not constitute CTP prep on hinge

Order form required, available online.

AMS Adjustable Monitoring Switch
Rigid welded assembly gives you the ability to adjust your monitoring switch to work with all applications 300 and 3500 Series
Rating: 30v AC/DC .25 amps MAX
We recommend an Electrical Transfer Access Prep (ETAP) with this modification.

ElectroLynx®
As part of their promise to provide innovative, fast and effective high security solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer ElectroLynx®, a universal quick-connect system that simplifies the electrification of the door opening.
ElectroLynx® is a registered trademark of ASSA ABLOY Inc.

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar 3500 Series Stainless Steel Pin & Barrel Continuous Hinges

Short Form Architectural Specification:
Continuous hinges shall be full height piano-type hinge providing full height door support.

· Supports weights up to 900 lbs. 4'0" maximum door width · Material to be 12 gauge (.105) Stainless Steel · .187" diameter Stainless Steel pin (rod) ·Each knuckle 2", including nylon bearing at each separation
for a quiet, smooth, self-lubricating operation

·Must be able to carry UL label for fire rated doors and frames up to 3 hours
· Hinges shall meet ANSI/BHMA Standard A 156.26 Grade 1 · Symmetrically templated hole pattern

·Finish: US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630) Optional Finish: US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629), Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint.
·All hinges shall be furnished with manufacturer's recommended hardware pack per specific model application

Note: 25-Year Warranty on Continuous Pin & Barrel Hinges
Note: Fire label for doors and frames should be placed on the header and top rail of fire rated doors and frames

Markar FM3500 Edge Mount Security Hinge

Standard Features
Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter Stainless Steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Stainless Steel end pins
Material Heavy-duty 12 gauge (.105") Stainless Steel
Finishes US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630)
Hospital Tip Standard
Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 1
Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated

Mounting Hardware Fasteners concealed when door is closed
Custom 12-24 x 7/16" S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut Machine Screw
Capacity Supports weights up to 900lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0" , 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Handing Handing not required on standard hinges. Specify handing when ordering a hinge with modification

Optional Features

Finish US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Hole Patterns Plug weld hole pattern Custom hole pattern

Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws
Other Features Custom lengths - specify in inches Dutch door hinges - suffix "DDP" Raised barrel - suffix "RB" Welded End Pins Security studs

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite 20 minutes- wood doors Classified in accordance
with UL10C for positive pressure Fire-rated label Windstorm Evaluated in accordance with TAS 201-14, TAS 202-14, TAS 203-14, ASTM E330, ASTM E1886, ASTM E1996 and ANSI A250.13.
Electrical Modifications Adjustable Monitoring Switch - suffix "AMS" Current Transfer Prep - suffix "CTP" Electrical Transfer Access Prep - "ETAP" ElectroLynx® EL4 (4 wire), EL8 (8 wire), EL12 (12 wire) PoE (9 wire)

This edge mount pin and barrel type

hinge is fabricated with extra-heavy

duty components for use on high traffic,

3/8

high abuse doors. The hinge is specially

designed and well suited for correctional

facilities and other high security locations

3/4

3/8 10

3/4 1 3/4

using up to 21/4" thick swing-type doors. Prison doors, gates, extremely tall doors and extra heavy doors are all good candidates for Markar's 3500 Security Hinge.

1/2 13 3/4 19

1/2 13

5/16" 8

1/2
13 3/4 19 1/16 2 1/2 13

1 3/4 44

MIN. HINGE

CLEARANCE 5/16" 8

1/16
DoCorLOCSl2oEsDed

MIN. HINGE

CLEARANCE
CLOSED Markar Architectural Products, Markar EDGE MOUNT HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 12 GA. 4226 Transport Street,
Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FM3500 CATALOG DRAWING

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Markar EDGE MOUNT HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 12 GA. MarkarArchitecturalProducts, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FM3500 CATALOG DRAWING

7/8 22
7/8 22 1 15/16
49
1 15/16 49

Door Open 18O0P°EN 180

OPEN 180

07/10/2014 Rev. A
07/10/2014 Rev. A

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar FS3501 1/8" Inset Full Surface Security Hinge

Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 1
Mounting Hardware Custom 12-24 x 7/16" S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut Machine Screw
Capacity Supports weights up to 900lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes
6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"

Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated
Handing Specify handing
Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

Optional Features
Finish US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Hole Patterns Plug weld hole pattern Custom hole pattern

Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws
Other Features Custom lengths specify in inches Dutch door hinges suffix "DDP" Welded End Pins

For 1/8" inset doors. This hinge allows for perfect alignment for the retrofitting of doors in correctional facilities and other high security locations using 2" thick swing-type doors. Prison doors, gates, extremely tall doors and extra heavy doors are all good candidates for Markar's 3501 Security Hinge.

4 102
2 51

1 3/8

5/8

3/8 10
5/8 16

3/8 10 5/8 16

1 3/4 44

1/16

1/8

MIN. HINGE

CLEARANCE

CLOSED

Door Closed

1 15/16 49
OPEN 180 Door Open 180°

Markar 1/8" INSET FULL SURFACE HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 12 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FS3501 CATALOG DRAWING

07/11/2014 Rev. A

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar FS3502 Flush Full Surface Security Hinge

Standard Features
Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter Stainless Steel pin (rod) Stainless Steel end pins Medical bearings
Material Heavy-duty 12 gauge (.105") Stainless Steel
Finishes US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630)
Hospital Tip Standard
Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 1

Mounting Hardware Custom 12-24 x 7/16" S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut Machine Screw
Capacity Supports weights up to 900lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes
6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated
Handing Handing not required on standard hinges Specify handing when ordering a hinge with modification

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

Optional Features
Finish US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Hole Patterns Plug weld hole pattern Custom hole pattern

Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws
Other Features Custom lengths - specify in inches Dutch door hinges - suffix "DDP" Welded End Pins

This surface-mounted pin and barrel type hinge is fabricated with extra-heavy duty components and designed for solving door sag problems on high traffic, high abuse doors. This hinge is well suited for correctional facilities and other high security locations using 2" thick swing-type doors.
Prison doors, gates extremely tall doors and extra heavy doors are all good candidates for Markar's 3502 Security Hinge.

4 102
2 51

3/8
10 5/8
16

3/16

1/8

MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE

CLOSED

1 3/4 44

1 1/4 32
1 15/16 49

Door Closed

Markar FLUSH FULL SUFACE HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 12 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FS3502 CATALOG DRAWING

5/8 16
OPEN 180 Door Open 180°

07/11/2014 Rev. A

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar HG3505 Adjustable Hinge Guard

Standard Features
Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter Stainless Steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Stainless Steel end pins
Material Heavy-duty 12-gauge (.105") Stainless Steel hinge leaves 14 gauge Stainless Steel angle on door leaf
Finishes US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630)
Hospital Tip Standard

Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 1 Mounting Hardware Custom 12-24 x 7/16" S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut Machine Screw
Capacity Supports weights up to 900lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"

Optional Features
Finish US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Mounting Hardware Tamper-proof security screws Adjust-A-ScrewTM for correcting alignment problems up to 3/8"

Other Features Custom lengths specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges suffix "DDP" Raised barrel - suffix "RB" Welded end pins Security studs

Electrical Modifications Adjustable Monitoring Switch - suffix "AMS" Current Transfer Prep - suffix "CTP" Electronic Transfer Access Prep - suffix "ETAP"
ElectroLynx® EL4 (4 wire), EL8 (8 wire), EL12 (12 wire)
PoE (9 wire)

The integral hinge guard protects the door

from dings and gouges from carts and

gurneys while providing clean lines and

aesthetic appearance. Our HG products

also have fire ratings up to and including

5/8 16

1 1/4 32

3 hours.

3/4 19
1/2 13

1 3/4 44

1 15/16 49

5/16 8

1/16 2

MIN. HINGE

CLEARANCE

(NON-ADJUSTABLE)

13/16

CLOSED

Door Closed

Markar ADJUSTABLE HINGE GUARD, STAINLESS STEEL, 12 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

HG3505 CATALOG DRAWING

OPEN 180 Door Open 180°

07/13/2014 Rev. B

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar 600 Series Stainless Steel Pin & Barrel Continuous Hinges

Short Form Architectural Specification:
Continuous hinges shall be full height piano-type hinge providing full height door support.

· Supports weights up to 600 lbs. 4' 0" maximum door width
· Material to be 14 gauge 316 Stainless Steel
· .187" diameter Stainless Steel pin (rod)
· Exterior barrel diameter .438" (7/16")
· Each knuckle 2", including nylon bearing at each separation for a quiet, smooth, self-lubricating operation
· Finish: US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630) Optional Finish: US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629), Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint.
· All hinges shall be furnished with manufacturer's recommended hardware pack per specific model application

· Must be able to carry Warnock Hersey Int. or UL for fire rated doors and frames up to 3 hours
· Hinges shall meet ANSI/BHMA Standard A 156.26 Grade 1 · Symmetrically templated hole pattern NOTE: 2 5-Year Warranty on Continuous Pin & Barrel Hinges NOTE: F ire label for doors and frames should be placed on the
header and top rail of fire rated doors and frames

Markar FM600 316 SS Edge Mount Hinge

Standard Features
Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter Stainless Steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Stainless Steel end pins
Material Heavy duty 14 gauge 316 stainless steel
Finishes US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630)
Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 1
Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated

Mounting Hardware Fasteners concealed when door is closed Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws
Capacity Supports weights up to 600 lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0" Handing Handing not required on standard hinges. Specify handing when ordering a hinge with modification.

Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite core wood fire doors 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label
Windstorm Evaluated in accordance with TAS 201-14, TAS 202-14, TAS 203-14, ASTM E330, ASTM E1886, ASTM E1996 and ANSI A250.13

Optional Features
Finishes Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws
Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern

Dutch door hinges- suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Raised barrel - suffix "RB" Welded end pins Security studs.
Electrical Modifications Adjustable Monitoring Switch - "AMS"

Current Transfer Prep - suffix "CTP" Electrical Transfer Access Prep - suffix "ETAP" ElectroLynx® EL4 (4 wire), EL8 (8 wire), EL12 (12 wire) PoE (9 wire)
7/14/2014

This superior corrosion resistant edge mounted pin & barrel hinge is used in high chloride, sodium and sulfurous acid environments. This hinge works well in marine type environments.

3/8 10
3/4 19
1/2 13

1/4 6 MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

3/4 19
1/2 13

1 3/4 44

1/16 2

Door Closed

CLOSED

7/8 22
1 15/16 49
Door Open 180°
OPEN 180°

2015-2020,

ASSA

ABLOY

Accessories

and

DooMraCrkoanr trols Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights EDGE MOUNT HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

reser

ved.

Phone: 800 824-3018

Reproduc

tion

whole

par

without

the

xpress

writ

ten

permission Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

AFMSS3A00ACBLAOTYAALcOcGesDsoRrAieWs IaNnGd

Door

Controls

Group,

Inc.

prohibited.

07/14/2014 Rev. A
FM300 CATALOG.SLDDRW

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar 300 Series Stainless Steel Pin & Barrel Continuous Hinges

Short Form Architectural Specification:
Continuous hinges shall be full height piano-type hinge providing full height door support.

· Supports weights up to 600 lbs. 4' 0" maximum door width
· Material to be 14 gauge Stainless Steel
· .187" diameter Stainless Steel pin (rod)
· Exterior barrel diameter .438" (7/16")
· Each knuckle 2", including nylon bearing at each separation for a quiet, smooth, self-lubricating operation
· Finish: US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630) Optional Finish: US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629), Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint.
· All hinges shall be furnished with manufacturer's recommended hardware pack per specific model application

Markar FM300 Edge Mount Hinge

Standard Features
Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter Stainless Steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Stainless Steel end pins Material Heavy-duty 14 gauge Stainless Steel Finishes US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630) Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 1 Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated
Optional Features

Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite core wood fire doors 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label
Windstorm Evaluated in accordance with TAS 201-94, TAS 202-94, TAS 20394, ASTM E330, ASTM E1886, ASTM E1996 and ANSI A250.13

Finishes Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws
Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern

Dutch door hinges- suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Raised barrel - suffix "RB" Welded end pins Security studs.
Electrical Modifications Adjustable Monitoring Switch - "AMS"

Current Transfer Prep - suffix "CTP" Electrical Transfer Access Prep - suffix "ETAP" ElectroLynx® EL4 (4 wire), EL8 (8 wire), EL12 (12 wire) PoE (9 wire)
7/14/2014

This edge-mounted pin & barrel hinge is used on many of today's high traffic, high abuse doors. The hinge works well in locations that would normally call out for anchor hinges, pivot reinforcement hinges or thrust pivot unit and hinge sets. This hinge saves on special door and frame preparation charges and makes the installer's job easier. It can be used on both fire labeled and non-labeled openings.

3/8 10

3/4 19
1/2 13
1/4 6 MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE

3/4 19
1/2 13

1 3/4 44

1/16 2

CLOSED Door Closed

7/8 22
1 15/16 49
Door Open 180O°PEN 180°

Markar EDGE MOUNT HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FM300 CATALOG DRAWING

07/14/2014 Rev. A
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us FM300 CATALOG.SLDDRW Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar FM300WT Wide Throw Edge Mount Hinges

Standard Features
Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter Stainless Steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Stainless Steel end pins
Material Heavy-duty 14 gauge Stainless Steel Heavy-duty 12 gauge support angles, where applicable
Finishes US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630)
Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 1

Mounting Hardware Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws
Capacity Weight: Consult factory 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated

Handing Handing not required on standard hinges. Specify handing when ordering a hinge with modification
Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite core wood fire doors 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

Optional Features
Finishes Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws

Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges- suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Welded end pins Security studs

Electrical Modifications Adjustable Monitoring Switch - suffix "AMS" Current Transfer Prep - suffix "CTP" Electrical Transfer Access Prep - suffix "ETAP"
ElectroLynx® EL4 (4 wire), EL8 (8 wire), EL12 (12 wire)

This edge-mounted pin & barrel

hinge is used on many of today's high traffic, high abuse doors. The

FM300WT10

hinge works well in locations that

15/16

would normally call out for anchor

hinges, pivot reinforcement hinges

2 51

or thrust pivot unit and hinge sets. This hinge saves on special door

15/16 3/4 24 19

3/4 19

1 3/4 44

1 15/16 49

and frame preparation charges and makes the installer's job easier. It can be used on both fire labeled and non-labeled openings.

1/2

13 3/4
19

1/16

13
3/4 19

1 3/4 44

11/4/2

1/2

613

MIN. HINGE

CLEARANCE

1/16

1/4 CLOSED 2

MIDN.oH6oINrGEClosed

CLEARANCE

1 15/16 49
OPEN 180° Door Open 180°

Markar 2" CLEACRLAONCSEEWDIDE THROW HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FM300WT10 CATALOG DRAWING

OPEN 180°

07/15/2014 Rev. A

Markar 2" CLEARANCE WIDE THROW HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FM300WT10 CATALOG DRAWING

More profiles on nex07t/1p5/a20g14e
Rev. A

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar FM300WT Wide Throw Edge Mount Hinges (cont)

FM300WT20

FM300WT30

2 1/4 57
1 25

3/8

3/83/8

3/8

10 10

2 9/16 65
CLEARANCE

2 1/4 57
1 25

3/8

3/8 3/8

3/8

10 10

3 3/16

CLEARANCE CLEARANCE

3/4 19
1/2 13
1/4 6 MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE

3/4 19
1/2 13
1/16 2
1/4 6 MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE

1 3/4 3/4 44 19
1/2 13
1/16 2

1 3/4 3/4 44 19
1/2 13

1 15/16 49

3/4 19
1/2 13

1/16

1/4

MIN. HINGE MIN. HINGE

CLEARANCE CLEARANCE

1 3/4 3/4 44 19

1/2

1/16 2

1 15/16 49

CLOSED CLOSED

OPEN 180° OPEN 180° CLOSEDCLOSED

OPEN 18O0P°EN 180°

Markar Door Closed Door Open 180° 2 9/16" CLEARAN2C9E/1W6"IDCELETAHRRAONWCEHIWNGIDEE, STTHARIONWLEHSSINSGTEE,ESLT,A14INGLAE.SS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products,
4226 Transport Street,

Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street,

Ventura, CA 93003

07/15/2014 Do0o7r/15C/2lo01s4ed

Door Open 180°

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FM300WT20 Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

CATFAML3O00GWDTR2A0 WCAINTGALOG

DRAWING

Markar Markar Rev. A Rev. A Markar Architectural ProduMctasr,kar Architectural Products,
3 3/16" CLE3A3R/1A6"NCCLEEFAURLALNMCOE RFTUILSLE 4226 Transport Street, 4226 Transport Street,

MWOIDRETITSHERWOIWDEHTINHGREO,WSTHAIINNGLEE,SSSTSATIENELLE,S1S4SGTAE.EL,

GA.

Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018 Phone: 800 824-3018

FM300WTF3M0 C30A0TWATL3O0GCADTRAALWOIGNGDRAWING Fax: 800 243-3656
www.markar.com

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

07/15/2014 07/15/2014 Rev. A Rev. A

FM300WT40

FM300WT50

1 1/2 38

3 1/4 82
1 1/2 38

3 1/4 82

5/8

3 7/8 98
CLEARANCE

1 1/2 38

3 1/4 82 1 1/2 38

3 1/4 82

5/8

127

CLEARANCE CLEARANCE

3/4 19
1/2 13

3/4 19

1 3/4 44

3/4 19

1 3/4 44

1/2

1 15/16 49

3/4 19
1/2 13

1 3/4 3/4

1/2 13

1 3/4 44

1 15/16 49

1/16

1/4

MIN. HINGE MIN. HINGE

CLEARANCE CLEARANCE

1/16

1/4

MIN. HINGE MIN. HINGE

CLEARANCECLEARANCE

CLOSECDLOSED

OPEN 1O8P0E° N 180°

CLOSED DCoLoOrSCEloDsed DoorOMOPapErkeNanr 1188M00Oa°r°PkaEr N 180° Door Closed Door Open 180° 5" CLEAR5A" NCLCEAFRUALNLCMEOFRUTLILSEMWOIRDTEISTEHWROIDWE HTHINRGOEW, SHTIANIGNEL,ESSTSASITNELEELS,S14STGEAE.L, 14 GA. ral Products,Markar Architectural Products,

arkar 3 7/8" CLEAR3 A7/N8"CCELFEUALRLAMNOCRETFIUSELLWMIDOERTHISREOWWIDHEINTGHER,OSWTAHININLGESES, SSTTAEIENLL, E14SSGSAT.EEL, 14 GAF. M300WFTM503C00AWTAT5L0OCGADTRAALWOGINDGRAWING reet,

4226 Transport Street,

Ventura, CA 93003

07/15/2014 FM4VPwa2heawx2norw:kn6tuae.8Tm rr:0arAaa,08nrrC0k2csA0ha4pir39o8t.-er3c23toc046tm S0-u53t3rr60ae1le8Pt,roFM4VPwda2heawux2norwc:kn6ttuae.s8Tm rr:,0arAaa,08nrrC0k2csA0ha4pir39o8t.-er3c23toc046tm S0-u53t3rr60ae1le8Pt,roducts,

07/15/2014

3018

Phone: 800 824-3018

FM300WT40FMCA30T0AWLTO4G0 Fax: 800 243-3656
www.markar.com

DCRAATAWLIONG

DRAWING

Rev. A Rev. A

07/15/201407/15/2014 Rev. A Rev. A

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar FS301 1/8" Inset Full Surface Hinge

Standard Features

Mounting Hardware Fasteners concealed underneath aluminum cover 1/4 -14 x 3/4" Security TORX TEK Screws
Capacity Supports weights up to 600 lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Handing Not required for standard 7'0", 8'0" or 10'0". Handing required for 6'8" and 7'2" and for most optional features listed

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite core wood fire doors 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

Optional Features
Finishes US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners 15/8" S.S. sleeve bolts Tamper-proof security screws

Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges - suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Lead lined covers with 4 lbs. lead lining - suffix "LL" Welded end pins

This surface-mounted pin & barrel

continuous hinge can be used to repair

or replace existing hinges on both fire

labeled and non-labeled doors that have very tight clearances. The hinge has a

1 11/16 43

built-in 1/8" offset to assist in weather seal

7/16

and sound barrier areas.

11/16 17

1 3/4 44

7/8 22
1 15/16 49

1/16

1/8

MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE

CLOSED

Door Closed

OPEN 180° Door Open 180°

Markar 1/8" INSET FULL SURFACE HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FS301 CATALOG DRAWING

07/14/2014 Rev. A

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar FS302 Full Surface Flush Mount

Standard Features
Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter Stainless Steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Stainless Steel end pins Material Heavy-duty 14 gauge Stainless Steel Cover - extruded aluminum Finishes US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630) Cover - brushed aluminum Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 1
Optional Features
Finishes US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint Fasteners 15/8" S.S. sleeve bolts Tamper-proof security screws

Mounting Hardware Fasteners concealed underneath aluminum cover 1/4 - 14 x 3/4" Security TORX TEK Screws Capacity Supports weights up to 600 lbs. 4'0" maximum door width Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0" Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated Handing Handing not required on standard hinges. Specify handing when ordering a hinge with modification
Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges - suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Lead lined covers with 4 lbs. lead lining - suffix "LL" Welded end pins

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite core wood fire doors 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

This surface-mounted pin & barrel continuous hinge can be used to replace and repair existing hinges on both fire labeled and non-labeled doors. Designed for retrofit market.

1 11/16 43
7/16 11
11/16 17

1 11/16 43

11/16 17

1 3/4 44

1 25
1 15/16 49

3/16 5
1/8 3 MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE
CLOSED Door Closed

OPEN 180 Door Open 180°

Markar FLUSH MOUNT FULL SURFACE HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FS302 CATALOG DRAWING

7/28/2014
07/14/2014 Rev. A
FS302 CATALOG.SLDDRW

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar HS303 Half Surface Hinge

Standard Features

Mounting Hardware Fasteners concealed when door is closed Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws & 1/4-14 x 3/4" Security TORX TEK Screws
Capacity
Supports weights up to 600 lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Sizes
6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated

Handing Not required for standard 7'0", 8'0" or 10'0". Handing required for 6'8" and 7'0" and for most optional features listed
Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

Optional Features
Finish US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners 15/8" S.S. sleeve bolts Tamper-proof security screws

Other Features

Electrical Modifications

Custom lengths - specify in inches

Current Transfer Prep (frame leaf only) -

Custom hole pattern

suffix "CTP"

Dutch door hinges - suffix "DDP"

Hospital tips - suffix "HT"

Raised barrel - suffix "RB"

Welded end pins

Lead lined cover with 4 lbs. lead lining -

suffix "LL"

This half-surface pin & barrel continuous hinge can be used to repair or replace existing hinges on both fire labeled openings. The hinge fits into the gap left after standard butt hinges are removed. It can assist in reversing the handing of a door, or to reverse the swing of a door hung in an evenly-rabbetted frame. (Please consult factory for instructions for unevenly-rabbetted frames.)

3/8 10
3/4 19
1/2 13

1 11/16 43
11/16 17

7/16 11
1 3/4 44

1/16

1/8

MIN. HINGE

CLEARANCE

CLOSED

Door Closed

7/8 22
1 15/16 49
OPEN 180 Door Open 180°

Markar HALF SURFACE HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

HS303 CATALOG DRAWING

07/14/2014 Rev. A

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar HM304 Half Mortise Hinge

Mounting Hardware Fasteners concealed when door is closed Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws & 1/4-14 x 3/4" Security TORX TEK Screws
Capacity Supports weights up to 600 lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes
6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated

Handing Not required for standard 7'0", 8'0" or 10'0". Handing required for 6'8" and 7'2" and for most optional features listed
Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite
20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

Optional Features
Finishes US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws

Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges- suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Raised barrel - suffix "RB" Welded end pins

Electrical Modifications Current Transfer Prep (door leaf only) suffix "CTP"

This pin & barrel type hinge is used on wooden doors to hide splits, chips and dents from traffic abuse. The surface mounted frame leaf allows for easy retrofit installation.

1 11/16 42

7/8

7/16

11/16 17

3/4 19
1/2 13

1 3/4 44

1 15/16 49

1/16

1/8

MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE

CLOSED Door Closed

Door Open 180°

Markar HALF MORTISE HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

HM304 CATALOG DRAWING

OPEN 180°

07/14/2014 Rev. B

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar HG305 Adjustable Hinge Guard

Standard Features

Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter Stainless Steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Stainless Steel end pins
Material Heavy-duty 14 gauge Stainless Steel
Finishes US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630)
Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 1
Mounting Hardware Fasteners concealed when door is closed Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws

Capacity Supports weights up to 600 lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated
Handing Not required for standard 7'0", 8'0" or 10'0". Handing required for 6'8" and 7'2" and for most optional features listed

Optional Features
Finish US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners Adjust-A-ScrewTM for correcting frame fit problems up to 3/8"

Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges- suffix "DDP" Hospital tips suffix "HT" Raised barrel suffix "RB" Welded end pins Security studs

The integral hinge guard protects the door from dings and gouges from carts and gurneys while providing clean lines and aesthetic appearance. Our HG products also have fire ratings up to and including 3 hours. Not only that, but the wrap-around edge guard protects the door from unsightly dents and gouges and will deflect objects, preventing further damage.

3/8 10
3/4 19
1/2 13

3/4 1 3/4 19 44
1/2 13

13/16 20
1 15/16 49

5/16
8
MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE (NON-ADJUSTABLE)

1/16 2
3/4 18

CLOSED

Door Closed

Markar ADJUSTABLE HINGE GUARD, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

HG305 CATALOG DRAWING

OPEN 180°
Door Open 180°

07/15/2014 Rev. E

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar HG306 Hinge Guard

Standard Features

Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter Stainless Steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Stainless Steel end pins
Material Heavy-duty 14 gauge Stainless Steel Cover - extruded aluminum
Finishes US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630) Cover - brushed aluminum
Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 1
Mounting Hardware Fasteners concealed when door is closed

Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws & 1/4 -14 x 3/4" Security TORX TEK Screws
Capacity Supports weights up to 600 lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes
6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated
Handing Not required for standard 7'0", 8'0" or 10'0". Handing required for 6'8" and 7'2" and for most optional features listed

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

Optional Features
Finishes US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws

Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges- suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Raised barrel - suffix "RB" Welded End Pins

Electrical Modifications Current Transfer Prep (door leaf only) suffix "CTP"

This hinge is used with hollow metal frames and wood or hollow metal doors. The guard that wraps the door covers up dents, scratches, and splits in the door the door. This product covers the door's edge and wraps the door face to prevent further damage. This hinge can also be used to reverse the swing of a door.

1 11/16 43
7/16 11

11/16 17

3/4 19
1/2 13

1 3/4 44

1/8
3
MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE

1/16 2
3/4 18

DoOoPr ECNlosed

Markar HINGE GUARD, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

HG306 CATALOG DRAWING

13/16 20
1 15/16 49
ODPoEoNr O18p0en 180°
07-26-12 Rev. B

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar FS/SC309 Full Surface Swing Clear Hinge

Standard Features

Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter Stainless Steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Stainless Steel end pins
Material Heavy-duty 14 gauge Stainless Steel Cover - extruded aluminum
Finishes
US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630) Cover - brushed aluminum
Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 1
Mounting Hardware Fasteners concealed when door is closed Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws & 1/4-14 x 3/4" Security TORX TEK Screws

Capacity Supports weights up to 600 lbs.
4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes
6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated
Handing Not required for standard 7'0", 8'0" or 10'0". Specify handing for 6'8" and 7'2" and for most optional features

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

Optional Features
Finish US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws

Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern 15/8" S.S. aluminum sleeve bolts Dutch door hinges - suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Lead lined cover with 4 lbs. lead lining - suffix "LL" Welded End Pins

This hinge is used to ensure that a door opened to a 90-degree angle is removed from the opening. This hinge will mount on a 13/4" face, and is especially useful for ADA upgrade work.

3 5/16 84

11/16 17

7/16 11

3 9/16 90

5/16 8
1/2 13

1 3/4 44

1 15/16 49

1/16

1/8

MIN. HINGE

CLEARANCE

1 3/4

5/8

MIN.

FRAME FACE

CLOSED

Door Closed

Markar FULL SURFACE SWING CLEAR HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FS/SC309 CATALOG DRAWING

DoorOOPpEenN9900°°

FLUSH LINE
07/17/2014 Rev. A

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar HG310 Swing Clear Adjustable Hinge Guard

Standard Features

Capacity Supports weights up to 600 lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes
6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated
Handing Not required for standard 7'0", 8'0" or 10'0". Specify handing for 6'8" and 7'2" and for most optional features
Door Edge Square hinge edge Recommend Adjust-A-Screw for beveled hinge edge

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite core wood fire doors 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

Optional Features
Finishes US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws
Adjust-A-ScrewsTM for correcting frame fit problems up to 3/8"

Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges - suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Welded End Pins

Electrical Modifications Current Transfer Prep (door leaf only) suffix "CTP"
(EL-EPT-SC Power Transfer Recommended)

The ADA-compliant hinge is used on operating room doors to swing the door out of the opening when moving equipment in and out. The hinge guard also protects the door in the open position.

1 7/8 48
MIN. FRAME FACE

1/16

2 1/16

5/16 8
1/2
13

1/4

MIN. HINGE

CLEARANCE

(NON-ADJUSTABLE)

3/4

DCoLoOr SClEoDsed

3/4 19

1 3/4 44

1/2 13

1/16 1

1 15/16 49

FLUSH LINE

Door Open 90°

5/8 16

OPEN 90°

Markar ADJUSTABLE SWING CLEAR HINGE GUARD, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

HG310 CATALOG DRAWING

07/17/2014 Rev. G

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar HG311 Swing Clear Hinge Guard

Standard Features
Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter Stainless Steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Stainless Steel end pins
Material Heavy-duty 14 gauge Stainless Steel
Finishes US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630)
Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 1
Mounting Hardware Fasteners concealed when door is closed Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws

Capacity Supports weights up to 600 lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated
Handing Not required for standard 7'0", 8'0" or 10'0". Specify handing for 6'8" and 7'2" and for most optional features
Door Edge Square hinge edge For beveled hinge edge use HG310

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite core wood fire doors 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

Optional Features
Finishes US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws

Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges - suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Welded End Pins

Electrical Modifications Current Transfer Prep (door leaf only) suffix "CTP"
(EL-EPT-SC Power Transfer Recommended)

This surface applied swing clear version allows doors to meet ADA requirements. The single wrap protects door edges from cart damage.

1 7/8 48
MIN. FRAME FACE

1 15/16

1/16

5/16 8
1/2 13

1/8

MIN. HINGE

CLEARANCE

3/4

3/4 19

1 3/4 44

1/2 13

1/16 1

1 15/16 49

CLODSooErDClosed

Markar SWING CLEAR HINGE GUARD, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

HG311 CATALOG DRAWING

FLUSH LINE

5/8 16
OPEND9o0o°r Open 90°

07/17/2014 Rev. D

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar HG315 Edge Mount Hinge Guard

Standard Features

Capacity Supports weights up to 600 lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated
Handing Not required for standard 7'0", 8'0" or 10'0". Specify handing for 6'8" and 7'2" and for most optional features

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite core wood fire doors 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

Optional Features
Finishes US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws

Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges- suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Raised barrel - suffix "RB" Welded end pins Security studs

Featuring our unique edge guard, this economical hinge prevents objects from being placed between the door and frame as well as protects the door's edge while supporting the door's weight along the entire length of the jamb.

3/8 10

3/4 19
1/2 13
1/4 6 MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE

3/4 19
1/2 13

1 3/4 44

1/16 2

3/4 18

CLDOoSoErDClosed

Markar HINGE GUARD, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

HG315 CATALOG DRAWING

3/4 19
1 15/16 49
Door OpPeEnN118800°°
07/14/2014 Rev. B

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar FS321 Full Surface 3/4" Offset Hinge

Standard Features

Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter Stainless Steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Stainless Steel end pins
Material Heavy-duty 14 gauge Stainless Steel Cover - extruded aluminum
Finishes US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630)
Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 1
Mounting Hardware Fasteners concealed underneath aluminum cover 1/4-14 x 3/4" Security TORX TEK Screws

Capacity Supports weights up to 600 lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0" brushed aluminum
Handing Not required for standard 7'0", 8'0" or 10'0". Specify handing for 6'8" and 7'2" and for most optional features

Optional Features
Finishes US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws

Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges- suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Lead lined covers with 4 lbs. lead lining - suffix "LL" Welded end pins

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite core wood fire doors 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

This surface mount pin & barrel model was developed to work in conjunction with existing 3/4" offset floor closers. Where top or intermediate pivots have worn and the floor closer will remain, the FS321 is the solution to extending the life of the opening.

2 11/16 68
2 11/16 68

1 11/16 43
1 11/16 43
3/4 19 3/4 19

1 3/8 34
1 3/8 7/16 34 11 7/16 11

11/16 17
11/16 17

1 3/4 44
1 3/4 44

1 15/16 49
1 15/16 49

1/16

1/8

1/16

MIN.1H/8INGE

CLEAR3ANCE

MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE

CLOSED

MIN. MIN.

2 51 FRA2ME FACE 51
FRAMOE FPAECEN

1 1/2 38
1 1/2
180°38

CLODSoEoDr Closed

Door Open 18O0P°EN 180°

Markar 3/4" OFFSET FULL SURFACE HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com
FS321 CATALOG DRAWING Markar Architectural Products,
Markar 3/4" OFFSET FULL SURFACE HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FS321 CATALOG DRAWING

07/17/2014 Rev. A 07/17/2014 Rev. A

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar HG322 Adjustable Hinge Guard

Standard Features

Capacity Supports weights up to 600 lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated
Handing Not required for standard 7'0", 8'0" or 10'0". Specify handing for 6'8" and 7'2" and for most optional features

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite core wood fire doors 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

Optional Features
Finishes US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws Adjust-A-ScrewTM for correcting frame fit problems up to 3/8"

Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges- suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Raised barrel - suffix "RB" Special sheared leaf Welded end pins Security studs

Occasionally the need arises for an extended door wrap, and this need is met with the Markar HG322. All the features of the HG305 Hinge/Guard plus 2" extensions.

3/8 10

3/4 19

1/2

3/8 10

3/4 19

1 3/4 44

1/2 13

11/16 17
1 15/16 114/916
17

3/54/16 19 8

1/16 2

3/4 19

1 3/4 44

1 15/16 49

MIN. HINGE CLEARA1N/2CE (NON-ADJUS1T3ABLE)

1/2 13 2 3/16

1/16

5/16

CLOSED OPEN 180° 8

Door Closed Door Open 180° MIN. HINGE Markar Architectural Products, Markar PEMKO Products

ADJUSTABLE

HINGE

GUARD,

EXTENDED

RETURNS,

STAINLESS

STEEL,

GA.

4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003
CLEARANCE Phone: 800 824-3018 Fax: 800 243-3656
(NON-ADJUSTABLEH) G322 CATAL2 O3/1G6 DRAWING www.markar.com

CLOSED

OPEN 180°

Markar Markar Architectural Products, PEMKO Products

ADJUSTABLE

HINGE

GUARD,

EXTENDED

RETURNS,

STAINLESS

STEEL,

GA.

4226 Transport Street,

Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018 Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

HG322 CATALOG DRAWING

07/17/2014 Rev. F
07/17/2014 Rev. F

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar HG323 Edge Mount Hinge Guard

Standard Features

Capacity Supports weights up to 600 lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes
6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated
Handing Not required for standard 7'0", 8'0" or 10'0". Specify handing for 6'8" and 7'2" and for most optional features

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite core wood fire doors 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

Optional Features
Finishes US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws

Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges - suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Raised barrel - suffix "RB" Special sheared leaf

Electrical Modifications Adjustable Monitoring Switch suffix "AMS" Current Transfer Prep suffix "CTP" Electrical Transfer Access Prep - suffix "ETAP"
ElectroLynx® EL4 (4 wire), EL8 (8 wire), EL12 (12 wire)
PoE (9 wire)

This extended wrap model allows you to sandwich the door between two leafs of Stainless Steel and through bolt them

1 1/2 38
3/8 10

together. It is ideal where doors have split

and you want to save them.

3/4 19
131/2/08 13

1 1/2 38

1 3/4 44

11/16 17
1 15/16 114/916
17

3/4 5/16 19 8

1/16 1

1 3/4 44

1 15/16 49

MIN1./2HINGE CLE1A3RANCE

2 3/16

56 1/16

5/16 8

CDLoOoSrECDlosed1

MIN. HINGE

Markar HINGE GUARD, EXTENDED RETURNS, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. CLEARANCE Markar Architectural Products, PEMKO Products 4226 Transport Street,

2 3/16

Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018 Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

HG323 CATALOG DR56AWING

Door OOpPenEN18108°0°

CLOSED

OPEN 180°

Markar HINGE GUARD, EXTENDED RETURNS, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, PEMKO Products 4226 Transport Street,

Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018 Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

HG323 CATALOG DRAWING

07/17/2014 Rev. D
07/17/2014 Rev. D

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar FM/SC325 Edge Mount Swing Clear Hinge

Standard Features

Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter Stainless Steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Stainless Steel end pins
Material Heavy-duty 14 gauge Stainless Steel
Finishes
US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630)
Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 1
Mounting Hardware Fasteners concealed when door is closed Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws

Handing Not required for standard 7'0", 8'0" or 10'0". Specify handing for 6'8" and 7'2" and for most optional features
Capacity Supports weights up to 600 lbs.
4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes
6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated
Door Edge Square hinge edge

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite core wood fire doors 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

Optional Features
Finish US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint

Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges - suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Welded end pins

Electrical Modifications Adjustable Monitoring Switch - suffix "AMS" Current Transfer Prep - suffix "CTP"
(EL-EPT-SC Power Transfer Recommended)

This hinge is used to ensure that a door opened to a 90-degree angle is removed from the opening. This hinge will mount on a 17/8" face, and is especially useful for ADA upgrade work.

1 7/8 48
MIN. FR1A7M/8E FACE 48
MIN. FRAME FACE

1 15/16 49
1 15/16 49

3/4 19 3/4 19 1/2
13 1/2 13
1/4 6 MIN. 1H/4INGE CLEAR6ANCE MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE
CLOSED

3/4 19 3/4 1/2 19

1 3/4 44
1 3/4 44

13 1/2

1/16

2 1/16

1 15/16 49
1 15/16 49

FLUSH FLLIUNSEH
LINE
5/8 16 5/8 16
CLOSED

Markar DCoLoOr SCEloDsed Door Open 9C0L°OSED FULL MORTISE SWING CLEAR HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Markar FFUML/SLCM32O5RCTAISTEASLWOIGNGDRCLAEWAIRNGHINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FM/SC325 CATALOG DRAWING

07/17/2014 0R7e/v17. /D2014 Rev. D

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar HG326 Swing Clear Adjustable Hinge Guard

Standard Features

Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter Stainless Steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Stainless Steel end pins
Material Heavy-duty 14 gauge Stainless Steel
Finishes US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630)
Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 1
Mounting Hardware Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws

Capacity Supports weights up to 600 lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated
Door Edge Square hinge edge Recommend Adjust-A-Screw for beveled hinge edge
Handing Not required for standard 7'0", 8'0" or 10'0". Specify handing for 6'8" and 7'2" and for most optional features

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite core wood fire doors 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

Optional Features
Finishes US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges- suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Welded end pins

Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws
Adjust-A-ScrewTM for correcting frame fit problems up to 3/8"

Electrical Modifications Current Transfer Prep - suffix "CTP"
(EL-EPT-SC Power Transfer Recommended)

The incorporated edge guard protects the door from unsightly dents and gouges while also protecting the hinge from vandalism.

1 7/8 48
MIN. FRAME FACE 1 7/8 48
MIN. FRAME FACE

2 1/16 52
2 1/16 52

3/4 19
3/4 1/2 19 13

3/4 19
1/2 3/4 13 19

1 3/4 44
1 3/4 44

1 15/16 49
1 15/16 49

1/2 5/1163

1/16 1/2 1 13

8 MIN. HINGE CLE5A/R16ANCE

1/16 1

(NON-ADJ8USTABLE) MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE

3/4 19

(NON-ADJUSTABLE) CLOS3/4ED

5/8 16
5/8 16
OPEN 90°

Markar ADJUSTABLE SWING CLEAR HINGE GAURD, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street,

Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656
DoCoLrOCSloEseDd Door OOpPeEnN909°0° www.markar.com

HG326 CATALOG DRAWING

Markar ADJUSTABLE SWING CLEAR HINGE GAURD, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

HG326 CATALOG DRAWING

FLUSH LINE FLUSH LINE
07/17/2014 Rev. E 07/17/2014 Rev. E

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar FM327 Edge Mount Safety Hinge

Standard Features
Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter Stainless Steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Stainless Steel end pins
Material Heavy-duty 14 gauge Stainless Steel
Finishes US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630)
Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 1
Mounting Hardware Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws

Capacity Supports weights up to 600 lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes
6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated
Handing Not required for standard 7'0", 8'0" or 10'0". Specify handing for 6'8" and 7'2" and for most optional features
Door Edge Square hinge edge

Fire Rating This hinge is not fire rated

Optional Features
Finishes US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint

Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges - suffix "DDP" Welded end pins

Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws

This unique design prevents small fingers from getting pinched in the door. It is ideal for elementary schools, day care, childcare, and nursing home facilities. This full-length continuous pin & barrel hinge also provides privacy by blocking sight lines into rooms. The hinge must be used with a cased open type frame.

3/8 10
3/8 10
3/4 19
1/2 3/4 13 19
1/2 133/4
19 MIN, HINGE CLEARANCE
3/4 19
CMLIENA, RHAINCNGCLEDEOoSorECDlosed

1 3/4 3/4 44 19

1/2

1 3/4

13 3/4 44

1/16 1/2

1/16 1

13/16 21
13/16 1271/8
48 1 7/8
48
Door OpeOnP1E8N0°180

Markar EDCGLEOMSOEUDNT SAFETY HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003 Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FM327 CATALOG DRAWING

Markar EDGE MOUNT SAFETY HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FM327 CATALOG DRAWING

OPEN 180

07/18/2014 Rev. A
07/18/2014 Rev. A

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar HG329 Swing Clear Hinge Guard for Square Edge Door

Standard Features
Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter Stainless Steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Stainless Steel end pins
Material Heavy-duty 14 gauge Stainless Steel
Finishes US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630)
Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 1
Mounting Hardware Fasteners concealed when door is closed Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws

Capacity Supports weights up to 600 lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Door Edge Square hinge edge For beveled hinge edge use HG326
Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated Specify handing

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite core wood fire doors 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

Optional Features
Finishes US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint

Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges- suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Welded end pins
Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws

Electrical Modifications Adjustable Monitoring Switch - suffix "AMS" Current Transfer Prep - suffix "CTP"
(EL-EPT-SC Power Transfer Recommended)

The incorporated edge guard protects the door from unsightly dents and gouges while also protecting the hinge from vandalism.

1 7/8 48
MIN. FRAME FACE

1 15/16 49

3/4 19
1/2 13

3/4 1 3/4 19 44
1/2 13

1 15/16 49

1/4
6
MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE
3/4 19

1/16 1

CLOSED

Markar Architectural Products,
Markar SWING CLEAR HINGE GUARD, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003 Phone: 800 824-3018 Door Closed Fax: 800 243-3656 HG329 CATALOG DRAWING www.markar.com

FLUSH LINE

5/8 16

OPEN 90° Door Open 90°

07/17/2014 Rev. C

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar FM338 Edge Mount Hinge (13/8" Thick Door)

Standard Features
Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter Stainless Steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Stainless Steel end pins
Material Heavy-duty 14 gauge Stainless Steel
Finishes US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630)
Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 1
Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated

Mounting Hardware Fasteners concealed when door is closed Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws
Capacity Supports weights up to 300 lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Handing Handing not required on standard hinges. Specify handing when ordering a hinge with modification

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite core wood fire doors 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

Optional Features
Finishes Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws

Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges- suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Raised barrel - suffix "RB" Welded end pins Security studs

Electrical Modifications Adjustable Monitoring Switch - suffix "AMS" Electrical Transfer Access Prep - suffix "ETAP"
ElectroLynx® EL4 (4 wire), EL8 (8 wire), EL12 (12 wire)
PoE (9 wire)

This edge-mounted pin & barrel hinge is used on many of today's high traffic, high abuse doors. This hinge is designed to work with 13/8" thick doors

1/4 7

1/2 13
7/16 11

1/2 13 7/16 11

1 3/8 35

1/4" 5
MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE

1/16 1
Door Closed
CLOSED

11/16 17
1 9/16 40
Door Open 180°
OPEN 180°

Markar EDGE MOUNT HINGE FOR 1 3/8" THICK DOOR, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FM338 CATALOG DRAWING

07/22/2014 Rev. B

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar FM344 Edge Mount Hinge

Standard Features

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite core wood fire doors 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label
Windstorm Evaluated in accordance with TAS 201-94, TAS 202-94, TAS 203-94, ASTM E330, ASTM E1886, ASTM E1996 and ANSI A250.13

Optional Features
Finishes Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws

Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges- suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Raised barrel - suffix "RB" Welded end pins Security studs

This edge-mounted pin & barrel hinge is used on many of today's high traffic, high abuse doors. This hinge is great for 13/4" thick door where the hinge barrel is close to the frame and door face

3/16 4

3/16 4
3/4 19

1/2

3/4 13

1/8

1/2

131/4"

6 MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE

1/8 3

1/4"

MIN. 6HCINLGEOSED

CLEARANCE

Door Closed

CLOSED

1 3/4 3/4 44 19

1/2

1 3/4

13 3/4 44

1/2 13

3/8 10
3/8 1 1150/16
49 1 15/16
49
OPEN 180° DoorOOPpEeNn 118800°°

Markar EDGE MOUNT HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FM344 CATALOG DRAWING

Markar EDGE MOUNT HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FM344 CATALOG DRAWING

07/22/2014 Rev. A
07/22/2014 Rev. A

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar EG308 Adjustable Edge Guard

Standard Features
Material Heavy-duty 16 gauge stainless steel
Finishes US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630)
Mounting Hardware Fasteners concealed when door is closed
Included fasteners are:
Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws Custom 12-24 x 11/2" S.S. Phillips Flat Head Particle Board Screws Order form required, available online.

Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0" ,7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Door Edge Specify square or beveled edge when ordering (beveled edge standard)

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite 20 minutes- wood doors

Fire-rated label
MAY NOT APPLY TO ALL WOOD DOORS. PLEASE CONSULT FACTORY FOR SPECIFIC WOOD DOOR APPLICATIONS.

Optional Features
Finish US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Hardware Cutouts (Edge Guard order form must be filled out) Flush bolts ASA strike Deadlock strike and latch 86 edge Hospital latch 161 cutout

Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws Adjust-A-ScrewTM for correcting frame fit problems up to 3/8"

Other Features Custom lengths - specify in inches Staggered hole pattern for lead lined doors Custom cutouts Dutch door application - suffix "DDP"

This fire-labeled edge gu3a/4rd is used 19
in conjunction with the HG305 Hinge/Guard for a balanced aesthetic look. It also provides pr8o6°tection for the leading edge of the door.
1 3/4 44

7/8

91°

1/16 2
MIN. EG CLEARANCE (NON-ADJUSTABLE)
BEVELED

3/4 19

89°

1 3/4 44

7/8

89°

1/16 2
MIN. EG CLEARANCE (NON-ADJUSTABLE)
SquarSeQedUgAeRdEoor

3/4 19

86°

1 3/4 44

7/8

91°

1/16 2
MIN. EG CLEARANCE (NON-ADJUSTABLE)
Bevel edBgeEVdoEoLrED

1 3/4 44 7/8 22
S

Markar ADJUSTABLE DOUBLE RETURN EDGE GUARD, STAINLESS STEEL, 16 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

EG308 CATALOG DRAWING

Markar ADJUSTABLE DOUBLE RETURN EDGE GUARD, STAINLESS STEEL, 16 G 07/17/2014

Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Rev. A

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

EG308 CATALOG DRAWING

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar EGC308 Single Return Edge Guard

Standard Features
Material Heavy-duty 16 gauge stainless steel
Finishes US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630)
Mounting Hardware Fasteners concealed when door is closed Included fasteners are: Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws
Custom 12-24 x 11/2" S.S. Phillips Flat Head Particle Board Screws Order form required, available online.

Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Door Edge Specify square or beveled edge when ordering (beveled edge standard)

Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws
Other Features Custom lengths - specify in inches Staggered hole pattern for lead lined doors Custom cutouts Dutch door application - suffix "DDP"

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite 20 minutes- wood doors

Fire-rated label
MAY NOT APPLY TO ALL WOOD DOORS. PLEASE CONSULT FACTORY FOR SPECIFIC WOOD DOOR APPLICATIONS.

This fire-labeled edge guard works with

the HG315 Hinge/Guard. It provides

protection to the leading edge of the

1d3/o4 or, while maintaining the door's 4a4esthetic appearance in the closed

posi7t/8ion. 22

93°

3/4 19
1/16 2
MIN. EG CLEARANCE (NON-ADJUSTABLE)
BEVELED

1 3/4 44

7/8

89°

3/4 19
1/16 2
MIN. EG CLEARANCE (NON-ADJUSTABLE)
Square edgSeQdUoAoRr E

1 3/4 44

7/8 22

93°

3/4 19
1/16 2
MIN. EG CLEARANCE (NON-ADJUSTABLE)
BevBeEl eVdEgLeEdDoor

1 3/4 44
7/8 23

Markar SINGLE RETURN EDGE GUARD, STAINLESS STEEL, 16 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

EGC308 CATALOG DRAWING

Markar Architectural Products,
Markar SINGLE RETURN EDGE GUARD, STAINLESS STEEL, 16 GA. 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003 Phone: 800 824-3018
07/17/2014Fax: 800 243-3656 EGC308 CATALOG DRAWING www.markar.com
Rev. A

SQU

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar EGT308 Adjustable Edge Guard with Astragal

Standard Features
Material Heavy-duty 16 gauge stainless steel
Finishes US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630)
Mounting Hardware Fasteners concealed when door is closed Included fasteners are: Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws Custom 12-24 x 11/2" S.S. Phillips Flat Head Particle Board Screws Order form required, available online.

Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0" ,7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Door Edge Specify square or beveled edge when ordering (beveled edge standard)

Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws Adjust-A-ScrewTM for correcting frame fit problems up to 3/8"

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite 20 minutes- wood doors

Fire-rated label
MAY NOT APPLY TO ALL WOOD DOORS. PLEASE CONSULT FACTORY FOR SPECIFIC WOOD DOOR APPLICATIONS.
Other Features Custom lengths - specify in inches Staggered hole pattern for lead lined doors Custom cutouts Dutch door application - suffix "DDP" Lead lined astragal with 4 lbs. lead lining suffix "LL"

The integral overlapping astrag1a1/l2of the EGT308 provides addit3io/4 nal38security by protecting the latch pro1t9ector. It is ideal for exterior pairs of doors or doors that require added8p6°rotection from vandalism.
1 3/4 44

7/8

91°

1 3/4 44
7/8 22

1 1/2 38
3/4 19
89°
89°

1 3/4 44
7/8 22

1 1/2 38
3/4 19
86°
91°

1 3/4 44
7/8 22

1/16
2
MIN. EGT CLEARANCE (NON-ADJUSTABLE)

BEVELED

SquarSeQeUdgAeRdEoor

Markar Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street,

ADJUSTABLE

DOUBLE

RETURN

EDGE

GUARD

WITH

ASTRAGAL,

STAINLESS

STEEL,

GA.

Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

EGT308 CATALOG DRAWING

Bevel eBdEgVeEdLoEorD

Markar ADJUSTABLE DOUBLE RETURN EDGE GUARD WITH ASTRAGAL, STAI 07/17/2014 Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Rev. B

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

EGT308 CATALOG DRAWING

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar 200 Series Carbon Steel Pin & Barrel Continuous Hinges

Short Form Architectural Specification:
Continuous hinges shall be full height piano-type hinge providing full height door support.

· Supports weights up to 600 lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
· Material to be 14 gauge 1012 carbon steel
· .187" diameter stainless steel pin (rod)
· Each knuckle 2", including nylon bearing at each separation for a quiet, smooth, self-lubricating operation
· Finish: Zinc Plated Optional Finish: Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
· All hinges shall be furnished with manufacturer's recommended hardware pack per specific model application

· Must use undercut head screws · Must be able to carry Warnock Hersey Int. or UL fire
rated doors and frames up to 3 hours · Hinges shall meet ANSI/BHMA Standard A 156.26 Grade 1 · Symmetrically templated hole pattern NOTE: 25-Year Warranty on all Continuous Hinges
NOTE: Fire label for doors and frames should be placed on the header and top rail of fire rated doors and frames

Markar FM200 Edge Mount Hinge

Standard Features
Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter stainless steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Stainless steel end pins
Material Heavy-duty 14 gauge 1012 carbon steel
Finishes Zinc Plated
Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 1

Mounting Hardware No exposed mounting fasteners Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws
Capacity Supports weights up to 600lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0" ,7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Handing Handing not required on standard hinges. Specify handing when ordering a hinge with modification

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite core wood fire doors 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label
Windstorm Evaluated in accordance with TAS 201-14, TAS 202-14, TAS 203-14, ASTM E330, ASTM E1886, ASTM E1996 and ANSI A250.13

Optional Features

Finish

Other Features

Electrical Modifications

Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint

Custom lengths - specify in inches Current Transfer Prep (frame leaf only) -

7/14/2014

Fasteners

Custom hole pattern

suffix "CTP"

Tamper-proof security screws

Dutch door hinges - suffix "DDP"

ElectroLynx®

Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Raised barrel - suffix "RB"

EL4 (4 wire), EL8 (8 wire), EL12 (12 wire) 7/14/2014
PoE (9 wire)

This edge-mounted pin & barrel hinge is used on many traffic, high abuse interior doors. The hinge works well in locations that used anchor hinges, pivot reinforced hinges, or thrust pivot unit and hinge sets. This hinge saves on special door and frame preparation charges. It can be used on both fire labeled and non-labeled openings.

3/8 10

3/4 19 3/8
10 1/2
13

3/4

1/16

19 1/4

CMLIEN1A1. /6R3H2AINNGCEE

1/4 DooCr CLOloSseEdD1/216
6 MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE

3/4 19
1/2 13
3/4 19
1/2 13

1 3/4 44
1 3/4 44

7/8 22
1 175/8/16 2429
1 15/16 49
OPEN 180° Door Open 180°

CLOSED

Markar EDGE MOUNT HINGE, ZINC PLATED STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FM200 CATALOG DRAWING

OPEN 180°

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us

Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog Markar EDGE MOUNT HINGE, ZINC PLATED STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

2015-2020,

ASSA

ABLOY

Accessories

and

Door

Controls

Fax: 800 243-3656
Group, Inc., www.markar.com

ASFSMA A2B0L0OCYAGTroAuLp OcoGmpDaRnAy. WAllIrNigGhts

reser

ved.

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

07/14/2014 Rev. B
FM200 CATALOG.SLDDRW
07/14/2014 Rev. B
55 FM200 CATALOG.SLDDRW

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar FS201 1/8" Inset Full Surface Hinge

Standard Features

Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter stainless steel pin (rod) Medical bearing Stainless steel end pins
Material Heavy-duty 14 gauge 1012 carbon steel
Finishes Zinc Plated
Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 1
Mounting Hardware No exposed mounting fasteners 1/4-14 x 3/4 Security TORX TEK Screws

Capacity Supports weights up to 600lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0" ,7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Handing Not required for standard 7'0", 8'0" or 10'0". Specify handing for 6'8" and 7'2" and for most optional features

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite core wood fire doors 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

Optional Features
Finish Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners 15/8" S.S. sleeve bolts Tamper-proof security screws

Other Features Custom lengths - specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges - suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Lead-lined cover with 4 lbs. lead lining - suffix "LL"

This surface-mounted pin & barrel

continuous hinge can be used to repair and replace existing hinges on both

1 11/16 43

fire-labeled and non-labeled doors that have very tight clearances. The

1 11/16

7/16

1 11/16 43

hinge has a built-in 1/8" inset to assist in weather seal and sound barrier areas.

7/16 11
11/16 17

11/16 17

1 3/4 44

7/8 22
7/8 22 1 15/16 49

11/16

1/1176

1/8

MIN. HINGE

1/16

CLEA1R/8ANCE

3 CLOSED

MIN. HINGE
CLEARANCE Door Closed

1 3/4 44

CLOSED

1 15/16 49
OPEN 180° Door Open 180°
OPEN 180°

Markar 1/8" INSET FULL SURFACE HINGE, ZINC PLATED STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FS201 CATALOG DRAWING

Markar 1/8" INSET FULL SURFACE HINGE, ZINC PLATED STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FS201 CATALOG DRAWING

07/14/2014 Rev. B
07/14/2014 Rev. B

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar FS202 Full Surface Flush Mount Hinge

Standard Features

Capacity Supports weights up to 600lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0" ,7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Decorative Fastener Covers Aluminum
Handing Not required for standard 7'0", 8'0" or 10'0". Specify handing for 6'8" and 7'2" and for most optional features

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite core wood fire doors 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

Optional Features

Finish

Other Features

Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint

Custom lengths - specify in inches

Fasteners 15/8" S.S. sleeve bolts Tamper-proof security screws

Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges - suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Lead-lined cover with 4 lbs. lead

lining - suffix "LL"

7/28/2014

For flush doors. This surface-mounted

pin & barrel continuous hinge can be

used to repair and replace existing hinges

on both fire-labeled and non-labeled

7/16

doors that have very tight clearances.

7/16

1 11/16 43
1 11/16 43

11/16 17
11/16 17

1 11/16 43
1 11/16 43

11/16 17
11/16 17

1 3/4 44
1 3/4 44

3/16

1/8

3/16

CMLIENA.13RH/8AINNGCEE

MIN. HINGE

CLEARANCE

CDLoOoSr ECDlosed

CLOSED

1 25 1 25
1 15/16 49
1 15/16 49
Door OpOePnE1N801°80 OPEN 180

Markar FLUSH MOUNT FULL SURFACE HINGE, ZINC PLATED STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FS202 CATALOG DRAWING

Markar FLUSH MOUNT FULL SURFACE HINGE, ZINC PLATED STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FS202 CATALOG DRAWING

07/14/2014 Rev. B 07/14/2014 Rev. B FS202 CATALOG.SLDDRW
FS202 CATALOG.SLDDRW

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar HS203 Half Surface

Standard Features

Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter stainless steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Stainless steel end pins
Material Heavy-duty 14 gauge 1012 carbon steel Cover - extruded aluminum
Finishes Zinc Plated Cover - Mill Finish
Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 1
Mounting Hardware No exposed mounting fasteners Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws 1/4-14 x 3/4 Security TORX TEK Screws

Capacity Supports weights up to 600lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0" ,7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated
Handing Not required for standard 7'0", 8'0" or 10'0". Specify handing for 6'8" and 7'2" and for most optional features

Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

Optional Features
Finishes Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners 15/8" steel sleeve bolts Tamper-proof security screws

Other Features Custom lengths - specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges - suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Raised barrel - suffix "RB" Lead-lined cover with 4 lbs. lead lining - suffix "LL"

Electrical Modifications Current Transfer Prep (frame leaf only) - suffix "CTP"

This half-surface pin & barrel continuous hinge can be used to repair and replace existing hinges on both fire-labeled and non-labeled openings. The hinge fits into the gap left after standard butt hinges are removed. It can assist in reversing the handing of a door, or to reverse the swing of a door hung in an evenly-rabbetted frame. (Please contact the factory for instructions for unevenly-rabbetted frames.)

1 11/16 43

3/8

1 11/16

3/4

3/8 10

11/16 17

1/2

3/4 13 19
11/2/8 133

11/16
1/1167 2

MIN. HINGE

CLEARANCE 1/8

CLOSE1/D216

3 Door Closed

MIN. HINGE

CLEARANCE

CLOSED

7/16 11
1741/3141/64
1 3/4 44

7/8 22
7/8 22 1 15/16 49
1 15/16 49
OPEN 180 Door Open 180°
OPEN 180

Markar HALF SURFACE HINGE, ZINC PLATED STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

HS203 CATALOG DRAWING

Markar HALF SURFACE HINGE, ZINC PLATED STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

HS203 CATALOG DRAWING

07/14/2014 Rev. B
07/14/2014 Rev. B

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar HM204 Half Mortise Hinge

Standard Features

Mounting Hardware Fasteners concealed when door is closed Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws
1/4-14 x 3/4 Security TORX TEK Screws
Capacity Supports weights up to 600lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes
6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0", 10'0"
Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated

Handing Not required for standard 7'0", 8'0" or 10'0". Handing required for 6'8" and 7'2" and for most optional features listed
Fire Rating 3 hours- hollow metal doors 90 minutes- hollow metal and composite 20 minutes- wood doors
Classified in accordance with UL10C for positive pressure
Fire-rated label

Optional Features
Finishes Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws

Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges- suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Raised barrel - suffix "RB" Welded end pins

Electrical Modifications Current Transfer Prep (door leaf only) - suffix "CTP"

This pin & barrel type hinge is used on wooden doors to hide splits, chips and dents from traffic abuse. The surface mounted frame leaf allows for easy retrofit installation.

1 11/16 42

7/16

1 11/16

7/16

11 11/16 17
11/16 17
1/8 3

3/4 1 3/4 19 44

1/2 13 3/4
19

1 3/4 44

1/16 1/2

MIN. HINGE CLEA1R/8ANCE

1/16 2

3 CLOSED

MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE

Door

Closed

CLOSED

7/8 22
7/8 22 1 15/16 49
1 15/16 49
OPEN 180° Door Open 180°
OPEN 180°

Markar HALF MORTISE HINGE, ZINC PLATED STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

HM204 CATALOG DRAWING

Markar HALF MORTISE HINGE, ZINC PLATED STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

HM204 CATALOG DRAWING

07/14/2014 Rev. A
07/14/2014 Rev. A

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar 100 Series Aluminum Pin & Barrel Continuous Hinges

Short Form Architectural Specification:
Continuous hinges shall be full height piano-type hinge providing full height door support.

· Supports weights up to 600 lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
· Material to be extruded aluminum 6063-T6 alloy
· .187" diameter stainless pin (rod)
· Each knuckle 2", including nylon bearing at each separation for a quiet, smooth, self-lubricating operation
· Finish: Clear Anodized (628), Dark Bronze Anodized (313) Optional Finish: Light Bronze Anodized (311), Black Anodized (315), Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint. Other finishes available upon request.

· All hinges shall be furnished with manufacturer's recommended hardware pack per specific model application
· Exterior barrel diameter .515" (1/2") · Material thickness less than .125" · Material weight will be no less than 1.5 lbs. per foot · Hinges shall meet ANSI/BHMA Standard A 156.26 Grade 2 · Symmetrically templated hole pattern NOTE: 25-Year Warranty on all Continuous Pin & Barrel Hinges

Markar FM100 Edge Mount Hinge

Standard Features

Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter stainless steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Aluminum end pins
Material 6063-T6 aluminum alloy
Finishes Clear Anodized (628) Dark Bronze Anodized (313)

Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 2
Mounting Hardware Fasteners concealed when door is closed Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws
Capacity Supports weights up to 600lbs. 4'0" maximum door width

Optional Features
Finishes Light Bronze Anodized (311) Black Anodized (315) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint

Other Features Custom lengths - specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges - suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT"

Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0" Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated Handing Handing not required on standard hinges. Specify handing when ordering a hinge with modification Windstorm Evaluated in accordance with TAS 201-14, TAS 202-14, TAS 203-14, ASTM E330, ASTM E1886, ASTM E1996 and ANSI A250.13.
Electrical Modifications Current Transfer Prep - suffix "CTP" Electrical Transfer Access Prep - suffix "ETAP" ElectroLynx® EL4 (4 wire), EL8 (8 wire), EL12 (12 wire) PoE (9 wire)

This door-edge mounted aluminum pin & barrel type hinge is extruded using 30% more aluminum than most geared hinges, giving it exceptional strength and durability. This product is specified in lieu of pivots or butt hinges due to its unique design which distributes the weight of the door down the entire length of the hinge.

1 1/8

1/2

3/4
19 1/2
1/213 13

3/4 19

1 3/4 44

1/2 13

11151/186 2489

3/4 19

3/8 9

MIN.1H/2INGE CLEA1R3ANCE

1/16 2

3/4 19

1 3/4 44

1/2 13

1 15/16 49

CLOSED 1/16

3/8

9 MIN. HINGE

Door Closed

Markar EDGE MOUNT HINGE, ANODIZED 6063-T6 ALUMINUM CLEARANCE Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FM100 CATALOG DRAWING

CLOSED

OPEN 180° Door Open 180°
OPEN 180°

07/18/2014 Rev. A

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us

Markar EDGE MOUNT HINGE, ANODIZED 6063-T6 ALUMINUM Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Check the web site for the up-to-da07t/e18c/2a0t1a4log

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com
Copyright

©FM2011050-2C0A20T,AALSSOAGABDLROAY WAcIcNesGsories

and

Door

Cont

rols

Group,

Inc.,

ABLOY

Group

company.

All

rigRhetvs .rAeser

ved.

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar FS101 1/8" Inset Full Surface Hinge

Standard Features

Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter stainless steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Aluminum end pins
Material 6063-T6 aluminum alloy
Finishes Clear Anodized (628) Dark Bronze Anodized (313)

Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 2
Mounting Hardware No exposed mounting fasteners 1/4-14 x 3/4"Security TORX TEK Screws
Capacity Supports weights up to 600lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0"

Optional Features
Finishes Light Bronze Anodized (311) Black Anodized (315) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners 15/8" aluminum sleeve bolts Tamper-proof security screws

Other Features Custom lengths - specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges - suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Lead lined cover with 4 lbs. lead lining suffix "LL"

Locking Security Covers Brushed aluminum finish Handing Not required for standard 7'0" and 8'0". Handing required for 6'8" and 7'2" and for most optional features listed
Electrical Modifications Electrical Transfer Access Prep suffix ETAP ElectroLynx® EL4 (4 wire), EL8 (8 wire), EL12 (12 wire) PoE (9 wire)

This surface-mounted pin & barrel type continuous hinge is the correct hinge to solve door sag problems. The 1/8" inset allows perfect alignment for retrofitting hollow metal, wood or aluminum doors within the existing conditions - no need to readjust your weather-stripping!

1 5/8 41

1 3/4 45

7/16 11
7/16 11

1 5/8 41
1/2 12

1 3/4 45
1/2 12

1 3/4 44

1 25
1 25
1 15/16 49

1 3/4

1/2

1 15/16

1/16

1 1/8

MIN. HINGE

1/16

CLEA1R/8ANCE

C3LOSED
MIN. HINGE

OPEN 180

CLEARANCE
CLOSDEDoor Closed

Door Open 1O8P0E°N 180

Markar 1/8" INSET FULL SURFACE HINGE, ANODIZED 6063-T6 ALUMINUM Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FS101 CATALOG DRAWING

Markar 1/8" INSET FULL SURFACE HINGE, ANODIZED 6063-T6 ALUMINUM Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FS101 CATALOG DRAWING

07/21/2014 Rev. B
07/21/2014 Rev. B

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar FS102 Full Surface Flush Mount Hinge

Standard Features

Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter stainless steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Aluminum end pins
Material 6063-T6 aluminum alloy
Finishes Clear Anodized (628) Dark Bronze Anodized (313)

Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 2
Mounting Hardware Fasteners concealed when door is closed 1/4-14 x 3/4" Security TORX TEK Screws
Capacity Supports weights up to 600lbs. 4'0" maximum door width

Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0"
Locking Security Covers Brushed aluminum finish
Handing Not required for standard 7'0" or 8'0". Handing required for 6'8" and 7'0" and for most optional features listed

Optional Features
Finish Light Bronze Anodized (311) Black Anodized (315) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners 15/8" aluminum sleeve bolts Tamper-proof security screws

Other Features Custom lengths - specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges - suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT" Lead lined cover with 4 lbs. lead lining - suffix "LL"

Electrical Modifications Electrical Transfer Access Prep - suffix ETAP ElectroLynx® EL4 (4 wire), EL8 (8 wire), EL12 (12 wire)
PoE (9 wire)

For flush-mounted doors. This

surface-mounted pin & barrel type

continuous hinge is for flush-mounted

doors for solving your door sag problems.

This unit works well on all types of

7/16

aluminum, wood and hollow metal door

applications. The hinge also features

tamper-resistant cover caps to prevent

vandalism or break-ins.

1 5/8 41
1/2 12

1 5/8 41

1 3/4

1/2

7/8 22
1 15/16 49

3/16 5
1/8 3 MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE
CLOSED Door Closed

OPEN 180° Door Open 180°

Markar FLUSH FULL SURFACE HINGE, ANODIZED 6063-T6 ALUMINUM Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FS102 CATALOG DRAWING

07/21/2014 Rev. B

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar HS103 Half Surface Hinge

Standard Features

Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter stainless steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Aluminum end pins
Material 6063-T6 aluminum alloy
Finishes Clear Anodized (628) Dark Bronze Anodized (313)
Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 2

Mounting Hardware Fasteners concealed when door is closed Custom 12-24 x 11/16 "S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws & 1/4-14 x 3/4 " Security TORX TEK Screws
Capacity Supports weights up to 600lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0"

Locking Security Covers Brushed aluminum finish
Handing Not required for standard 7'0" or 8'0". Specify handing for 6'8" and 7'2" and for most optional features

Optional Features
Finish Light Bronze Anodized (311) Black Anodized (315) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners 15/8" aluminum sleeve bolts Tamper-proof security screws

Other Features Custom lengths- specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges- suffix "DDP" Hospital tips suffix "HT" Lead lined cover with 1/16" lead lining - suffix "LL"

Electrical Modifications Current Transfer Prep (frame leaf only) suffix "CTP" Electrical Transfer Access Prep suffix ETAP
ElectroLynx® EL4 (4 wire), EL8 (8 wire), EL12 (12 wire)
PoE (9 wire)

This half-surface aluminum pin & barrel hinge can be used to repair doors that need the frame reinforced. This hinge can also be used on openings that have too large a gap between the door and frame. The hinge is edge mounted on the frame mounted on the frame and surface mounted on the door.

1/2 13
3/4 19
1/2 13
3/16 5
MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE

1/2 12
1/8 3

7/16 11
1 3/4 44

1 1/16 27
1 15/16 49

CLDOoSoErDClosed

Markar HALF SURFACE HINGE, ANODIZED 6063-T6 ALUMINUM Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

HS103 CATALOG DRAWING

Door OpeOnP1E8N0°180°

07/21/2014 Rev. A

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar HM104 Half Mortise Hinge

Standard Features

Barrel Type Hinge .187" diameter stainless steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Aluminum pins
Material 6063-T6 aluminum alloy
Finishes Clear Anodized (628) Dark Bronze Anodized (313)
Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 2

Mounting Hardware Fasteners concealed when door is closed Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws & 1/4-14 x 3/4" Security TORX TEK Screws
Capacity Supports weights up to 600lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0"

Locking Security Covers Brushed aluminum finish
Handing Not required for standard 7'0" or 8'0". Specify handing for 6'8" and 7'2" and for most optional features

Optional Features
Finish Light Bronze Anodized (311) Black Anodized (315) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners 15/8" aluminum sleeve bolts Tamper-proof security screws

Other Features Custom lengths - specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges - suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT"

Electrical Modifications Current Transfer Prep (door leaf only) suffix "CTP" Electrical Transfer Access Prep - suffix ETAP
ElectroLynx® EL4 (4 wire), EL8 (8 wire), EL12 (12 wire)
PoE (9 wire)

This pin & barrel type hinge is used on wooden doors to hid splits, chips and dents from traffic abuse. The surface mounted frame leaf allows for easy installation.

7/16 11

7/16

1/2

1/2 12

3/16 5
MIN. HINGE CLEA3R/1A6NCE
5 MIN. HINGE
CLEDAoRoArNCCCELloOseSdED

1 3/4 3/4 44 19

1/2 13

3/4 19

1 3/4 44

1/8 1/2 3 13

1/8 3

Markar HALF MCOLROTISSEEHDINGE, ANODIZED 6063-T6 ALUMINUM Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

HM104 CATALOG DRAWING

Markar HALF MORTISE HINGE, ANODIZED 6063-T6 ALUMINUM Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

HM104 CATALOG DRAWING

1 3/16 30
1 3/16 30
1 15/16 49
1 15/16 49
Door Open 18O0P°EN 180° OPEN 180°

07/21/2014 Rev. A
07/21/2014 Rev. A

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar HG105 Adjustable Hinge Guard

Standard Features

Mounting Hardware No exposed mounting fasteners when door is closed Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws
Capacity Supports weights up to 600lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
Standard Sizes 6'8", 7'0", 7'2", 8'0"

Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated
Handing Not required for standard 7'0" or 8'0". Handing required for 6'8" and 7'2" and for most optional features listed

Optional Features
Finishes Light Bronze Anodized (311) Black Anodized (315) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Other Features Custom lengths - specify in inches Custom hole pattern Dutch door hinges - suffix "DDP" Hospital tips - suffix "HT"

Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws Adjust-A-ScrewTM for correcting frame fit problems up to 3/8"

Electrical Modifications Current Transfer Prep - suffix "CTP" ElectroLynx® EL4 (4 wire), EL8 (8 wire), EL12 (12 wire)
PoE (9 wire)

This pin & barrel edge-mounted

hinge can be used in conjunction with

automatically operated aluminum doors

13/16

that have heavy cart traffic. Ideal for

7/16 11

both commercial and institutional doors, shipping and receiving doors, as well as storefronts where door edge protection is critical.

7/16

3/4

1/2 3/4 13 19

1/2
3/8 13
9
MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE (NON-AD3J/U8STABLE)
9
MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE (NON-ADJUSTABLE)

1 3/4 3/4 44 19

1/2

1 3/4

13 3/4 44

19 1/16

2 1/2

1/16 2

3/4 18

DoCoLr OC3/l4SoEseDd
18

13/16 21
1 15/16 49
1 15/16 49
OPEN 180° Door Open 180°

Markar Architectural Products,
Markar ADJUSTABLE HINGE GUARD, ANODIZED 6063-T6 ALUMINUM 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003 Phone: 800 824-3018 Fax: 800 243-3656 HG105 CATALOG DCRLAOWSIENDG www.markar.com

OPEN 180°

Markar ADJUSTABLE HINGE GUARD, ANODIZED 6063-T6 ALUMINUM Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

HG105 CATALOG DRAWING

07-21-14 Rev. B
07-21-14 Rev. B

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar 1000 Series Aluminum Pin & Barrel Continuous Hinges

Short Form Architectural Specification:
Continuous hinges shall be full height piano-type hinge providing full height door support.

· Supports weights up to 600 lbs. 4'0" maximum door width
· Material to be extruded aluminum 6063-T6 alloy
· .250" diameter stainless pin (rod)
· Each knuckle 4", including nylon bearing at each separation for a quiet, smooth, self-lubricating operation
· Finish: Clear Anodized (628) Optional Finish: Light Bronze Anodized (311), Dark Bronze Anodized (313) Black Anodized (315), Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint. Other finishes available upon request.

· All hinges shall be furnished with manufacturer's recommended hardware pack per specific model application
· Exterior barrel diameter .750" (3/4") · Hinges certified ANSI/BHMA Standard A 156.26 Grade 1 · Symmetrically templated hole pattern
NOTE: 25-Year Warranty on all Continuous Pin & Barrel Hinges

Markar DSH1000 Double Swing Hinge

Standard Features

Barrel Type Hinge .250" diameter stainless steel pin (rod) Medical bearings Material 6063-T6 aluminum alloy
Finishes Clear Anodized (628) Order form required, available online.

Standards ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.26 Grade 1
Mounting Hardware 12-24 x " 11/16 Torx Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws #12-8 Torx Flat Head Particle Board Screw
Capacity Supports weights up to 600lbs. 4'0" maximum door width

Standard Sizes 7'0", 8'0"
Hole Pattern Symmetrically templated
Handing Handing not required
CMS Compliant Eliminating additional ligature points ensures compliance for reimbursement through CMS (Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services)

Optional Features
Finishes Light Bronze Anodized (311) Dark Bronze Anodize (313) Black Anodized (315) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint

Other Features Custom lengths - specify in inches Custom hole pattern

Electrical Modifications
ElectroLynx® SER4 (4 wire), SER8 (8 wire), SER12 (12 wire)

This door edge mounted aluminum pin & barrel type hinge has a unique feature that allows the door to swing in either direction up to 100°. When used in conjunction with Pemko Emergency Release Stop (ERS) provides an anti-barricade system
The Double Swing Hinge and Emergency Release Stop are accepted by the New York State Office of Mental Health (OMH) for use in high risk areas.

3 4

1 4

3 4

15 16

7 8

15 16

7 8

Door Closed

100°

19 32

Door Open 100° Either Direction

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar 900 Series Spring Loaded Pin & Barrel Type Continuous Stainless Steel Hinges

Short Form Architectural Specification:
Continuous hinges shall be full height piano-type hinge providing full height door support.

· Supports weights up to 80 lbs. 3'0" maximum door width · Material to be 14 gauge stainless steel · Patented .25" diameter 303 stainless steel self closing
pin assembly · Exterior barrel diameter .438" (7/16") · Adjustable, tamper resistant Torx Head end caps · Each knuckle 2", including split nylon bearing at each
separation for a quiet, smooth, self-lubricating operation · Finish: US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630)
Optional Finish: US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629)

· Non-Handed · All hinges shall be furnished with manufacturer's
recommended hardware pack per specific model application · Removable roll pin for spring loaded adjustment · Symmetrically templated hole pattern
NOTE: 10-Year Warranty

Markar FM900 Edge Mount

Standard Features
Spring-Loaded Barrel Type Hinge .25" diameter stainless steel pin with stainless steel spring mechanism Torx tip cap to adjust spring tension Split nylon bearings
Material Heavy-duty 14 gauge stainless steel Finishes US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630)

Torx Adjusting Screw Adjust tension on door to close tightly for out-swinging ADA compliance
Mounting Hardware Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws
Capacity Close door weighing up to 80 lbs.

Sizes 54", 57"
Non-Handed Use the same hinge for right- or lefthanded doors
For Doors over 3'0" consult factory
USA patent no. 4823437 Canadian patent no. 1303804

Optional Features
Finishes US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint

Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws

Other Features Custom lengths -Custom sizes 24" to 72" available Custom hole pattern

Ideal for damp or corrosive environments, Markar's stainless steel toilet partition hinge adds years of life to your high-quality partition.

3/4 19 3/4 19 1/2
13 1/2 13
1/4 6 MIN.1H/4INGE CLEAR6 ANCE MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE

3/4 19 3/4 1/2 19 13 1/2 13

1/2 13 1/2 13 1 3/4 44 1 3/4 44

2 3/8 60
2 3/8 60

CLOSEDDoor Closed

DooOr POEpNen9900°°

Markar CLOSED OPEN 90° EDGE MOUNT TOILET PARTITION HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com
FM900 CATALOG DRAWING Markar Architectural Products,
Markar EDGE MOUNT TOILET PARTITION HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FM900 CATALOG DRAWING

07/21/2014 Rev. B 07/21/2014 Rev. B
67

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar FS902 Flush Full Surface Hinge

Finishes US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630) Covers - Brushed Aluminum
Torx Adjusting Screw Adjust tension on door to close tightly for out-swinging ADA compliance
Mounting Hardware 1/4" x 20 pan head pan head machine screws Concealed by cover caps

Capacity Close door weighing up to 80 lbs.
Sizes 54", 57"
Non-Handed Use the same hinge for right- or left-handed doors
For Doors over 3'0" consult factory
USA patent no. 4823437 Canadian patent no. 1303804

Optional Features

Finishes US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws

Other Features Custom lengths - Custom sizes 24" to 72" available Custom hole pattern

1 11/16 43

Ideal for damp or corrosive environments, Markar's stainless steel toilet partition hinge adds years of life to your high-quality partition.

7/16 11
11/16 17

11/16

1/8
3
MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE

1 3/8 35

Door Closed CLOSED

Door Open 90° OPEN 90°

Markar FS910 Flush Full Surface Hinge Markar FLUSH FULL SURFACE TOILET PARTITION HINGE, STAINLESS STEEL, 14 GA. MarkarArchitecturalProducts, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Standard Features

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FS902TP CATALOG DRAWING

Spring-Loaded Barrel Type Hinge .25" diameter stainless steel pin with stainless steel spring mechanism Torx tip cap to adjust spring tension Split nylon bearings
Material Heavy-duty 14 gauge stainless steel
Finishes US32D Satin Stainless Steel (630)

Torx Adjusting Screw Adjust tension on door to close tightly for out-swinging ADA compliance
Mounting Hardware Custom 12-24 x 11/16" S.S Phillips Flat Head Undercut TEK Screws
Capacity Close door weighing up to 80 lbs.

Sizes 54", 57" Non-Handed Use the same hinge for right- or lefthanded doors
For Doors over 3'0" consult factory
USA patent no. 4823437
Canadian patent no. 1303804

Optional Features
Finishes US32 Bright Stainless Steel (629) ScratchResistant Powder Coated Paint
Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws

Other Features Custom lengths -Custom sizes 24" to 72" available Custom hole pattern
Ideal for damp or corrosive environments, Markar's stainless steel toilet partition hinge adds years of life to your high-quality partition.

Door Open

7/25/2014
07/21/2014 Rev. B
FS902 CATALOG.SLDDRW
Door Open

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar 400 Series Spring Loaded Pin & Barrel Type Continuous Aluminum Hinges

Short Form Architectural Specification:
Continuous hinges shall be full height piano-type hinge providing full height door support.

· Supports weights up to 80 lbs. 3'0" maximum width · Material to be extruded aluminum 6063-T6 alloy · Patented .25" diameter 303 stainless steel self closing
pin assembly
· Each knuckle 2", including split nylon bearing at each separation for a quiet, smooth, self-lubricating operation
· Finish: Clear Anodized (628). Other finishes available upon request.

· Adjustable, tamper resistant Torx Head end caps · Non-handed · Exterior barrel diameter .515" (1/2") · Material thickness less than .125" · Removable roll pin for spring loaded adjustment · Symmetrically templated hole pattern NOTE: 10-Year Warranty

Markar FM400 Edge Mount Hinge

Standard Features
Spring-Loaded Barrel Type Hinge .25" diameter stainless steel pin with stainless steel spring mechanism Torx tip cap to adjust spring tension Split nylon bearings
Material 6063-T6 aluminum alloy
Finishes Clear Anodized (628)

Torx Adjusting Screw

Sizes

Adjust tension on door to close tightly 54", 57"

for out-swinging ADA compliance

Non-Handed

Mounting Hardware

Use the same hinge for right- or

Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 S.S Phillips Flat left-handed doors

Head Undercut TEK Screws

For Doors over 3'0" consult factory

Capacity Close door weighing up to 80 lbs.

USA patent no. 4823437 Canadian patent no. 1303804

Optional Features
Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws
Finishes Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint Light Bronze Anodized (311) Black Anodized (315)

Other Features Custom lengths - Custom sizes 24" to 72" available Custom hole pattern Lift-up safety feature

Specify Markar to create the total finished look that your high-quality toilet partition deserves. The Markar continuous spring hinge gives a clean, finished look while virtually eliminating the "sight line" that multi-part systems cause. Continuous hinges also give complete support along the entire length of the partition door.

5/8 16

3/4 19
1/2 13

3/4 1 3/4 19 44
1/2 13

3/8 9 MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE
CLOSED
Door Closed

2 9/16 65
OPEN 90° Door Open 90°

Markar EDGE MOUNT TOILET PARTITION HINGE, ANODIZED 6063-T6 ALUMINUM Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street, Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FM400 CATALOG DRAWING

07/21/2014 Rev. C

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar FS402 Flush Full Surface Hinge

Standard Features

Spring-Loaded Barrel Type Hinge .25" diameter stainless steel pin with stainless steel spring mechanism Torx tip cap to adjust spring tension Split nylon bearings
Material 6063-T6 aluminum alloy Covers - extruded aluminum

Finishes Clear Anodized (628) Torx Adjusting Screw Adjust tension on door to close tightly for out-swinging ADA compliance
Mounting Hardware 1/4" x 20 pan head pan head machine screws Concealed by cover caps

Optional Features
Fasteners Tamper-proof security screws
Finishes Scratch-Resistant Powder Coated Paint Light Bronze Anodized (311) Black Anodized (315)

Other Features Custom lengths - Custom sizes 24" to 72" available Custom hole pattern Lift-up safety feature

Specify Markar to create the total finished

look that your high-quality toilet partition deserves. The Markar continuous spring

1 5/8 41

hinge gives a clean, finished look while

7/16

virtually eliminating the "sight line" that

multi-part systems cause. Continuous

hinges also give complete support along

1/2

the entire length of the partition door.

1
25 1/2
12

1/8 3 MIN. HINGE CLEARANCE
CLOSED
Door Closed

1 7/16 37
OPEN 90° Door Open 90°

Markar Markar Architectural Products, 4226 Transport Street,

FLUSH

FULL

SURFACE

TOILET

PARTITION

HINGE,

ANODIZED

6063-T6

ALUMINUM

Ventura, CA 93003

Phone: 800 824-3018

Fax: 800 243-3656 www.markar.com

FS402TP CATALOG DRAWING

07/21/2014 Rev. C

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar B1921 & B1923 Full Surface Reinforcing Pivots
This full-surface reinforcing pivot adds years of life to openings where the hinges or hinge reinforcements have failed. An economical way to solve door sag problems, reinforcing pivots take the load off the top hinge and transfer it to screws that will not pull out.
Material:
Heavy Duty 3/16" (.187) Cold-Rolled Steel
Finish:
Zinc Plated (US2G)
Mounting:
8 ea. 1/4-20 x 3/4" Phillips flat head machine screws 8 ea. #14 x 11/4" Phillips flat head sheet metal screws 2 ea. 1/4-20 x 13/4" Sleeve bolts
Capacity:
Supports Weights up to 300 lbs.
Hole Pattern:
Symmetrically
Handing:
Non-handed

B1921 Side View

B1923 Side View

Matches 4" hinge barrel centerline

Matches 41/2" hinge barrel centerline

B1921 B1923

The B1921 pivot is designed with a 1/2" offset to match the pivot point of a 4" wide butt hinge.
The B1923 pivot is designed with a 3/4" offset to match the pivot point of a 41/2" wide butt hinge.

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar Flat Astragals
· For 6'8", 7'0", and 8'0" doors · Holes are countersunk and equally spaced · 1/8" x 2" galvannealed steel · 1-pkg. # 6 x 1" F.H.S.M. screws · Finish galvannealed steel · Available with thru-bolt option nine-pack
(ZTB-KIT9) or eleven-pack (ZTB-KIT11)

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar Universal Screw Packs Edge Mount Hinges

For hinge models FM100 Screw type 12-24 x " 11/16 Phillips flat head undercut self-drilling Tek screw

Aluminum

Bronze

6'8"-7'0"-7'2" 8'0" 10'0"

TKS1267SP10SS TKS1267SP10BLR 42

46 54

For hinge models FM200, FM300, HG311, HG315, FM/SC325, FM327, HG329, FM338, FM344, FM600

Screw type

Stainless Steel

12-24 x 11/16" Phillips flat head undercut self-drilling Tek screw

TKS1267SP10SS

6'8"-7'0"-7'2" 8'0" 10'0"

46 54

For hinge/guard model HG105 Screw type 12-24 x " 11/16 Phillips flat head undercut self-drilling Tek screw
Adjust-A-ScrewTM option 10-32 x 3/4" Phillips flat head undercut machine screw 13/8" Adjust-A-ScrewTM with 10-32 internal thread

Aluminum

Bronze

6'8"-7'0"-7'2" 8'0" 10'0"

TKS1267SP10SS TKS1267SP10BLR 42

46 54

Aluminum MS10075SS M26-0031-01

Bronze MS10075SS M26-0031-01

6'8"-7'0"-7'2" 8'0" 10'0"

23 27

For hinge/guard models HG305, HG310, HG322, HG326, Screw type 12-24 x " 11/16 Phillips flat head undercut self-drilling Tek screw
Adjust-A-ScrewTM option 10-32 x 3/4" Phillips flat head undercut machine screw 13/8" Adjust-A-ScrewTM with 10-32 internal thread

Stainless Steel TKS1267SP10SS
Stainless Steel MS10075SS M26-0031-01

6'8"-7'0"-7'2" 8'0" 10'0"

46 54

6'8"-7'0"-7'2" 8'0" 10'0"

23 27

For hinge/guard model HG323
Screw type 12-24 x " 11/16 Phillips flat head undercut self-drilling Tek screw 1/4-20 X 3/4" Truss Head Phillips machine screw 1/4-20 x 15/8" sleeve bolt

Stainless Steel TKS1267SP10SS MS14075TSS TB1420SS

6'8"-7'0"-7'2" 8'0" 10'0"

23 27

9 11

For edge/guard models EG308, EGC308, & EGT308
Screw type #12 x 11/2 Phillips flat head undercut sheet metal screw #12-24 x " 11/16 Phillips flat head undercut self-drilling Tek Screw

Stainless Steel PBS12150SP10SS TKS1267SP10SS

6'8"-7'0"-7'2" 8'0" 10'0"

10 12

For security hinge models FM3500, FS3501, & FS3502 Screw type 12-24 x 7/16" flat head undercut machine screw

Stainless Steel MS1244SP10SS

6'8"-7'0"-7'2" 8'0" 10'0"

46 54

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar Universal Screw Packs Full Surface Hinges

For models FS101, FS102 Screw type

Aluminum

Bronze

6'8"-7'0"-7'2" 8'0" 10'0"

1/4-14 x 3/4 Torx pan head self-drilling Tek screw #8 x 3/4" Phillips flat head Tek screw

TORX-TKS14075R TORX-TKS14075R 32

TKS8075Z

S323-08R12-663 4

36 40

For models FS201, FS202, FS301, FS302, FS321 Screw type
1/4-14 x 3/4" Torx pan head self-drilling Tek screw 606 Cover clips #8 x 3/4" Phillips flat head Tek screw

Stainless Steel TORX-TKS14075R M22-0130-01 TKS8075Z

6'8"-7'0"-7'2" 8'0"

10'0" 40 16 4

For swing clear model FS/SC309 Screw type
12-24 x " 11/16 Phillips flat head undercut self-drilling Tek screw 1/4-14 x 3/4" Torx Phillips pan head self-drilling Tek screw 606 Cover clips #8 x 3/4" Phillips flat head Tek screw

Stainless Steel
TKS1267SP10SS TORX-TKS14075R M22-0130-01 TKS8075Z

6'8"-7'0"-7'2" 8'0"

10'0"
28 20 8 2

Universal Screw Packs Half Surface & Half Mortise Hinges

For hinge models HS103 & HM104 Screw type
1/4-14 x 3/4" Torx pan head self-drilling Tek screw 12-24 x " 11/16 Phillips flat head undercut self-drilling Tek screw #8 x 3/4" Phillips flat head Tek screw

Aluminum

Bronze

6'8"-7'0"-7'2" 8'0"

TORX-TKS14075R TORX-TKS14075R 16

TKS1267SP10SS TKS1267SP10BLR 21

TKS8075Z

S323-08R12-663 2

10'0"
10 27 2

For hinge models HS203 & HM204 Screw type
1/4-14 x 3/4" Torx pan head self-drilling Tek screw 12-24 x " 11/16 Phillips flat head undercut self-drilling Tek screw 606 Cover clips #8 x 3/4" Phillips flat head sheet metal screw

Stainless Steel
TORX-TKS14075R TKS1267SP10SS M22-0130-01 TKS8075Z

6'8"-7'0"-7'2" 8'0"

10'0"
20 27 8 2

For hinge models HS303, HM304, & HG306 Screw type
1/4-14 x 3/4" Torx pan head self-drilling Tek screw 12-24 x 3/16" Phillips flat head undercut self-drilling Tek screw 606 Cover clips #8 x 3/4" Phillips flat head sheet metal screw

Stainless Steel
TORX-TKS14075R TKS1267SP10SS M22-0130-01 TKS8075Z

6'8"-7'0"-7'2" 8'0"

10'0"
20 27 8 2

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar Universal Screw Packs Toilet Partition Hinges

For hinge models FM400 Screw type

Stainless Steel

54"

57"

12-24 x " 11/16 Phillips flat head undercut zinc self-drilling Tek screw

TKS1267SP10SS

3/32" x 3/8" Stainless Steel roll pin

RLPN33238SS

For hinge model FS402 Screw type
1/4 -14 x 3/4" Torx button head sheet metal screw #8 x 3/4" TORX flat head self-drilling Tek screw 3/32" x 3/8" Stainless Steel roll pin

Stainless Steel

54"

57"

TORX-TKS14075R

TORX-TKS8075Z

RLPN33238SS

For hinge models FM900 Screw type

Stainless Steel

54"

57"

#12-24 x " 11/16 Phillips flat head undercut self-drilling Tek screw

TKS1267SP10SS

3/32" x 3/8" Stainless Steel roll pin

RLPN33238SS

For hinge model FS902 Screw type
1/4-14 x 3/4" Torx button head sheet metal screw 606 Cover clips #8 x 3/4" TORX flat head self-drilling Tek screw 3/32" x 3/8" Stainless Steel roll pin

Stainless Steel

54"

57"

TORX-TKS14075R

M22-0130-01

TORX-TKS8075Z

RLPN33238SS

For hinge models FS910 Screw type

Stainless Steel

54"

57"

#12-24 x " 11/16 Phillips flat head undercut self-drilling Tek screw

TKS1267SP10SS

3/32" x 3/8" Stainless Steel roll pin

RLPN33238SS

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar Fasteners

Product Number

Description

Properties

Custom 12-24 x " 11/16 Phillips Flat Head Undercut Self-Drilling Screw

TKS1267SP10SS

For attaching Edge Mounted hinge leaves

Stainless Steel Phillips

TORX-TKS1267SP10SS For attaching Edge Mounted hinge leaves

Stainless Steel Torx

TKS8075Z S323-08R12-663 TORX-TKS8075Z

#8 x 3/4" Flat Head Self Drilling Tek Screw For attaching 100, 200, and 300 series covers For attaching 100, 200, and 300 series covers For attaching 100, 200, and 300 series covers

Zinc Phillips Bronze Phillips Zinc Torx

Custom #12 x 11/2" Flat Head Undercut Particle Board Screw

PBS12150SP10BLR

For edge mounting to wood

PBS12150SP10SS

For edge mounting to wood

TORX-PBS12150SP10SS For edge mounting to wood

Bronze Phillips Stainless Steel Phillips Stainless Steel Torx

Custom 12-24 x " 7/16 Flat Head Undercut Machine Screw

MS1244SP10SS

Used with 3500 series hinges for mounting to metal

TORX-MS1244SP10SS Used with 3500 series hinges for mounting to metal

Stainless Steel Phillips Stainless Steel Torx

MS10075SS TORX-MS10075SS

10-32 x 3/4" Flat Head Machine Screw Used with Adjust-A-Screw Used with Adjust-A-Screw

Stainless Steel Phillips Stainless Steel Torx

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar Fasteners
Product Number
TB1420SS

Description 1/4-20 x 15/8" Sleeve Bolt For surface mounting to wood

M26-0030

10-24 Security Button Head Barrel Nut
For surface mount toilet partition hinges Consult factory for pricing and availability

TORX-BHMS1075SS

10-24 x 3/4" Button Head Security Torx
For surface mount toilet partition hinges Consult factory for pricing and availability

Properties Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel

M26-0015-02

18 SJN 1/4-20 Molly Jack Nut 7/16" hole

Zinc

M26-0031-01

13/8" Adjust-A-ScrewTM with 10-32 Internal Thread and Hex Head Adjustment Used with MS10075SS screw Note: 5/16" pilot hole required for 3/8" - 16 tap

TORX-TKS14075R

1/4-14 x 3/4" T-27 Torx Button Head Sheet Metal Screw

Ruspert Coat Torx

S222-416R16-603

1/4-20 x 1" Pan Head Machine Screw For surface mounting to metal

Zinc Phillips

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Markar Tools, Parts and Accessories

Product Number

Description

TORXBIT20 TORXBIT27 TORXBIT15

MT-T20, 27, & 15 Torx Driver Bit
Used on TORX-MS1244SP10SS, TORX-PBS12150SP10SS and TORX-MS10075SS
Used on TORX-TKS14075R16 and to adjust 400 and 900 series spring-loaded hinges
Used on TORX-TKS8075Z

RLPN33238SS

Knurl Pin Replacement pin for spring-loaded toilet partition hinges

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

Step 1 The following instructions will apply to all Markar pin

Step 4 Cut the hinge to length with a hacksaw or horizontal

and barrel hinges except for toilet partition hinges.

band saw, going through each hinge leaf, barrel and

The general instructions apply for the 100, 200, 300,

rod. If necessary, use a file to remove sharp edges and

and 3500 series hinges. Follow option A for specific

deburr.

doipCretiucotnitotnBisnroegrlatCPedifnotro&s1p0e0BcifsaiecrrdierirseeaclltuiHomniinsnurmeglaehteisndgtetoos a2nC0d0u, stomSteLpe5nSglidtehthse stainless steel rod out approximately 1"

30St0ep&135Tan0hde0fbosaelrlroriewelsihnisgntgeineesslterauxnccdetiposttnafsoinwr ltielolsiaslepstptpleyaertlotihtaiilonlnMgehasirn.kgaersp. in

Step 4 Cmutatkhienghisnugreetothleenagstshewmitbhlya shtaacykssatowgoerthoerizaosnotanle unit. b·andAsawB, gRoeinmgothvero1u/g4h"efarochmhitnhgee rleoadf, ubasirnregl aanhdarcokdsa. w

Step 2 DetermTainnhede tg3he5en0e0arsmael roinieussntrhtuintchtgieeosnh.sFinoagplleopwlyneofopertdtioshneto1A0b0feo, 2r 0sp0e, 3ci0fi0c shorteneddir.eNctoiotnes trheleatheadntod 1o0f0tsheeriehsinagluembineufomrehinges and

Ifannedcetshsearny,puussehabfialectkoinretmo oitv'es sohraigrtineadlgpeos saintidonde. burr.
Step 5 Slide the stainless steel rod out approximately 1"
m·akCingRsuermeothveea3s/s4em" fbrolymstatyhsetorogedthuesrinags oanheaucnkista. w and

beginninogptoionlayB oour tCyofourrspceucti.fAicldl icruectstioshnos ruelldatbeed tdoo2n0e0,

·thAeBn pReumshovbeac1/k4" finrotom itth'seorordiguinsainl gphoascitkiosanw. and

at the bo30tt0o&m35o0f 0yoseurriehs isntgeeel aasnsdesmtabinlylessos sttheaelthtihneges.

then push back into it's original position.

gSatnegp h2olDseheoptreatrtemtneienrdne. tNihsoeataetmtthhoeeuhntatontphd.eohf tinhgeehninegeedsbetofobree beginning

Step 6·FCollRoewmoinvsetr3/u4"cftrioomnsthbeerlowd ubsiansgeadhoanckosapwtioandutsheedn. ·puAshUbasicnkginatohiatm's omriegrinaanldpoasictieonnt.er-punch, swage the

Step 3 Measuretboofrltoatyommoutorhfyeyootuourrpchuoitn.fgAtelhlaecsushtesimnsghbeolyudsldoowbthenadtaotnhndee gamatntahgrekhoale cut line patatttheerndiseastirtehde tleonpg. th.

Step 6 Foallluomwininusmtrumctaiotenrsibaleltoowwbaardsesdtohne ocpetniotenruosefdt.he hole ·loaAlcukUminsiingnugtmhaehmahamitnemgreiearlpationnwdinaartcdoesnptthleaerc-cepeunmntecahrki,onsfgwthaseguerheothliete will not

FSotrep2300M, 3e0a0su&re f3r5om00thseertoiepsohf itnhgeehsin, fgoelldoowwn and mark a cut

slloidcekinoguth. e hinge pin into place making sure it will not

instructliionnesatbtehleodwesired length. · If less Ftohra2n030/,43"00of&k3n5u0c0ksleeriisesrheimngaeins,infogllfoowllothwe
instructions below
option ·B If less than 3/4" of knuckle is remaining follow option B

·slidBe Uoustin. g a pair of vice-grips, crimp the end of the ·sBbteaUrersleinblgmaraarpkeialnimrgosafukvriiencgeth-sgeurhirpiens,gtcherepimihnpinwtghileel neponintdswloidfiltelhoneuosttt.eselilde out. ··C RCemToRveemthoeveendthoef tehnedppininfrofrmomthethsecrascprap hinge and

· If 3/4"·oIrf m3/4"oorremoofrtehoef kknnuucckkleleisisrermemainaiinnginfgollfoowlloowption C

inhsinegret aitndinitnosetrhteitbinottotothme boofthtoinmgeofuhsiinnggeaushianmg mer

option C

hammer.

HINGE KNUCKLE
6B

END PIN
6C

Ventura, CA USA P: 800.283.9988 F: 800.283.4050

Memphis,TN USA P: 800.824.3018 F: 800.243.3656

Vancouver, BC CA P: 877.535.7888 F: 877.535.7444

Toronto, ON CA P: 877.535.7888 F: 877.535.7444

Markar Architectural Products information@markar.com www.markar.com

Copyright © 2013 Pemko Manufacturing Company, an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Company is prohibited.

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Markar Continuous Pin and Barrel Hinges

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

PemkoHinge®
Continuous Geared Aluminum Hinges
CONTENTS:
What is PemkoHinge®?............................................................................................................................................. 82 Ordering Chart............................................................................................................................................................. 82 BHMA Certification Program.................................................................................................................................. 83 Hospital Tip................................................................................................................................................................... 83 Cycle Requirements and Weight Bearing........................................................................................................... 83 UL Fire Labeling............................................................................................................................................................ 83 Options for Electrically Modified Continuous Geared Hinges.................................................................... 84 X-Series PemkoHinge® ............................................................................................................................................. 85 Offset Hinges................................................................................................................................................................. 86 Full Mortise Hinges..................................................................................................................................................... 87 Special Full Mortise Hinges...................................................................................................................................... 88 Kawneer Full Mortise Hinges................................................................................................................................... 89 Raised Gear Hinge....................................................................................................................................................... 89 Full Mortise Safety Hinges........................................................................................................................................ 90 Wide Throw Full Mortise Hinges............................................................................................................................ 91 Wide Throw Half Surface Hinges........................................................................................................................... 91 Half Surface Hinges..................................................................................................................................................... 92 Half Mortise Hinges.................................................................................................................................................... 92 Full Surface Hinges...................................................................................................................................................... 93 Full Surface Center Pivot Hinges............................................................................................................................ 93 Full Surface Balanced Pivot Hinge......................................................................................................................... 93 Full Mortise Residential Hinges.............................................................................................................................. 94 FirepinsTM........................................................................................................................................................................ 95 Double Swing Hinge................................................................................................................................................... 96 Emergency Release Stop........................................................................................................................................... 96 Power Transfer Units.................................................................................................................................................. 97

INDEX:

PRODUCT

PAGE

DSH.....................................98

EL-CEPT..............................99

EL-EPT.................................99

EL-EPT-SC...........................99

EL-EPTL...............................99

ERS......................................98

FM........................................89

FM_RG...............................91

FM_SF.................................92

FM_SLF...............................89

FM_SLF138.......................92

PRODUCT

PAGE

FM_SLI................................89

FM_SLISF...........................92

FS.........................................95

FS_BP..................................95

FS_CP.................................95

HM......................................94

HS........................................94

HS_SF.................................94

K_FM...................................91

OS_FM...............................88

OS_HS................................88

PRODUCT

PAGE

RS138................................96

RS175................................96

SPFM...................................90

SPFM_SLF..........................90

SPFM_SLI...........................90

WT_FM..............................93

WT_HS...............................93

XF.........................................87

XI.........................................87

XK........................................87

XM.......................................87

X25M.................................87

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale

PemkoHinge®

What is PemkoHinge®?
PemkoHinge® consists of two full-height, paired and geared leaves. Each geared leaf rotates evenly from top to bottom riding on proprietary polymer blended bearings. The geared leaves and bearings are held together by a full-length channel cap. This assembly retains the smooth, clean lines of the door and frame, while easily supporting heavy vertical loads.
PemkoHinge®

SECURITY, SAFETY, PRIVACY, LOW WEAR AND TEAR

PemkoHinge® Attributes:
· With a continuous hinge, typical alignment problems (such as door sag and binding) are eliminated
·The continuous hinge distributes load stress uniformly along the full length of the door and frame
·The gear design of the continuous hinge ensures symmetrical operation of each leaf
·1/2 lb. or less operating force required to operate most doors, regardless of size
·Low operating force feature makes continuous hinges ideal for doors used by the physically challenged
·The continuous hinge, when installed on standard steel doors and frames, requires no additional reinforcement. However, hinge preps must have fillers installed for proper operation
·A high degree of security can be achieved for exterior openings or restricted spaces by using a continuous hinge. With the geared construction and the full-length channel cap, the common gap between the door and frame is sealed, which provides security against prying
·In addition, the continuous full-height hinge cap protects against pinching fingers in doors in public areas, particularly those where children are present
·Sight proof design of the continuous hinge provides privacy for lavatories, executive offices, or file rooms

PemkoHinge® Superior Design:
·PemkoHinge® has increased critical stress points of the hinge leaf extrusions providing additional strengths and rigidity to the completed product
·PemkoHinge® bearing design eliminates premature wear, guarantees proper alignment, and requires fewer bearings to carry more weight. The bearing is produced for Pemko using a chemical composition and injection process that provides a stronger, more accurately formed bearing
·PemkoHinge® is designed with inter-meshing gear segments in the hinge which provide 50% more bearing surface resulting in less wear
·PemkoHinge® goes through the anodizing process after completing all machining. This means the machined aluminum surfaces that are in direct contact with the bearing have a smoother, harder surface, thereby reducing wear
·PemkoHinge® maintains uniform bearing spacing for the full length of the hinge even when lengths exceed 10'
·PemkoHinge® uses #12-24 size fasteners with #10 head (#12 Tek fasteners available upon request)
·PemkoHinge® commercial models are ideal for use on lead lined doors (i.e. hospital X-ray rooms), without requiring special screw locations

How To Order (Hinge Part Designations)

Example: D| SPFM | 85 | SLI | HD1

Finishes

Hinge Types

Lengths Hinge Options

Capacity

Black Anodized

Full-Mortise

Clear Anodized

Full-Surface

Dark Bronze Anodized HS

Half-Surface

Painted Gold

RS138 Full-Mortise Residential: 13/8" 95

PW Painted White

RS175

Full-Mortise Residential: 13/4" 120

Satin Nickel Anodized SPFM

Special Full-Mortise

WT_FM Wide Throw Full-Mortise

WT_HS Half-Surface

"blank" CP RG SF SL SLF SLI

Standard

"blank" Standard Duty

Center Pivot

HD1 Heavy Duty, Grade 1

Raised Gear

HD3 Heavy Duty, Grade 3

Safety

Short Leaf (residential only)

Short Leaf Flush

Short Leaf Inset

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

PemkoHinge®

BHMA Certification Program
This program was developed to establish product classifications through performance testing. Three grades (1, 2 and 3) of product classifications were established for continuous hinges, with three weight groups (150, 300 and 600) for each grade: Grade 3 being the lowest and Grade 1 being the highest classification. Each classification and weight group has a set of established cycle requirements and wear characteristics, with a minimum for vertical and lateral wear to establish a listing under a weight and grade classification, after the set number of cycles is completed.
Maximum Vertical Wear Allowable:
Grade 3 = 0.105"
Grade 2 = 0.030"
Grade 1 = 0.020"
Maximum Lateral Wear Allowable:
All Grades = 0.062"
Cycle requirements range from Grade 3-600 requiring 100,000 cycles through Grade 1-150 requiring 2.5 million cycles.
For more information on certification testing or other product certification programs, please contact Pemko Customer Service.

Hospital Tip
A special modification is available for certain hinges which provides a Hospital Tip Cap at the top of the gear cap, leaving no opening. A 45° angled cut on the gear cap and leaf covers provides a safe environment for hospitals and correctional facilities.

Cycle Requirements - Per BHMA Standard ANSI/BHMA A156.26-2012
·Standard Duty Hinges (excluding _RS175 & _RS138) conform to Grade 3-150 and Grade 3-300 ·HD3 Hinges conform to Grade 3-150, Grade 3-300, and Grade 3-600 ·HD1 Hinges conform to Grade 2-150, Grade 1-300, and Grade 1-600 ·1100 Series and X-Series Hinges conform to Grade 1-150
Weight Bearing - Per BHMA Standard ANSI/BHMA A156.26-2012
·This information pertains to all commercial models ·Heavier weight can be carried; please contact Customer Service for applications other than those listed in the chart ·Special hinge reinforcements are not required as hollow metal door and frame manufacturers' standard are acceptable. Removal of
hinge reinforcements in the door and frame is not advised. Hinge preps must have fillers installed
UL Fire Labeled 11/2 & 3 Hour
·All models designated with these symbols are tested and certified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.® (U.S.A. and Canada) to standards UL10B, UL10C and UBC7.2 (positive pressure) for a 11/2-Hour Fire Listing for all 4'0" x 10'0" and 8'0" x 10'0" door and frame assemblies. Fire listing certifications apply to all approved hollow metal and wood door assemblies in drywall or masonry wall construction
·Special FirePinsTM are only required on 3-Hour assemblies. Please refer to page 95 for illustrations and information regarding the application of Pemko FirePinsTM

·All hinges are supplied with standard fastener kits. Replacement kits/individual fasteners may be purchased separately
·TEK/TORX fasteners may be purchased separately. Full-mortise hinges require 40 each; half-surface hinges require 20 each; full-surface hinges require 12 each
·All half-surface and full-surface hinges are supplied with a snap cover for the door leaf. Replacement snap covers may be purchased separately
·Rain caps may be purchased separately

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

PemkoHinge®

Electrically Modified Continuous Geared Hinges

Electrical Modifications

Customer Information Needed:

·Pemko has vastly improved the cycle performance of the electrically modified hinge. Performance testing has shown that 3,000,000+ cycles can now be achieved using Pemko's exclusive polyurethane-coated 4, 8, or 12 TRI-FLEX titanium copper alloy cables. Each cable is capable of carrying 6 amps continuous or 16 amps in-rush @ 24-volts for 820 milliseconds. When ordering, please use the "shorthand code" shown in the chart page 82. For example, if you require a Clear Anodized standard Full-Mortise hinge at 83" with Quick Connect transfer - 4-wire, modified 361/4" from the top, right hand, you would order a CFM83 with QC4 at 361/4" from top - RH
Options for Electrically Modified Continuous Geared Hinges
These options allow variable degrees of service to be performed at the specific locations of the current carrying cables by installing a serviceable/removable hinge which includes a removable module (SER), or installing a hinge with a pivoting accessible feature (ACC). ·Both options (SER & ACC) are available in 4 Wire (QC4),
8 Wire (QC8), 12 Wire (QC12) variants ·Available on FM, FS, HS, KFM, SLF, SLI, XF, XI, XK, XM, X25M
Models
Serviceable/Removable (SER) Module

·Specify handing and prep location if other than Pemko standard
Included: ·HD1, 1100 and X-Series model hinges using Molex connectors
with ElectroLynx® are warranted for five (5) years. Standard duty and HD3 hinges are warranted for one (1) year ·Each electrical prep is supplied with one 48" and one 180" cable lead
ElectroLynx® As part of their promise to provide innovative, fast and effective high security solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer ElectroLynx®, a universal quick-connect system that simplifies the electrification of the door opening. ElectroLynx® is a registered trademark of ASSA ABLOY Inc.

The hinge is furnished to be installed in three sections allowing the current carrying cable to be serviced or replaced without removing the door from the frame. Additionally, the SER option allows the current carrying cables to be safely stored or delivered to the electrician or security contractor prior to the installation of the electrified hardware, eliminating the necessity of the electrician or security contractor being present when the doors are being hung. Product Numbering Example: CFM83HD1xSER4
Accessible (ACC) Feature
The hinge is furnished to be installed in a single section with the leaves modified to pivot at the location of the current carrying cable and allow access to the cables and connected wiring. Product Numbering Example: CFM83HD1xACC4
Concealed Magnetic Monitoring (CM)
Concealed magnetic monitoring is also available with the SER and ACC options. Magnetic monitor is supplied with monitor and an adjustable magnet. Product Numbering Example: CFM83HD1xSER4xCM
CFM83HD1xACC4xCM

Quick Connect Transfer For Full
Mortise (FM) Hinges

QC4
4 WIRE
QC8
8 WIRE
QC12
12 WIRE

Quick Connect Transfer For Full Surface (FS) &
Half Surface (HS) Hinges

QC4_S
4 WIRE
QC8_S
8 WIRE
QC12_S
12 WIRE

Additional Electrical Modifications Options Code

Additional Length of Quick Connect Cable Leads

Adjustable Concealed Magnetic Monitoring CM

Power Transfer - Prep Only

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

PemkoHinge®

X-Series Hinges
· Thicker leaves than traditional continuous geared hinge and
requires no additional clearance

Full Mortise

XM_

(21.4)

STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

· X-Series hinges allow for a deeper cavity for electrical wires when ordering an electrified hinge

Full Mortise for 21/2" Thick Door
· W ider hinge leaves to accommodate doors 21/2" thick

23 32
(18.3)

27 32
(21.4)

X25M_
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

2 1732
(64.3)

2 12
(63.5)

Short Leaf Flush

(21.4)
XF_

STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

Short Leaf Inset
· Designed for use with hollow metal doors where the inset conforms to S.D.I. specifications for aligning doors and frames
XI_
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

38
(9.5)

Kawneer Full Mortise
XK_
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

13 16
(20.6)

27 32
(21.4)

JAMB

DOOR
134
(44.5)

5 16
(7.9)
MIN

MIN

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) BL (Black Anodized) G (Painted Gold) PW (Painted White) and SN (Satin Nickel) are special finishes available upon request.

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

PemkoHinge®

Offset Hinges
· Used when extra clearance is needed when the door is open at 90°
Offset Full Mortise
_OS_FM
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D
Offset Half Surface · Replacement snap cover is C1 for
Clear Anodized or D1 for Dark Bronze Anodized
_OS_HS
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

PemkoHinge®

Full Mortise Hinges
·Full-Mortise units are designed mainly for new door applications and are applied to the frame rabbet and door edge to conceal both leaves

Full Mortise

(21.4)

_FM

STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

Full Mortise Short Leaf Inset ·Designed for use with doors which range
between 13/4" to 21/4" · Designed for use with hollow metal doors
and frames where the inset conforms to S.D.I. specifications for aligning doors and frames
_FM_SLI
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

Full Mortise Short Leaf Flush

(21.4)

· Designed for use with doors which range between

13/4" to 21/4"

· Also used for bifold applications to keep the faces

of the doors flush (not illustrated)

_FM_SLF
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

PemkoHinge®

Special Full Mortise Hinges
·Special Full-Mortise units are designed for door and frame applications where the hinge leaf may interfere with the weatherstrip, thermal break, or applied stop of the frame

·Special Full-Mortise hinges are applied to the frame rabbet and door edge to conceal both leaves

Special Full Mortise
_SPFM
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

Special Full Mortise Short Leaf Inset
_SPFM_SLI
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D
Special Full Mortise Short Leaf Flush
_SPFM_SLF
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

PemkoHinge®

Full Mortise Hinge
·Like our other Full Mortise units, the Kawneer Hinges are designed mainly for new door applications and are applied to the frame rabbet and door edge to conceal both leaves

·Developed for the Kawneer "Tuffline" series of aluminum doors

Kawneer Full Mortise
K_FM
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

Raised Gear Hinge
·Designed for wood or metal cased openings when hinge is to be installed deep on the rabbet. The design of the leaves allows for the hinge to pivot without interference from the cap.
·Certain door/frame conditions may require an extra 1/32" to 1/16" clearance. Excessive clearance on fire rated assemblies may violate the requirements of NFPA80
Full Mortise Raised Gear
_FM_RG
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D
2 1516
(74.6)

25 32
(19.8)
1 5 32
(29.4)
1 34
(44.5)

5 16
(7.9)

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

PemkoHinge®

Full Mortise Safety Hinge
·Full Mortise Safety units are designed mainly for new door applications in child care and nursing facilities

·These hinges require extra clearance and are applied to conceal both leaves

Full Mortise Safety
_FM_SF
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

21 32
(16.7)
112
(38.1)

25 32
(19.8)

1 16
(1.6)

134
(44.5)

JAMB

Full Mortise Short Leaf Inset Safety

_FM_SLISF

11 16
(17.5)

STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

112
(38.1)

13 16
(20.6)
MIN
25 32
(19.8)

DOOR
3 32
(2.4)

134
(44.5)

JAMB

13 16
(20.6)
MIN

DOOR

Full Mortise Hinge for 13/8" Door
·More bearings than _RS138 hinge to work in commercial grade application
Full Mortise FM_SLF138
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

· Shorter leaves for thinner doors

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

PemkoHinge®

Wide Throw Full Mortise Hinge
·Wide Throw Full Mortise units are designed mainly for new door applications that require extra clearance due to special frame, door or wall design, and are applied to the frame rabbet and door edge to conceal both leaves

·More clearance between the door and frame when door is open 180°
·Available only in heavy duty to support larger doors

Wide Throw Full Mortise
WT_FM
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

CLEARANCES: SQUARE EDGE DOOR - 5/16" MIN BEVEL EDGE DOOR - 3/8" MIN

WT_FM in full open position.

Wide Throw Half Surface Hinge
·Wide Throw Half Surface units are designed mainly for retrofit applications that require extra clearance due to special frame, door, or wall design and are applied to the frame rabbet and the exposed door surface
Wide Throw Half Surface
WT_HS
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

·Wide Throw Half Surface units combine the versatility of the Half Surface unit and the clearance of a Wide Throw hinge into one
·Replacement snap cover is C1 for Clear Anodized or D1 for Dark Bronze Anodized

(70.0)

7 (62.0)

OPTIONAL FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) BL (Black Anodized) G (Painted Gold) PW (Painted White) and SN (Satin Nickel) are special finishes available upon request.
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

WT_FS in full open position.
91

PemkoHinge®

Half Surface Hinge
·Half Surface units are designed mainly for retrofit work, and are applied to the exposed surface of the door and the frame rabbet
·Designed for use with hollow metal frames, where the inset conforms to S.D.I. specifications for aligning doors and frames
Half Surface
_HS
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

·Allows for adjustments in order to properly align edge of the door to the frame
·Replacement snap cover is C1 for Clear Anodized or D1 for Dark Bronze Anodized

Half Surface Safety Hinge
·Half Surface Safety units are designed mainly for retrofit work in child care and nursing facilities and are applied to the exposed surface of the door and the frame rabbet

·Replacement snap cover is C1 for Clear Anodized or D1 for Dark Bronze Anodized

Half Surface Safety
_HS_SF
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

HS_SF in deep frame application is no longer a safety hinge

Half Mortise Hinge
·Half Mortise units are designed mainly for retrofit work and are applied to the exposed surface of the frame and the door edge
·Designed to require only 5/32" clearance instead of 5/16" and also allows for adjustments to properly align edge of the door to the frame face

·Replacement snap cover is C29316 for Clear Anodized or D29316 for Dark Bronze Anodized

Half Mortise
_HM
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

PemkoHinge®

Standard Full Surface Hinge
·Full Surface units are designed mainly for retrofit work, and are applied to the exposed surfaces of the door and frame

·Replacement snap cover is C1 for Clear Anodized or D1 for Dark Bronze Anodized

Full Surface
_FS
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

Full Surface Center Pivot Hinge
·Full Surface Center Pivot units are designed mainly for retrofit work and are applied to the exposed surfaces of the door and frame
·Full Surface Center Pivot units easily replace butt hinges since no door or frame adjustments are necessary and are more versatile with restricted frame faces

·Replacement snap cover for door leaf is C1 for Clear Anodized or D1 for Dark Bronze Anodized. Replacement snap cover for frame leaf is C29316 for Clear Anodized or D29316 for Dark Bronze Anodized

Full Surface Center Pivot
_FS_CP
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

Full Surface Balanced Pivot Hinge
·Allows for easy replacement from butt hinges as the pivot point remains the same and no door or frame adjustments are necessary
·No template adjustments are needed for existing door opening/closing devices
·Equal length leaves provide an aesthetic appearance
Full Surface Balanced Pivot
_FS_BP
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D

·Good in a bi-fold application where two doors need to be hinged
·Replacement snap cover for either leaf is C1 for Clear Anodized or D1 for Dark Bronze Anodized

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

PemkoHinge®

Full Mortise Residential Hinges
·Full Mortise Residential units are designed mainly for new door and frame applications, and are applied to conceal both leaves

NOTE: All RS series hinges are excluded from the "LIFE OF THE OPENING" guarantee, and instead carry a ten (10) year warranty

_RS175
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D
·Designed for 13/4" MAXIMUM thickness with a weight up to 90 lbs.

_RS138
STANDARD FINISHES: C, D
·Shorter leaves for thinner doors ·Designed for doors 13/8" thick with a weight limit
up to 90 lbs.

MIN

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

PemkoHinge®

FirePins For Use With 3-Hour Fire Rated Assemblies

·FirePinsTM are required to achieve 3-hour fire rating

·FirePinTM applications fall within the UL guidelines for retro-fitting

·Although PemkoHinge® Continuous Hinges carry UL Fire Ratings assemblies in the field. Expensive shop modifications and door/
FulluMneoqrutaisleed iHn itnhge eindustry, some applications may require the use frame reinforcements are not required

of FirePinsTM

·FirePinsTM also add extra security to a door assembly

Hollow Metal Frame
Full Mortise Hinge Jamb

Drilled Recess in edge of Door
Door

80'' TO 95'' HINGES

96'' TO 120'' HINGES

Hollow Metal Frame

Drilled Recess
in edge of Door .750

FulJalmMb ortise Hinges

[19] DoMor ax.

5/16-18 Thread

.750

[19]

5/16-18 Thread

.625 Min. .750 Max.

Max.

C/L of Door Fire Pin

.625 Min. .750 Max.
Full Surface Hinge

C/L of Door Fire Pin

Full Surface Hinge
Full Surface Hinges Jamb

Jamb

5/16-18 Thread

5/16" Flat Washer
5/16-18 .750 [19] Min. Thread .875 [22] Max.

5/16" Flat Washer
.750 [19] Min. .875 [22] Max.

Half Surface Hinge

Half Surface Hinges

Drilled Recess in edge of Door

Drilled Recess Door in edge of Door
.750 [19] Door Max.

.750 [19] Max.

C/L of Door Fire Pin

Drilled Recess in edge of Door

80'' TO 95''80" to 95" Hinges 9966'"'tToO1201"2H0in''geCLs

HINGES

3''

3'' - 83'' & 95''

4'' - 79'' & 85''

3''

FirePin Locations

3'' - 83'' & 95''

4'' - 79'' & 85''

· T he locations (illustrated right)

indicate where holes should be drilled on the hinge edge of the door

28'' - 79'' & 85'' 29'' - 83'' & 95''

· T hese locations are appropriate for

all hinge models (Full Mortise, Full

Surface, and Half Surface)

28'' - 79'' & 85'' 29'' - 83'' & 95''

29'' 29''
VARIES 16''-28''

VARIES 16''-28''

28'' - 79'' & 85'' 29'' - 83'' & 95''
28'' - 79'' & 85'' 29'' - 83'' & 95''

VARIES 16''-28'' VARIES 16''-28''
29''

Half SurfaceJaHmbinge

Jamb

5/16-18 Thread

.625 [16] Min. 5T/1h6re-1a8d.750 [19] Max.

Drilled Recess in edge of Door
.750
[19]
Max.
Door

.750 [19] Max.

Fire Pin

Door C/L of Door

3'' - 83'' & 95'' 4'' - 79'' & 85''
3'' - 83'' & 95'' 4'' - 79'' & 85''

29'' 3''
3''

.625 [16] Min. .750 [19] Max.

C/L of Door Fire Pin

FIRE PIN APPLICATION

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

PemkoHinge®

Double Swing Hinge and Emergency Release Stop

·Innovative healthcare solution that permits quick door opening in an emergency situation
·Double Swing Hinge has a unique 100° swing and allows the door to swing in either direction
·Emergency Release Stop features a special flush bolt that is used to release the door in an emergency situation. Hospital tip is standard.
Double Swing Hinge
·Meets the cycle test requirements for ANSI/BHMA A156.26 for Continuous Hinges.

·The Double Swing Hinge and Emergency Release Stop are accepted by the New York State Office of Mental Health (OMH) for use in high risk areas.
·The Markar DSH1000 Pin & Barrel Double Swing Hinge is another option to use with the Emergency Release Stop to create an anti-barricade system. See the Markar products section of this catalog for more information.
· Order form required, available online.
·Meets the barrier free requiremenst of ICC/ANSI A117.1 and ADAAG (2010)

DSH_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, other finishes available upon request
·Designed for 13/4" MAXIMUM thickness with a weight up to 250 lbs.

Hinge Size 84" 96" 120"

Opening 7' 0" 8' 0" 10' 0"

Clear Anodized DSHP01C-84 DSHP01C-96 DSHP01C-120

DOOR LEAF
3 [76]
FRAME LEAF
STEEL FRAME

.375 [10]
1.625 [41]

DOOR LEAF

90°

100°

DOOR LEAF

2.750 [70] OPEN 90°

FRAME LEAF

2.500 [64] OPEN 100°

NOTE: DSH1000 Pin & Barrel Double Swing Hinge shown on page 67

Emergency Release Stop
·Minimum 23/4" backset for hardware trim NOTE: With 23/4" hardware trim backset, a Notch is required in the ERS to clear the hardware trim. The type of Notch is determined by the manufacturer based on the information provide on the order form.
ERS_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, other finishes available upon request

23/32 [20]

[51]

23/32

[18]

23/32 [20]

·To avoid using an extended lip strike, use a single rabbet jamb on strike side of frame only with cased open header and hinge jamb.

Hinge Size Opening

Clear Anodized Clear Anodized

Left Hand

Right Hand

84"

7' 0"

ERS84CxHT-LH ERS84CxHT-RH

96"

8' 0"

ERS96CxHT-LH ERS96CxHT-RH

120"

10' 0"

ERS120CxHT-LH ERS120CxHT-RH

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

PemkoHinge®

Power Transfers
· These Securitron electronic power transfer units fit into doors and frames to transfer power from your power supply to the door-mounted electronic device

· Contact your hinge manufacturer for cutout availability · Order form required, available online

EL-CEPT
AVAILABLE COLORS: US32D, US10B
· Mortises into the edges of the door and frame · Tamper-resistant; no exposed openings · All metal construction, including backboxes · 7/8" knockouts on back boxes to accommodate
EMF-type fitting · 12-wire configuration with ElectroLynx compatible
connectors · Tested to 1,000,000 cycles · Will not work on center-hung or balanced doors · Works with most continuous hinges, up to 6" wide · UL10B and UL10C listed

EL-EPT
AVAILABLE COLORS: US2C
· Installs in the door and frame edges · Flexible steel shield protects wires 3/8" (9.5mm) I.D. · New universal device; works with most butt and
continuous hinges · Not for use with center pivot doors or with pivot hinges
with offset greater than 3/4" · UL634, UL10B, UL10C Listed · ANSI A250.13-2003Windstorm Resistant

EL-EPTL
AVAILABLE COLORS: US2C
· Installs in the door and frame edges · Flexible steel shield protects wires 3/8" (9.5mm) I.D. · N ew universal device; works with most butt and continuous
hinges · N ot for use with center pivot doors or with pivot hinges with
offset greater than 3/4" · UL634, UL10B, UL10C Listed · ANSI A250.13-2003Windstorm Resistant

EL-EPT-SC
AVAILABLE COLORS: US2C
· Installs in the door and frame edges · Flexible steel shield protects wires 3/8" (9.5mm) I.D. · New universal device; works with most butt and
continuous hinges · Functions on off-set pivot and swing clear hinged doors · UL634, UL10B, UL10C Listed · ANSI A250.13-2003Windstorm Resistant

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

INDEX:

PRODUCT

PAGE

14/1.....................................135 18/1.....................................135 151.......................................106 154.......................................109 154SS..................................116 156.......................................112 157.......................................116 158.......................................115 158SS..................................117 159.......................................124 166.......................................108 168.......................................113 169.......................................108 170.......................................108 171.......................................110 172.......................................110 173.......................................106 174.......................................136 175.......................................109 175SS..................................117 176.............................110, 139 176x170.............................139 176x171.............................139 177.......................................124 179.......................................123 181.......................................124 182.......................................116 183.......................................137 184.......................................138 185.......................................125 188.......................................137 189.......................................137 190.......................................134 191.......................................134 192.......................................134

PRODUCT

PAGE

193.......................................134 193x2/195.........................139 194.......................................137 195.......................................137 196.......................................137 198.......................................111 200.......................................137 227.......................................115 228.......................................134 229.......................................115 230.......................................136 236.......................................136 246.......................................136 252.......................................113 252SS..................................117 252x2_FG..........................119 252x226.............................125 252x226_FG.....................126 252x2SS.............................120 252x3_FG..........................119 252x3SS.............................121 252x4SS.............................121 253.......................................113 253SS..................................117 253x3_FG..........................119 253x3SS.............................121 253x4_FG..........................119 253x4SS.............................121 253x226_FG.....................126 253x6_FG..........................120 254.......................................113 254SS..................................117 254x4........................110, 139 254x4_FG..........................120 254x4SS.............................121

COMMERCIAL THRESHOLDS

CONTENTS:
Saddle Thresholds.....................................................................................................................................................100 Half Saddle Thresholds............................................................................................................................................106 Offset Saddles.............................................................................................................................................................110 Stainless Steel Saddles.............................................................................................................................................111 Stainless Steel Half Saddles and Offset Saddles.............................................................................................111 Thermal Break Saddles............................................................................................................................................112 Stainless Steel Thermal Break Threshold..........................................................................................................115 Latching Panic Exit Saddles....................................................................................................................................116 Latching Panic Exit Saddles - Thermal Break....................................................................................................120 Acoustic Thresholds.................................................................................................................................................123 Threshold with Flexible Joint.................................................................................................................................123 Eco-VTM Thresholds...................................................................................................................................................124 Adjustable-Width Eco-VTM Threshold................................................................................................................125 Heavy Duty Latching Panic Exit Saddle Threshold........................................................................................126 Heavy Duty Thresholds...........................................................................................................................................126 Modular Heavy Duty Thresholds.........................................................................................................................127 Floor Plates/Safety Treads.......................................................................................................................................128 Aluminum Plates.......................................................................................................................................................129 Carpet Separators.....................................................................................................................................................130 Floor Plate Supports/Accessories and Elevators.............................................................................................131 Threshold Stop Strips..............................................................................................................................................132 Floor Closer Thresholds/Cover Plate Assemblies...........................................................................................133 ANSI/BHMA A156.21 Thresholds - Cross Reference.....................................................................................134

PRODUCT

PAGE

254x4x170........................139 254x4x171........................139 254x5_FG..........................120 254x226.............................125 254x226_FG.....................126 255.......................................114 255x5..................................111 255x5_FG..........................119 255x226.............................125 255x226_FG.....................126 256.......................................114 256x6..................................111 256x6_FG..........................118 257x259.............................139 270.......................................106 271.......................................106 272.......................................106 273.......................................112 273x3_FG..........................118 273x4_FG..........................118 273x292_FGPK................128 274x224_FG.....................127 274.......................................112 273x224_FG.....................127 274x4........................107, 139 274x4_FG..........................118 274x4x270........................139 274x4x271........................139 274x292_FGPK................128 2746x292_FGPK.............128 276.............................107, 139 276x270.............................139 276x271.............................139 277.......................................123 278.......................................112

PRODUCT

PAGE

278x224_FG.....................127 278X292_FGPK...............128 279.......................................112 279x224_FG.....................127 279x292_FGPK................128 282.......................................137 283.......................................137 290.......................................138 1546....................................109 1547....................................109 1571....................................116 1665....................................108 1700....................................108 1710....................................109 1715....................................132 1716....................................133 1717....................................133 1718....................................133 1719....................................133 1842....................................138 1855....................................124 1875....................................115 1877....................................115 1951....................................136 2001....................................122 2002....................................122 2005....................................122 2006....................................122 2007....................................123 2008....................................131 2009....................................123 2010....................................123 2266....................................134 2286....................................135 2364....................................136

PRODUCT

PAGE

2366....................................136 2464....................................136 2548..........................110, 139 2548x170..........................139 2548x171..........................139 2549....................................111 2550....................................111 2555....................................114 2565....................................114 2705....................................132 2715....................................132 2716....................................132 2727....................................116 2727SS...............................117 2746....................................113 2746x6...............................107 2746x6_FG........................118 2748..........................107, 139 2748x270..........................107 2748x271..........................107 2749....................................135 2750....................................135 19125.................................129 19325.................................129 2006STC.............................129 2007STC.............................131 ADJ232V8..........................134 ADJ232V14.......................130 ADJ232x2325V8.............131 E197....................................130 EV232..................................130 EV2320...............................130 EV2322...............................130 EV2325...............................130 EV2326...............................130

Commercial Thresholds

Saddle Thresholds
· To use a saddle threshold in an offset condition, use an elevator (see page 135)
173_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32300, J32330 ANSI (brass): J12300, J12330
151_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32300, J32330 ANSI (brass): J12300, J12330
270_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130 ANSI (brass): J12300, J12330
271_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, SN, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130 ANSI (brass): J12100, J12130
272_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, SN, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130 ANSI (brass): J12100, J12130

100

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
NOTE: G, SN are available with limited inventory
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Commercial Thresholds

Saddle Thresholds (Cont.)
276_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130, J39100, J39130, J39135, J39150 ANSI (brass): J12100, J12130, J19100, J19130, J19135, J19150

2748_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130, J39100, J39130, J39135, J39150

274x4_
AVAILABLE FINISH: B ANSI (brass): J12100, J12130, J19100, J19130, J19135, J19150
Welded on bottom.
2746x6_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130
Welded on bottom.
2749_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130
2750_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130

Includes two support legs (only one shown due to break in drawing)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) NOTE: G is available with limited inventory 800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

101

Commercial Thresholds

Saddle Thresholds (Cont.)
1665_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP
169_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130
1700_
AVAILABLE FINISH: 10BE, A, BSP, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130
4
(101.6)
170_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BDG, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130 ANSI (brass): J12100, J12130
166_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130

102

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Commercial Thresholds

Saddle Thresholds (Cont.)
175_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32300, J32330 ANSI (brass): J12300, J12330
154_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32300, J32330

1546_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32300, J32330

1547_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32300, J32330
12
(12.7)
1710_
AVAILABLE FINISH: 10BE, A, BSP, WSP

7
(177.8)

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FIN ISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

103

Commercial Thresholds

Saddle Thresholds (Cont.)
171_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BDG, BSP, D, G, SN, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130 ANSI (brass): J12100, J12130
172_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, SN, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130 ANSI (brass): J12100, J12130

176_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130, J39100, J39130, J39135, J39150 ANSI (brass): J12100, J12130, J19100, J19130, J19135, J19150
2548_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130, J39100, J39130, J39135, J39150

254x4_
AVAILABLE FINISH: B ANSI (brass): J12100, J12130, J19100, J19130, J19135, J19150

Welded on bottom. Includes two support legs (only one shown due to break in drawing)

104

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
NOTE: G, SN are available with limited inventory
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Commercial Thresholds

Saddle Thresholds (Cont.)
2549_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130
2550_
AVAILABLE FINISHES:10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130
Includes two support legs (only one shown due to break in drawing)
255x5_
AVAILABLE FINISH: B ANSI (brass): J12100, J12130
Welded on bottom. Includes two support legs (only one shown due to break in drawing)
256x6_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130
Welded on bottom. Includes two support legs (only one shown due to break in drawing)
198_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100 ANSI (brass): J12100

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

105

Commercial Thresholds

Saddle Thresholds (Cont)
156_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100

OFFSET

Half Saddle Thresholds
278_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J33100, J33130, J33133

11116

(6.4)

(42.9)

279_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J33100, J33130, J33133

2
(50.8)
273_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J33100, J33130, J33133 ANSI (brass): J13100, J13130, J13133

274_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J33100, J33130, J33133 ANSI (brass): J13100, J13130, J13133

106

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Commercial Thresholds

Architectural DooHralfAScadcdelesTshorersiheoslds
Pemko2AV7CA4ILo6ABm_LE FmINISeHrEcS:i1a0BlET, Ah, BrSeP,sDh, Go, WldSPs: Half Saddle Thresholds ANSI (aluminum): J33100, J33130, J33133

2755_

AVAILABLE WIDTH: 5"

(F1I2N2I77SHm5Em5S:)_A,

HEIGHT: 1/4"A(V6A.4ILmABmL)E FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP Ratings: ADA, 10c, BHMA

14
(6.4)
252_
A (Mill Finish AAlVuAmIiLnAuBmL)E FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP D (Dark BronzAeNASnIo(dailzuemd)inum): J33100, J33130
ANSI (brass): J13100, J13130

6
(152.4)

TITLE:

PREPARED FOR:

PREPARED BY:

DATE:

COMMENTS:

253_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J33100, J33130 ANSI (brass): J13100, J13130

Copyright © 2017, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.

2755_CUT Rev 1 - 06.26.17

254_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J33100, J33130 ANSI (brass): J13100, J13130

255_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J33100, J33130 ANSI (brass): J13100, J13130

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

107

Commercial Thresholds

Half Saddle Thresholds (Cont.)
2555_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A,BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J33100

(12.7)

5
(127.0)

* 2555_ can be combined with other half saddles on one or both sides. If combined only on one side, the opposite side should be mounted flush with an existing offset. Either stated application is required for this to be ADA-compliant.

256_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J33100, J33130

2565_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J33100, J33130

12
(12.7)
227_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J33100, J33130 ANSI (brass): J13100, J13130

612
(165.1)
2565_

229_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J33100, J33130

2565_PDF Rev 1 - 09.11.14

NOTE: the 227 and 229 can be welded to floor plates and supports (page 136-137), to create custom thresholds which have the same fluting pattern.

108

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Half Saddle Thresholds (Cont.)
168_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J33100, J33130
1875_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J33100

1877_

1875_

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J33100, J33130

Copyright © 2008 Pemko Manufacturing Co. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited. 1875_PDF Rev 1 - 05.14.08

Offset Half Saddles
566_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

1877_

766_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

1
(25.4)

3
(76.2)

1877_PDF Rev 1 - 05.14.08
12
(12.7)

3
(76.2)

Offset Saddles
158_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130, J32138, J32180

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

109

Commercial Thresholds

Offset Saddles (Cont.)
2727_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130, J32138, J32180
157_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32180, J33100

1571_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32180, J33100

(25.4)

(6.4)

(19.1)

182_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32180, J33100

614
(158.8)

Stainless Steel Saddles
154SS_
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4, Brushed Finish) ANSI: J52300, J52330

110

Available in 36", 48", 72", and 96" lengths only.

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart)
154SS_ 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) SS (See Individual Part)

NOTE: G is available with limited inventory

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us

Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Commercial Thresholds

Stainless Steel Saddles (Cont.)
175SS_
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4, Brushed Finish) ANSI: J52300, J52330
Available in 36", 48", 72", and 96" lengths only.

Stainless Steel Half Saddles
· Available in 36", 48", 72", and 96" lengths only.
252SS_
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4, Brushed Finish) ANSI: J52300, J52330

253SS_
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4, Brushed Finish) ANSI: J52300, J52330

254SS_
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4, Brushed Finish) ANSI: J52300, J52330

Stainless Steel Offset Saddles
· Available in 36", 48", 72", and 96" lengths only.
158SS_
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4, Brushed Finish) ANSI: J52300, J52380, J52388

12
(12.7)

14
(6.4)

2727SS_
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4, Brushed Finish) ANSI: J52300, J52380, J52388

12
(12.7)
14
(6.4)
7
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to sca(l1e7.7.8) AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) SS (See Individual Part)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

111

Commercial Thresholds

Thermal Break Saddles
· Black rigid polypropylene key between extrusions provides a thermal break (designated by "FG" Frost Guard following finish code)
273x3_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32139, J32190, J32193 ANSI (brass): J12139, J12190, J12193
273x4_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32139, J32190, J32193 ANSI (brass): J12139, J12190, J12193
274x4_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32139, J32190, J32193 ANSI (brass): J12139, J12190, J12193
2746x6_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32139, J32190, J32193
256x6_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32139, J32190, J32193
* Sections are symmetrical.

112

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Commercial Thresholds

Thermal Break Saddles (Cont.)
255x5_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32139, J32190, J32193 ANSI (brass): J12139, J12190, J12193
252x2_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32139, J32190, J32193 ANSI (brass): J12139, J12190, J12193
252x3_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32139, J32190, J32193 ANSI (brass): J12139, J12190, J12193
253x3_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32139, J32190, J32193 ANSI (brass): J12139, J12190, J12193
253x4_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32139, J32190, J32193 ANSI (brass): J12139, J12190, J12193

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

113

Commercial Thresholds

Thermal Break Saddles (Cont.)
253x6_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32139, J32190, J32193

12
(12.7)
254x4_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32139, J32190, J32193 ANSI (brass): J12139, J12190, J12193

9918"
(2(23311..88)

* Sections are symmetrical.
254x5_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B,BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32139, J32190, J32193 ANSI (brass): J12139, J12190, J12193

* Sections are symmetrical.

766x5_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D ANSI (aluminum): J32139, J32190, J32193 ,J32189, J32180 ANSI (brass): J12139, J12190, J12193, J12189, J12180

12
(12.7)

8
(203.2)

14
(6.4)

566x3_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D ANSI (aluminum): J32189, J32190, J32180

3
(76)
1
(25.4)

(76)

(3)

12
(12.7)

114

618
(155.4)
566x3_FG

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Commercial Thresholds

Stainless Steel Thermal Break Threshold
· Black rigid polypropylene key between extrusions provides a thermal barrier (designated by "FG" Frost Guard following finish code)
252x2SSFG
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4, Brushed Finish) ANSI: J52330, J52339, J52390, J52393
252x3SSFG
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4, Brushed Finish) ANSI: J52330, J52339, J52390, J52393
252x4SSFG
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4, Brushed Finish) ANSI: J52330, J52339, J52390, J52393

253x3SSFG
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4, Brushed Finish) ANSI: J52330, J52339, J52390, J52393
253x4SSFG
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4, Brushed Finish) ANSI: J52330, J52339, J52390, J52393
254x4SSFG
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4, Brushed Finish) ANSI: J52330, J52339, J52390, J52393

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) SS (See Individual Part)

115

Commercial Thresholds

Latching Panic Exit Saddles
· Used in conjunction with surface applied vertical rod exit device, or as a stop and a seal at the bottom of door
2001_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL)
· Allow 1/4" door clearance · Special purpose bumper threshold designed for use with a low
1/4" to 3/8" undercut door.

· For offset applications, use an elevator (see page 137) · 2006_T and 2007_T are only ADA compliant when
installed butted to 1/4" tile or other floor material
Alternate Inserts

2002_Q
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP Replacement Insert: Q103 (D, W)
· Allow 1/4" door clearance · Must specify gasket color when ordering
2005_T
AVAILABLE FINISH: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J35100, J35130, J36100, J36130 ANSI (brass): J15100, J15130, J16100, J16130 Allow 3/8" door clearance

2001_P
2005_P 2006_P 2007_P
REPLACEMENT INSERT: P2 (BL, W)
Eco-VTM
2001_V
2005_V 2006_V 2007_V
REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV41 (BL, GR, W)

2006_T
AVAILABLE FINISH: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J35100, J35130, J36100, J36130 Allow 3/8" door clearance

116

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Commercial Thresholds

Latching Panic Exit Saddles (Cont.)

2007_T

AVAILABLE FINISH: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP

REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL)

ANSI (aluminum): J35100, J35130, J36100, J36130

Allow 3/8" door clearance

158

(41.3)

(6.4)

12
(12.7)

358
(89.4)

2009_PK

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK20 (BL)

158
(41.3)

ANSI: J36100, J36130

(12.7)

Allow 3/8" door clearance

14
(6.4)
PemkoPrene® (PK)

Alternate Inserts
2007_P
REPLACEMENT INSERT: P2 (BL, W)

12
(12.7)

U.S. Patent No. 9,920,567

2007_V
REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV41 (BL, GR, W)

2010_PK

2009_PK

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK20 (BL) ANSI: J36100, J36130

Allow 3/8" door clearance

2 1 4
Copyright © 2014(6Pe.4m) ko Manufacturing Co. All

rights reserved.

12
Reprodu(c1t2io.7n)in whole or in part

58
without the(6e6x.p7r)ess written

permission of

Pemko Manufacturing

Co.

is prohibited.

PemkoPrene® (PK)

201092_PK_PDF Rev 1 - 06.26.14
(12.7)

179_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J35100, J36100 Allow 1/2" door clearance

Alternate Inserts
179_P
REPLACEMENT INSERT: P2 (BL, W)

277_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: SR6 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J35100, J36100 Allow 5/8" door clearance

179_V
REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV41 (BL, GR, W)
Alternate Inserts

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

277_R
REPLACEMENT INSERT: E7 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J36100
117

Commercial Thresholds

Latching Panic Exit Saddles (Cont.)
159_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J35300, J36300 ANSI (brass): J15300, J16300 · Allow 9/16" door clearance · Provided with "J" hook. · Can also be used as an interlock threshold (see Residential
Thresholds section)

177_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J35100, J36100 ANSI (brass): J15100, J16100 Allow 5/8" door clearance

1855_T

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP

REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL)

ANSI (aluminum): J35100, J36100

Allow 5/8" door clearance

158

(6.4)

(41.3)

ThermoSealTM (T)

12
(12.7)

312
(88.9)

181_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J35100, J36100 ANSI (brass): J15100, J16100 Allow 3/4" door clearance

Alternate Inserts
159_P 177_P 1855_P 181_P
REPLACEMENT INSERT: P2 (BL, W)
159_V 177_V 1855_V 181_V
REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV41 (BL, GR, W)

118

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Commercial Thresholds

Latching Panic Exit Saddles (Cont.)

185_T

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J35300, J36300 Allow 3/4" door clearance

158

(6.4)

(41.3)

5 8
(15.9)

312
(88.9)

1
(25.4)

252x226_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J35100, J36100 ANSI (brass): J15100, J16100 Allow 5/8" door clearance

Welded on bottom.
254x226_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J35100, J36100 ANSI (brass): J15100, J16100 Allow 5/8" door clearance
Welded on bottom.
255x226_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J35100, J36100 ANSI (brass): J15100, J16100 Allow 5/8" door clearance
Welded on bottom.

Alternate Inserts
185_P 252x226_P 254x226_P 255x226_P
REPLACEMENT INSERT: P2 (BL, W)
Eco-VTM
185_V 252x226_V 254x226_V 255x226_V
REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV41 (BL, GR, W)

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

119

Commercial Thresholds

Latching Panic Exit Saddles - Thermal Break

· Black rigid polypropylene key between extrusions provides thermal break (designated by "FG" Frost Guard following finish code)

· Used in conjunction with surface applied vertical rod exit device, or as a stop and a seal at the bottom of door
· These units are not welded

252x226_FGT
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J35190, J36190 ANSI (brass): J15190, J16190 Allow 5/8" door clearance
253x226_FGT
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J35190, J36190 ANSI (brass): J15190, J16190 Allow 5/8" door clearance

Alternate Inserts
252x226_FGP 253x226_FGP 254x226_FGP 255x226_FGP 273x224_FGP
REPLACEMENT INSERT: P2 (BL, W)

254x226_FGT
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J35190, J36190 ANSI (brass): J15190, J16190 Allow 5/8" door clearance

Eco-VTM
252x226_FGV 253x226_FGV 254x226_FGV 255x226_FGV 273x224_FGV
REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV41 (BL, GR, W)

255x226_FGT
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J35190, J36190 ANSI (brass): J15190, J16190 Allow 5/8" door clearance

120

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Latching Panic Exit Saddles - Thermal Break (Cont.)
· Allow 3/8" door clearance

273x224_FGT
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J36130, J36139, J36190, J36193

14
(6.4)

14
(6.4)
ThermoSealTM (T)

5 5 16
(134.9)

158
(41.3)

12
(12.7)

278x224_FGT

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J36130, J36139, J36190, J36193

14
(6.4)

Architectural

Door Accessories

4
(101.6)

279x224_FGT
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J36130, J36139, J36190, J36193

14
(6.4)

14
(6.4)
ThermoSealTM (T)

4 11 32
(110.3)
279x224_FGT
274x224_FGT
Copyright © 2017, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
AVAIL ABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited. REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J36130, J36139, J36190, J36193
14
(6.4)

1 58
(41.3)

12
(12.7)

158
(41.3)

12
(12.7)

279x224_FGT_PDF Rev 2 - 11.14.17

14
(6.4)
ThermoSealTM (T)

158
(41.3)

6 5 16
(160.3)

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Alternate Inserts
273x224_FGP 274x224_FGP 278x224_FGP 279x224_FGP
REPLACEMENT INSERT: P2 (BL, W)
Eco-VTM
273x224_FGV 274x224_FGV 278x224_FGV 279x224_FGV
REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV41 (BL, GR, W)
12
(12.7)
121

Commercial Thresholds

Latching Panic Exit Saddles - Thermal Break (Cont.)
· Allow 3/8" door clearance

278x292_FGPK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK20 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J35190, J35193, J36190, J36193
12
(12.7)
PemkoPrene® (PK)
14
(6.4)
41 4
(108.0)

158
(41.3)

12
(12.7)

279x292_FGPK

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D , WSP

REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK20 (BL)

ANSI (aluminum): J35190, J35193, J36190, J36193

(12.7)

PemkoPrene® (PK)

14
(6.4)
4 9 16
(115.9)

158
(41.3)

12
(12.7)

273x292_FGPK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK20 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J35190, J35193, J36190, J36193

12
(12.7)

18
(41.3)

PemkoPrene® (PK) 5
14
(6.4)

274x292_FGPK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK20 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J35190, J35193, J36190, J36193
14
(6.4)

5 9 16
(141.3)

PemkoPrene® (PK)

12
(12.7)

6 9 16
(166.7)

12
(12.7)

158
(41.3)

12
(12.7)

2746x292_FGPK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK20 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J35190, J35193, J36190, J36193
14
(6.4)
8 9 16
(217.5)

12
(12.7)
PemkoPrene® (PK)

158
(41.3)

12
(12.7)

122

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Commercial Thresholds

Acoustic Thresholds
· Pemko's line of Acoustic Thresholds are designed to aid with a door's STC rating
· 2006STC and 2007STC are only ADA compliant when installed butted to other flooring materials in accordance with ADA guidelines
2006STC_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J36100, J36130

· Thresholds will not improve a door 's "sealed in-place" STC rating
· See the Acoustic Catalog Section or visit Pemko's website, www.assaabloydooraccessories.us, for more Acoustic products and additional information

2007STC_

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP

REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL)

ANSI (aluminum): J36100, J36130

158

(41.3)

(6.4)

12
(12.7)

358
(89.4)

2008_PK

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP

REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK381 (BL)

ANSI (aluminum): J36100, J36130

19 16

(6.4)

(39.7)

(6.4)

PemkoPrene®

(12.7)

4
(101.6)

Threshold with Flexible Joint
· Flexible joint allows the threshold to flex as much as 20° up or down

573x5_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK45 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J3219, J32190, J32193
14
(6.4)

10 1 4
(260.4)

0- 14 (6.4)

· Expands up to an additional 1/4"
* When used in such a manner that the slope is not steeper than 1:2, and the overall height is 1/2" or less and all other criteria are met. *

Flexible Joint
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
573x3_FG D (Dark Bronze Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog ht © 2015 Pemko MCoapnyruigfahct ©tu2ri0n15g-2C0o2.0A, AlSl SrAigAhBtLsOrYeAscecersvseodrie. sRanedpDrooodruCcotnitornolsinGrwouhpo, Inlec.o, arniAnSSpAaArtBLwOiYtGhroouupt ctohmepeaxnpy.rAellsrsigwhtrsitrteesenrvpede.rmission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.
573x3FG_PDF Rev 1 - 09.23.15

123

Commercial Thresholds

Eco-VTM Thresholds
· Eco-VTM thresholds create an ideal transition where two different pieces of carpet meet, or carpet meets another surface under a door
· Ideal for use in any high-traffic commercial installation, such as hotels and offices
· Eco-VTM thresholds are manufactured from slightly softer material than competitive products. This aids in the cutting and fitting of the threshold and facilitates easier
EV232_
AVAILABLE COLORS: BL, D AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48", 73" Serves as a transition where two pieces of carpet meet beneath an interior door

insertion of the carpet into the holding cavities on the carpet side(s) of the threshold
· Eco-VTM thresholds are designed to work in conjunction with Pemko's 2173_V, 2113_V and 2343_V door shoes
· EV232, EV2325, and ADJ232V thresholds have been tested and approved under ADAAG-2010 (Amended); ICC/ANSI A117.1 and California Building Code, Title 24 for Barrier-Free Entry

EV2325_
AVAILABLE COLORS: BL, D AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48", 73" Serves as a transition where one piece of carpet meets tile beneath an interior door

EV2326_
AVAILABLE COLORS: BL, D AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48", 73" Serves as a transition where two pieces of tile meet beneath an interior door

EV2320_
AVAILABLE COLOR: BL AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48", 73" Serves as a transition where carpet meets concrete beneath an interior or exterior door

EV2322_
AVAILABLE COLOR: BL AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48", 73" Serves as a transition where carpet meets 1/8" tile beneath an interior door
124

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) BL (Black) D (Dark Brown)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Commercial Thresholds

Adjustable-Width Eco-VTM Threshold
· The adjustable-width threshold is designed for installations where the widths of the transition beneath a door may need to change, without completely disassembling and reinstalling the threshold
ADJ232V8_
AVAILABLE COLOR: BL, D AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48"

· The adjustable-width threshold consists of two Eco-VTM end pieces and one Eco-VTM adjustable center section
· Center section (EV2321 below) can easily be cut to size with a standard razor knife

ADJ232V14_
AVAILABLE COLOR: BL, D AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48"

· Eco-VTM threshold ends can be used in many combinations to suit your flooring combination needs

· Shown below is EV232 used with EV2325 to illustrate use with carpet outside one communicating door and tile outside the other

ADJ232x2325V8_
AVAILABLE COLOR: BL, D AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48", 73" Serves as a transition where carpet meets tile beneath an interior door

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) BL (Black) D (Dark Brown Anodized)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

125

Commercial Thresholds

Heavy Duty Latching Panic Exit Saddle Threshold

· Ideal for heavy-duty, high-traffic and high weight-bearing applications, such as industrial facilities, schools, cafeterias, manufacturing buildings and hospitals

2705_T

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, D, WSP

ANSI (aluminum): J35100, J35130, J36100, J36130

ANSI (alum w/PemKote): J36200, J36130

14
(6.4)

(6.4)

5
(127.0)

· Withstands coastal and high-humidity conditions
· Ultra-durable, extra thick extruded nickelaluminum construction is guaranteed for ten (10) years

1 58
(41.3)

12
(12.7)

All items on this page are available with PemKoteTM non-slip coating (see General Information section). Please specify "PemKoteTM" when ordering. Please furnish drilling instructions when ordering PemKoteTM as it is difficult to drill through this coating.

Heavy Duty Thresholds
· Ideal for heavy-duty, high-traffic and high weight-bearing applications, such as industrial facilities, schools, cafeterias, manufacturing buildings and hospitals

2715
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, D, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130 ANSI (alum w/PemKote): J32200, J32230

5
(127.0)

2716

2715_

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, D, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130 ANSI (alum w/PemKote): J32200, J32230

· Withstands coastal and high-humidity conditions
· Ultra-durable, extra thick extruded nickelaluminum construction is guaranteed for ten (10) years
14
(6.4)

14 (6.4)

(152.4)

2715_PDF Rev 1 - 09.11.14

1715_

2716_

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, D, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130 ANSI (alum w/PemKote): J32200, J32230 Allow 5/8" door clearance

Copyright © 2014 Pemko Manufacturing Co. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited. 2716_PDF Rev 1 - 09.11.14

126

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) AK (Mill Finish Aluminum w/PemKoteTM Non-Slip Coating) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
NOTE: D is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Commercial Thresholds

Heavy Duty Thresholds (Cont.)
1716_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, D, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32100, J32130 ANSI (alum w/PemKote): J32200, J32230 Allow 5/8" door clearance

12
(12.7)

6
(152.4)

Modular Heavy Duty Thresholds
· Modular construction allows threshold to fit openings up to 15" wide without the expense of custom cast thresholds. There is no restriction on width additions (in 1" increments)
1717_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, D, WSP Allow 5/8" door clearance

· Modular Thresholds can be thermally broken. Order by adding "FG" to the part number and designate at which joint the thermal key should be supplied. Note that each thermal key will add 1/8" to overall width of threshold.

1718_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, D, WSP Allow 5/8" door clearance
1719_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, D, WSP Allow 5/8" door clearance

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) AK (Mill Finish Aluminum w/PemKoteTM Non-Slip Coating) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
NOTE: D is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

127

Commercial Thresholds

Floor Plates/Safety Treads
· Pemko can fabricate almost any floor plate threshold you might require · Furnished undrilled unless drilling instructions are specified when ordering · Ordering of fasteners does not constitute drilling instructions · Elevated floor plates require support every 4" on center, at welded
seams, and as necessary for support · Orders with "x" in the product number (i.e. 195 x 193 x 195) indicate welding
E197_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: Black (blank)
· EPDM Expansion Joint

Available with PemKoteTM non-slip coating (see General Information section). Please specify "PemKoteTM" when ordering. Please furnish drilling instructions when ordering PemKoteTM as it is difficult to drill through this coating.

190_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J37100, J37130 ANSI (brass): J17100, J17130
192_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J37100, J37130 ANSI (brass): J17100, J17130
193_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J37100, J37130 ANSI (brass): J17100, J17130
228_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J37100, J37130 ANSI (brass): J17100, J17130

E197_ application
191_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J37100, J37130 ANSI (brass): J17100, J17130

2266_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J37100, J37130

128

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Commercial Thresholds

Floor Plates/Safety Treads (Cont.)
2286_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J37100, J37130
19125_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J37100, J37130

19325_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J37100, J37130
Furnished undrilled.

Aluminum Plates

· Used where a cover plate, expansion joint plate, or wide extra-strength metal plate is needed
· Maximum length is 144". All aluminum plates are provided NET length
· Both length edges are beveled at a 45° angle; "single edge bevel" or "no bevel" is also available at no extra cost; length of plate should be roughly equal to width of opening.
18/1_ - (width x length)
AVAILABLE FINISH: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J37300, J37330 ANSI (alum w/PemKote): J37400, J37430

· Plates are supplied undrilled unless otherwise specified. Pemko reserves the right to charge for special fastener patterns
· Plates are furnished with #10 x 11/2" wood screws. Screws supplied: one (1) screw per foot up to 8" wide; two (2) screws per foot 8" to 12" wide; and three (3) screws per foot over 12" wide
· Plates are ADA compliant only when ordered with PemKote finish

14/1_ - (width x length)
AVAILABLE FINISH: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J37300, J37330 ANSI (alum w/PemKote): J37400, J37430

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) AK (Mill Finish Aluminum w/PemKoteTM Non-Slip Coating) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

129

Commercial Thresholds

Carpet Separators
174_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32300, J32340 ANSI (brass): J17300, J17330

1951_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D ANSI (aluminum): J37300, J37330 · Supplied undrilled unless otherwise specified · ADA compliant when butted to 1/4" or 1/2" high
flooring material

230_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP

236_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BDG, BSP, D, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32134
Barrier-free over carpet.

2364_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32134, J32140

2366_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32134
246_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, D, BSP, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32134

Barrier-free over carpet
2464_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32134

Barrier-free over carpet

130

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Commercial Thresholds

Floor Plate Supports/Accessories
· Please see information under Floor Plates and Safety Treads (page 134-135)

189_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP

194_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J37300 ANSI (brass): J17300

195_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J37300 ANSI (brass): J17300

200_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J37300, J37330 ANSI (brass): J17300, J17330

196_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J37300, J37330 ANSI (brass): J17300, J17330 When ordering, specify whether 196 material is to be used as trim or support

Elevators
· Elevators allow for custom sizing in offset conditions

183_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BDG, BSP, D, G, SN, WSP

183 in alternate position.

· Fasteners are not included and are not required with these shapes when used in conjunction with a threshold
282_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP

188_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, WSP

283_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
NOTE: G, SN are available with limited inventory
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

131

Commercial Thresholds

Threshold Stop Strips
· Use with standard flat top, saddle threshold to provide a door stop and seal at bottom of door
· Stop strips are supplied pre-drilled with #10-24 Phillips flat head machine screws of appropriate length
1842_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: S3 (BL, W) · Allow 1/8" door clearance from top of threshold · Barrier-free with 1/4" saddle only

· These stops will affect the pivot hole location of an assembly
Alternate Inserts
1842_PK 290_PKSTOP
REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK47 (BL, GR)

silicone

184_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL)

Alternate Inserts
1842_V 290_VSTOP
REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV47 (BL, GR, W)

290_SSTOP
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: S3 (BL, W) · Allow 1/8" door clearance from top of threshold · Barrier-free with 1/4" saddle only
silicone

Eco-VTM
Alternate Inserts
184_P
REPLACEMENT INSERT: P2 (BL, GR)
184_V
REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV41 (BL, GR, W)
Eco-VTM

132

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Commercial Thresholds

Floor Closer Thresholds/Cover Plate Assemblies

· TYPE OF ASSEMBLY Type 11 or 14 for center hung, Type 13 or 15 for offset hung

· SPECIAL FINISHES Examples include polished, oxidized and oil rubbed, and PemKoteTM

· MATERIALS Saddles, floor plates, supports, risers, elevators, and stop strips

· SPECIAL FASTENERS For center section only. Examples include: MSES, FHSL25, and MSES-SS

· CLOSER TO BE USED Manufacturer and model number
· NET LENGTH Jamb-to-Jamb. Assembly Types 11, 13 and 14 are cut with center section 1/2" over net length up to 48" and 1" over net length over 48" to allow for fitting on the job. Please specify "net length", if required. Assembly Type 15 is cut at net length because of factory-cut miters
· HANDING For single doors, specify right or left hand. For pairs of doors, handing is not required

· SPECIAL FABRICATION INSTRUCTIONS Notching, full miters, etc. Assembly Type 11 is supplied without mitered ends, and assembly Types 13, 14 and 15 are supplied with both ends mitered. Also, when ordering stop strips (shown on page 138), specify door thickness and pivot offset so that the threshold assembly width and pivot dimension can be determined
· RETURNS AND ALLOWANCES Restock fee for "custom" material applies to these products

THRESHOLD WIDTH 2" to 77/8" 8" to 127/8"
13" to 187/8"

FASTENER ROWS 1 Row 2 Rows 3 Rows

THRESHOLD WIDTH 19" to 247/8" 25" to 307/8" 31" to 367/8"

FASTENER ROWS 4 Rows 5 Rows 6 Rows

TYPE 11
Center hung

TYPE 13
Offset

TYPE 14
Center hung

THRESHOLDS FOR TYPE 11, 13, 14

SIZE

PRODUCT NUMBER

FINISHES

PRODUCT NUMBER

1/2" x 7" 1/4" x 7" 1/2" x 8" 1/4" x 8" 1/2" x 87/8 " *3/4" x 12" x 1/4"

176_ 276_ 2548_ 2748_ 193_ x 2/195_ 257_ x 259_

A, B, D, G A, B, D, G A, D, G A, D, G A, B, D, G A, B, D, G

254_ x 4_ 274_ x 4_

* Ramp threshold for 1/2" offset.

THRESHOLDS FOR TYPE 15

SIZE

PRODUCT NUMBER

FINISHES

PRODUCT NUMBER

1/2" x 7" x 4" 1/4" x 7" x 4" 1/2" x 7" x 5" 1/4" x 7" x 5" 1/2" x 8" x 4" 1/4" x 8" x 4" 1/2" x 8" x 5" 1/4" x 8" x 5"

176_ x 170_ 276_ x 270_ 176_ x 171_ 276_ x 271_ 2548_ x 170_ 2748_ x 270_ 2548_ x 171_ 2748_ x 271

A, B, D, G A, B, D, G A, B, D, G A, B, D, G A, D, G A, D, G A, D, G A, D, G

254 x 4_ x 170_ 274 x 4_ x 270_ 254 x 4_ x 171_ 274 x 4_ x 271_

TYPE 15
Offset FINISHES
B B
FINISHES
B B B B

133

Commercial Thresholds

ANSI/BHMA A156.21 Thresholds - Cross Reference

· Following a profile number, "A" signifies the base metal as aluminum and will include any anodized finish
· Following a profile number, "B" signifies the base metal as architectural bronze [brass]

· Consult www.buildershardware.com for the most up-todate BHMA Certified Product Directory (CPD) information

ANSI No. J12100

Pemko Item# 170B, 171B, 172B, 176B, 198B, 254x4B, 254x5B, 255x5B, 270B, 271B, 272B, 274x4B, 276B

J12130

170B, 171B, 172B, 176B, 254x4B, 254x5B, 255x5B, 270B, 271B, 272B, 274x4B, 276B

J12134

236B, 2364B

J12139

252x2BFG, 252x3BFG, 253x3BFG, 253x4BFG, 254x4BFG, 254x5BFG, 255x5BFG, 273x3BFG, 273x4BFG, 274x4BFG

J12190

252x2BFG, 252x3BFG, 253x3BFG, 253x4BFG, 254x4BFG, 254x5BFG, 255x5BFG, 273x3BFG, 273x4BFG, 274x4BFG

J12193

252x2BFG, 252x3BFG, 253x3BFG, 253x4BFG, 254x4BFG, 254x5BFG, 273x3BFG, 273x4BFG, 274x4BFG

J12300

151B, 173B, 175B

J12330

151B, 173B, 175B

J13100

227B, 252B, 253B, 254B, 255B, 273B, 274B

J13130

227B, 252B, 253B, 254B, 255B, 273B, 274B

J13133

273B, 274B

J14170

101B, 108B, 114B

J15100

177B, 181B, 2005B, 252x226B, 253x226B, 254x226B, 255x226B

J15130

2005B

J15190

252x226BFG, 253x226BFG, 254x226BFG, 255x226BFG

J15300

159B

J16100

177BT, 181BT, 2005B, 2005BT, 252x226BT, 253x226BT, 254x226BT, 255x226BT

J16130

2005B

J16300

159BT

J17100

190B, 191B, 192B, 193B

J17130

190B, 191B, 192B, 193B

J17300

174B, 194B, 195B, 196B, 200B

J17330

174B, 195B, 196B, 200B

J18130

257B, 259B, 275x259B

J19100

176B, 193Bx2/195B, 254x4B, 257B/259B, 274x4B, 276B

J19130 J19135 J19150 J31100 J32100

176B, 193Bx2/195B, 254x4B, 257B/259B, 274x4B, 276B
176B, 176B, 176Bx170B, 176Bx171B, 193Bx2/195B, 193Bx2/195B, 254x4B, 254x4B, 254x4Bx170B, 254x4Bx171B, 257B/259B, 257B/259B, 274x4B, 274x4B, 274x4Bx270B, 274x4Bx271B, 276B, 276B, 276Bx270B, 276Bx271B 176B, 176B, 176Bx170B, 176Bx171B, 193Bx2/195B, 254x4B, 254x4Bx170B, 254x4Bx171B, 257B/259B, 274x4B, 274x4B, 274x4Bx270B, 274x4Bx271B, 276B, 276B, 276Bx270B, 276Bx271B
206AV, 207AV
156A, 1571A, 157A, 158A, 166A, 169A, 1700A, 170A, 1715A, 171A, 172A, 176A, 182A, 198A, 2548A, 2549A, 2550A, 2555x253A, 256x6A, 256x6A, 270A, 2715A, 2716A, 271A, 2727A, 272A, 2746x6A, 2748A, 2749A, 2750A, 276A

134

Commercial Thresholds

ANSI/BHMA A156.21 Thresholds - Cross Reference (Continued)

ANSI No. J32130 J32134 J32138 J32139 J32140 J32180 J32190
J32193 J32200 J32230 J32300 J32330 J33100 J33130 J33133 J33180 J34170 J35100 J35130 J35190 J35300 J36100
J36130
J36139
J36190
J36193 J36200 J36230

Pemko Item# 158A, 166A, 169A, 1700A, 170wA, 1715A, 1716A, 1716A, 171A, 172A, 176A, 2548A, 2549A, 2550A, 2555x253A, 256x6A, 256x6A, 270A, 2715A, 2716A, 271A, 2727A, 272A, 2746x6A, 2748A, 2749A, 2750A, 276A 236A, 2364A, 2366A, 2464A
158A, 2727A 252x2AFG, 252x3AFG, 253x3AFG, 253x4AFG, 253x6AFG, 254x4AFG, 254x5AFG, 2555x253AFG, 255x5AFG, 256x6AFG, 273x3AFG, 273x4AFG, 2746x6AFG, 274x4AFG 236A, 246A
157A, 1571A, 158A, 182A, 2727A 252x2AFG, 252x3AFG, 253x3AFG, 253x4AFG, 253x6AFG, 254x4AFG, 254x5AFG, 2555x253AFG, 255x5AFG, 256x6AFG, 273x3AFG, 273x4AFG, 2746x6AFG, 274x4AFG 252x2AFG, 252x3AFG, 253x3AFG, 253x4AFG, 253x6AFG, 254x4AFG, 254x5AFG, 2555x253AFG, 255x5AFG, 256x6AFG, 273x3AFG, 273x4AFG, 2746x6AFG, 274x4AFG 1715AK, 2715AK, 2716AK
1715AK, 1716AK, 2715AK, 2716AK
151A, 1546A, 1547A, 154A, 173A, 174A, 175A
151A, 1546A, 1547A, 154A, 173A, 174A, 175A 157A, 1571A, 168A, 182A, 1875A, 1877A, 227A, 229A, 252A, 253A, 254A, 2555A, 255A, 2565A, 256A, 273A, 2746A, 274A, 278A, 279A 168A, 227A, 229A, 252A, 253A, 254A, 255A, 2565A, 256A, 273A, 2746A, 274A, 278A, 279A
273A, 2746A, 274A, 278A, 279A
1875A, 1877A
101A, 107A, 114A, 121A, 123A
177A, 179A, 181A, 2005A, 2006A, 2007A, 2008A, 252x226A, 253x226A, 254x226A, 255x226A, 2705A, 277A
2005A, 206A, 2007A, 2008A, 2705A
252x226AFG, 253x226AFG, 254x226AFG, 255x226AFG
159A, 185A, 1855A 177AT, 179AT, 181AT, 2005AT, 2006AT, 2006STC, 2007AT, 2007STC, 2008APK, 2009APK, 2010APK, 252x226A, 252x266A, 253x226A, 254x226AT, 255x226AT, 2705A, 277AR, 277AS 2005A, 2005AT, 2006AT, 2006STC, 2007AT, 2007STC, 2008APK, 2009APK, 2010APK, 2705A, 273x224AFG, 273x292AFG, 2746x292AFG, 274x224AFG, 274x292AFG, 278x224AFG, 278x292AFG, 279x224AFG, 279x292AFG 273x224AFG, 273x292AFG, 2746x292AFG, 274x224AFG, 274x292AFG, 278x224AFG, 278x292AFG, 279x224AFG, 279x292AFG 252x226AFGT, 253x226AFG, 253x226BFG, 254x226AFG, 255x226AFG, 273x224AFG, 273x292AFG, 2746x292AFG, 274x224AFG, 274x292AFG, 278x224AFG, 278x292AFG, 279x224AFG, 279x292AFG 273x224AFG, 273x292AFG, 2746x292AFG, 274x224AFG, 274x292AFG, 278x224AFG, 278x292AFG, 279x224AFG, 279x292AFG
2705AK
2705AK

135

Commercial Thresholds

ANSI/BHMA A156.21 Thresholds - Cross Reference (Continued)

ANSI No. J36300 J37100 J37130 J37200 J37230 J37300 J37330 J37400 J37430
J38130
J38230
J39100 J39130
J39135
J39150
J52300 J52330 J52338 J52339 J52380 J52390 J52393 J53300 J53330 J53300 J53330

Pemko Item# 159AT, 185AT, 1855AT 190A, 191A, 192A, 193A, 228A, 2266A, 2286A, 19125A, 19325A 190A, 191A, 192A, 193A, 228A, 2266A, 2286A, 19125A, 19325A 190AK, 191AK, 192AK, 193AK, 19125AK 190AK, 191AK, 192AK, 193AK, 19125AK 14/1A, 18/1A, 194A, 1951A, 195A, 196A, 200A 14/1A, 174C, 18/1A, 1951A, 195A, 196A, 200A 14/1A, 18/1A 14/1A, 18/1A 257A, 259A, 257x259A, RAMP10A, RAMP11A, RAMP12A, RAMP1A, RAMP2A, RAMP3A, RAMP4A, RAMP5A, RAMP6A, RAMP7A, RAMP8A, RAMP9A, WING10, WING16, WINGExT 257AK, 259AK, 257x259AK, 257x259BK, RAMP10AK, RAMP11AK, RAMP12AK, RAMP1AK, RAMP2AK, RAMP3AK, RAMP4AK, RAMP5AK, RAMP6AK, RAMP7AK, RAMP8AK, RAMP9AK, WING10K, WING16K, WINGExTK 176A, 193Ax2/195A, 2548A, 257Ax259A, 2748A, 276A, RAMP1A 176A, 193Ax2/195A, 2548A, 257Ax259A, 2748A, 276A, RAMP1A 176A, 176Ax170A, 176Ax171A, 2548A, 2548Ax170A, 2548Ax171A, 257Ax259A, 2748A, 2748Ax270A, 2748Ax271A, 276A, 276Ax270A, 276Ax271A, RAMP1A 176A, 176Ax170A, 176Ax171A, 2548A, 2548Ax170A, 2548Ax171A, 257Ax259A, 2748A, 2748Ax270A, 2748Ax271A, 276A, 276Ax270A, 276Ax271A, RAMP1A 154SS, 158SS, 175SS, 2727SS 154SS, 175SS, 252x2SSFG, 252x3SSFG, 252x4SSFG, 253x3SSFG, 253x4SSFG, 254x4SSFG 158SS, 2727SS 252x2SSFG, 252x3SSFG, 252x4SSFG, 253x3SSFG, 253x4SSFG, 254x4SSFG 158SS, 2727SS 252x2SSFG, 252x3SSFG, 252x4SSFG, 253x3SSFG, 253x4SSFG, 254x4SSFG 252x2SSFG, 252x3SSFG, 252x4SSFG, 253x3SSFG, 253x4SSFG, 254x4SSFG 252SS, 253SS, 254SS 252SS, 253SS, 254SS 252SS, 253SS, 254SS 252SS, 253SS, 254SS

136

Pemko Modular Ramps
CONTENTS:
Ramp Ordering Information.................................................................................................................................138 Modular Ramp Threshold Assemblies - Flush Applications.......................................................................140 Modular Ramp Threshold Assemblies - Offset (7" Top Plate)....................................................................141 Modular Ramp Threshold Assemblies - Offset (3½" Top Plate)................................................................142 Modular Ramp Threshold Components...........................................................................................................143 Modular Ramp Threshold Assemblies - Variables.........................................................................................144 Risers for Modular Ramps......................................................................................................................................144 Miter Returns For All Modular Ramp Thresholds...........................................................................................145 Barrier-Free Ramp Thresholds..............................................................................................................................146 Fire Retardant and Styrene Butadiene Rubber Ramp Thresholds...........................................................147 Rubber Ramp Miter Returns.................................................................................................................................148 Recycled Rubber Ramp Assembly.......................................................................................................................148

INDEX:

PRODUCT

PAGE

257................................... 150

257x259......................... 150

259................................... 150

R.5F.................................. 144

R.5FMR........................... 144

R.5OS.............................. 145

R.5OSMR........................ 145

R.5OSS............................ 146

R.5OSSMR..................... 146

R.75F............................... 144

R.75FMR......................... 144

R.75OS............................ 145

R.75OSMR..................... 145

R.75OSS......................... 146

R.75OSSMR................... 146

R1F................................... 144

R1FMR............................ 144

R1OS............................... 145

R1OSMR......................... 145

R1OSS............................. 146

R1OSSMR...................... 146

R1.25F............................. 144

R1.25FMR...................... 144

R1.25OS......................... 145

R1.25OSMR.................. 145

PRODUCT

PAGE

R1.25OSS....................... 146

R1.25OSSMR................ 146

R1.5F............................... 144

R1.5FMR......................... 144

R1.5OS............................ 145

R1.5OSMR..................... 145

R1.5OSS......................... 146

R1.5OSSMR................... 146

R1.75F............................. 144

R1.75FMR...................... 144

R1.75OS......................... 145

R1.75OSMR.................. 145

R1.75OSS....................... 146

R1.75OSSMR................ 146

R2F................................... 144

R2FMR............................ 144

R2OS............................... 145

R2OSMR......................... 145

R2OSS............................. 146

R2OSSMR...................... 146

R2.25F............................. 144

R2.25FMR...................... 144

RAMP 1...........................147

RAMP 2...........................148

RAMP 3...........................147

PRODUCT

PAGE

RAMP 4...........................147

RAMP 5...........................147

RAMP 6...........................147

RAMP 7...........................148

RAMP 8..................147-148

RAMP 9...........................147

RAMP10......................... 147

RAMP 11........................147

RAMP 12........................147

RAMP 13........................148

RAMP 14........................148

RR1.25FMR................... 152

RR1.................................. 151

RR2.................................. 151

RR12_H.......................... 152

RVARIOSS...................... 148

RVAR1/A......................... 148

RVAR1/AK...................... 148

SBR.5F............................. 151

SBR.5FMR...................... 151

SBR1F.............................. 151

SBR1FMR....................... 151

WING 10_H..................149

WING 16_H..................149

WING EXT_H................149

Pemko Modular Ramps

Ramp Ordering Information
Flush Applications
Example: R 1 F MR AK

Product R = Ramp

Floor Offset Height
.5 = ½"
.75 = ¾" 1 = 1" 1.25 = 1-¼" 1.5 = 1-½" 1.75 = 1-¾" 2 = 2" 2.25 = 2-¼"

Application F = Flushes out to
floor offset

Option MR = Miter Return (1 pair)

Finish A = Aluminum (mill finish) AK = PemKoteTM (skid-resistant surface)

138

Pemko Modular Ramps

Ramp Ordering Information
Offset Applications - 7" Top Plate
Example: R 1 OS MR AK

Product Floor Offset Height

R = Ramp

.5 = ½"

.75 = ¾" 1 = 1" 1.25 = 1-¼" 1.5 = 1-½" 1.75 = 1-¾" 2 = 2"

Application OS = Up & over
offset w/ 7" top plate

Option

Finish

MR = Miter

A = Aluminum (mill finish)

Return (1 pair) AK = PemKoteTM (skid-resistant surface)

Offset Applications - 3½" Top Plate
Example: R 2 OSS MR AK

Product Floor Offset Height

R = Ramp

.5 = ½"

.75 = ¾" 1 = 1" 1.25 = 1-¼" 1.5 = 1-½" 1.75 = 1-¾" 2 = 2"

Application OSS = Up & over
offset w/ 3-½" top plate

Option

Finish

MR = Miter

A = Aluminum (mill finish)

Return (1 pair) AK = PemKoteTM (skid-resistant surface)

139

Pemko Modular Ramps

Modular Ramp Threshold Assemblies
·Assemblies accommodate 1/2" to 21/4" floor offsets in meeting the 1:12 slope requirements of the "Americans with Disabilities Act". Even higher offsets can be accommodated by using the risers, RAMP13_ and RAMP14_
·"MR" in a product number denotes that one-pair of miter returns (and extenders, if applicable) is included. Otherwise, we recommend filling and feathering the threshold ends with grout. Do not leave threshold ends open
·Miter Returns are available for offsets up to 21/4"
Flush Applications

1/2" Floor Offset
R.5F_ R.5FMR_ **

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ASSEMBLY LENGTH: 61/8" # OF COMPONENTS: 1

·A ssemblies are supplied with #10 stainless steel wood screws. Stainless steel machine screws and expansion shields are available at an extra cost
·A ssemblies allow for custom fabrication; please consult Pemko Customer Service
·A ssemblies are provided NET length
·M iter returns will add 2 pieces to total components; miter returns with extenders will add 4 pieces to total components

PemKoteTM is highly recommended for all threshold assemblies, especially exterior conditions where moisture may be present.

Only with PemKoteTM Non-Slip Coating

3/4" Floor Offset
R.75F_ R.75FMR_ **

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ASSEMBLY LENGTH: 91/4" # OF COMPONENTS: 2

1" Floor Offset
R1F_ R1FMR_ **

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ASSEMBLY LENGTH: 123/8" # OF COMPONENTS: 2

11/4" Floor Offset

R1.25F_ R1.25FMR_ **

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ASSEMBLY LENGTH: 151/2" # OF COMPONENTS: 3

11/2" Floor Offset

R1.5F_ R1.5FMR_ **

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ASSEMBLY LENGTH: 185/8" # OF COMPONENTS: 3

13/4" Floor Offset

R1.75F_ R1.75FMR_ **

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ASSEMBLY LENGTH: 213/4" # OF COMPONENTS: 4

2" Floor Offset
R2F_ R2FMR_ **

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ASSEMBLY LENGTH: 247/8" # OF COMPONENTS: 4

21/4" Floor Offset

R2.25F_ R2.25FMR_ **

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ASSEMBLY LENGTH: 28" # OF COMPONENTS: 5

140

Complete assembly drawings available online NOTE: Greater offset may be accomplished by using Pemko risers. **Miter Returns are not ADA Compliant
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) AK (Mill Finish Aluminum with PemKoteTM Non-Slip Coating) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Modular Ramps

Offset Applications (7" Top Plate)

1/2" Floor Offset
R.5OS_ R.5OSMR_ **

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 161/4" # OF COMPONENTS: 3

3/4" Floor Offset

R.75OS_ R.75OSMR_ **

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 193/8" # OF COMPONENTS: 3

1" Floor Offset
R1OS_ R1OSMR_ **

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 221/2" # OF COMPONENTS: 4

11/4" Floor Offset

R1.25OS_ R1.25OSMR_ **

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 255/8" # OF COMPONENTS: 4

11/2" Floor Offset

R1.5OS_ R1.5OSMR_ **

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 283/4" # OF COMPONENTS: 5

13/4" Floor Offset

R1.75OS_ R1.75OSMR_ **

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 317/8" # OF COMPONENTS: 5

2" Floor Offset
R2OS_ R2OSMR_ **

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 35" # OF COMPONENTS: 6

Complete assembly drawings available online.
NOTE: Greater offset may be accomplished by using Pemko risers. *Assembly length includes 7" top plate **Miter Returns are not ADA Compliant

Assembly Shown: R.5OS
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) AK (Mill Finish Aluminum with PemKoteTM Non-Slip Coating) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) 800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

141

Pemko Modular Ramps

Short Offset Applications (31/2" Top Plate)

1/2" Floor Offset
R.5OSS_ R.5OSSMR_ **

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 123/4" # OF COMPONENTS: 3

3/4" Floor Offset
R.75OSS_ R.75OSSMR_ **

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 157/8" # OF COMPONENTS: 3

1" Floor Offset
R1OSS_ R1OSSMR_ **

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 19" # OF COMPONENTS: 4

11/4" Floor Offset
R1.25OSS_ R1.25OSSMR_ **

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 221/8" # OF COMPONENTS: 4

11/2" Floor Offset
R1.5OSS_ R1.5OSSMR_ **

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 251/4" # OF COMPONENTS: 5

13/4" Floor Offset
R1.75OSS_ R1.75OSSMR_ **

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 283/8" # OF COMPONENTS: 5

2" Floor Offset
R2OSS_ R2OSSMR_ **

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 311/2" # OF COMPONENTS: 6

Assembly Shown: R.75OSS 142

Complete assembly drawings available online. NOTE: Greater offset may be accomplished by using Pemko risers. *Assembly length includes 31/2" top plate **Miter Returns are not ADA Compliant
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) AK (Mill Finish Aluminum with PemKoteTM Non-Slip Coating) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Modular Ramps

Modular Ramp Threshold Components

·Components are generally sold as part of assemblies
·Ramp Assemblies consist of interlocking components, eliminating the need to weld joints. Interlocking ball-joint design allows each component to flex and conform to uneven surfaces
·All assemblies carry the following labels:

·PemKoteTM is highly recommended for all threshold assemblies, especially exterior conditions where moisture may be present
NOTE: The following pages are for component identification only. Do not order from these pages. Order only complete assemblies from pages 146 to 148

Top Plates
RAMP8_
Short top plate AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP
RAMP1_
Top plate AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP
Bridges

7" width allows for floor closer preparation

RAMP12_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP

RAMP11_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP

RAMP10_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP

RAMP9_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP

RAMP6_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP

RAMP5_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP

RAMP4_

RAMP3_

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP

143

Pemko Modular Ramps

Modular Ramp Threshold Assemblies - Variables

·Use a "Variable" component to accommodate offsets from 1/2" to 11/4". These meet the 1:8 maximum slope allowance (ADA) for existing buildings. For new construction, this assembly is only ADA compliant in certain applications as outlined by the current ADA standard
·May require a variance from some state building codes, even though ADA compliant
·Ideal for use in cross traffic corridors where a minimal ramp projection may be required and a steeper slope may be allowed. Supplied with #10 stainless steel sheet metal screws. Stainless steel machine screws and expansion shields are available at an extra cost

·Miter returns are not available due to the variable angle of this ramp. Please fill and feather the threshold ends. Do not leave threshold ends open
·This variable ramp is supplied un-drilled from Pemko. Due to the variance in the angle, it must be drilled in the field. For proper installation, it requires the RAMP7_ to be placed under RAMP2_ after the assembly is in place, then must be match drilled and anchored through both components
·PemKoteTM is highly recommended for all ramp threshold assemblies especially exterior conditions where moisture may be present
·In addition to ADA compliance, outlined previously, all assemblies carry the following labels:

RVARIOSS_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, BSP, WSP

RAMP8_

RAMP2_
· "RAMP7_, support" is not necessary for offsets that are less than 3/4"

Also available (not shown) are RVARI/A and RVARI/AK: · Combines 7" top plate (RAMP1_) with RAMP2_ and RAMP7_ · Overall width is approximately 17"
RAMP7_

Variable Ramp Components
RAMP2_
variable AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK,
BSP, WSP
RAMP7_
support for variable AVAILABLE FINISHES: A

Risers for Modular Ramps
·Risers easily attach to the legs of Pemko's Modular Ramp Systems. Each adds 1/2" in height to accommodate offsets greater than 21/4"

·C ontact Pemko Customer Service for information on stacking risers to reach desired height

RAMP13_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A

RAMP14_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A

144

NOTE: Products shown in this section are not drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) AK (Mill Finish Aluminum with PemKoteTM Non-Slip Coating) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Modular Ramps

Miter Returns For All Modular Ramp Thresholds

·Cast aluminum "wings" fit into end of modular ramp threshold assembly and are fastened to ramp mid sections with selftapping machine screws
·Neat, compact, and tight-fitting design replaces former mitering methods

·M iter Returns are match-drilled with each assembly ·M iter Returns are not "ADA" compliant ·M iter Returns are handed from the low end and are
determined by which side of the ramp it fits into

WING10_H_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK ·WING10 can be trimmed to fit ramp assembly (dotted lines show cut down for use with R.5FMR_)

Plan View

WING10RH_
(right-hand shown)

End View

Side View

View from high-end

WING16_H_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK ·WING16 can be trimmed to fit ramp assembly (dotted lines show cut down for use with R1FMR_)

Plan View

WING16RH_
(right-hand shown) End View

Side View

View from high-end

WINGEXT_H_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK ·WINGEXT are included with assemblies to completely fill ends for 2" offset or 21/4" flush conditions
WINGEXT works in conjunction with WING16 for these higher offset conditions

Plan View

WINGEXTRH_
(right-hand shown)
End View

Side View

View from high-end

See flyer on the Literature page of www.assaaabloydooraccessories.us for WING cut-down chart.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) AK (Mill Finish Aluminum with PemKoteTM Non-Slip Coating)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

145

Pemko Modular Ramps

Barrier-Free Ramp Thresholds
·The modular ramp thresholds are an improvement over the 257/259 however, 257/259 will remain available for special requirements
·Use 257_ and 259_ together, or use 257_ with an abutted 1:12 concrete slope
·When used as a cover plate assembly (see Commercial Thresholds section), a longer spindle may be required

·R amps on this page are not ADA compliant when used at a door opening
·T he 257_ is not ADA compliant when used alone.
·PemKoteTM is highly recommended for all threshold assemblies, especially exterior conditions where moisture may be present

257x259_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, B, BSP, D, G, WSP

259_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, B, BSP, D, G, WSP

WING10 can also be used

257_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, AK, B, BSP, D, G, WSP

146

NOTE: Products shown in this section are not drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Stain Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) AK (Mill Finish Aluminum with PemKoteTM Non-Slip Coating) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Modular Ramps

Fire Retardant and Styrene Butadiene Rubber Ramp Thresholds

·Rubber ramps meet the requirements of ADAAG-2010; IBC/ANSI A117.1; and California Title 24, Part 2
·Styrene butadiene rubber ramps are weather, ozone, abrasion, and impact resistant; long-lasting and fire retardant
·Rubber ramps are sold in one foot increments up to 15-foot lengths
·Rubber ramps can be butted together for longer lengths
·Rubber ramps are cut square on each end but are available with molded rubber miter returns. To receive a pair of miter returns, add "MR" to the part number (example: SBR.5FMR)
·Rubber ramps have a superior grip, anti-slip surface and a "no bump" tapered lead edge. Rubber ramps are classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.,® as a skid-resistant floor surface per UL standard for safety, UL410. Rubber ramps also meet the requirements of ASTM D 2047 and Federal Specification P-F430C

·R ubber ramps are easy to install on most surfaces by using a construction adhesive. Mechanical fasteners are not required and not recommended
·R ubber ramps are also portable. For temporary applications, an assembly stays in place by its sheer weight and can be removed from one opening and placed at another opening
·U se an adhesive (caulk) suitable for use with plastics and your flooring material for proper installation and adhesion
·R ubber ramps are available for 1/2" and 1" offset heights
·R ubber ramps can be cross-cut to length or ripped to a custom offset height using a table or radial arm saw with a carbidetipped blade. These modifications must be made in the field

SBR1F SBR1FMR **

SBR.5F SBR.5FMR ** RR1

Assembly consists of two inter-locking components.

RR2

This component (RR2) is not ADA compliant when used by itself. NOTE: Products shown in this section are not drawn to scale. ** = Miter Returns are not ADA compliant

147

Pemko Modular Ramps

Rubber Ramp Miter Returns
·Made from molded styrene butadiene rubber ·Glue miter returns to each end using an adhesive such
as RR200
RR12_H

·M iter Returns are supplied in pairs: one left-hand (RR12LH) and one right-hand (RR12RH)
·If only one miter return is required, specify the handing
End View

Plan View

Shown as viewed from the low end.

Side View

Recycled Rubber Ramp Assembly
·ADA Compliant, based on application ·Meets: UL410, ASTM D2047, Federal Specification
P-F-430C ·Recycled Rubber Ramp Assemblies meet IBC/ANSI
A117.1-2013 ·Made from #20 mesh minus crumb rubber (with urethane
binders) reclaimed from 100% recycled rubber automotive tires · Use an adhesive (caulk) suitable for use with plastics and
your flooring material for proper installation and adhesion. Avoid Liquid Nails with Rubber Ramps ·Using ordinary tools, trim to fit your application

·C an be ripped for offsets less than 11/4" ·P lane bottom surface of ramp to accommodate irregular
surface conditions ·M iter returns are molded into the design of the Recycled
Rubber Ramp ·3 6" and 60" ramps are supplied as one (1) piece assemblies ·4 8" and 72" ramps are supplied as two (2) piece assemblies ·D imensions are nominal and can vary by as much as one inch.
This is acceptable as long as the two halves match

Ordering Chart
Other sizes are available, please contact Pemko Customer Service.

PART #
RR1.25FMR36 RR1.25FMR48 RR1.25FMR60 RR1.25FMR72 RR1.25FMR96

WIDTH "A" (door opening)
36" 48" 60" 72" 96"

WIDTH "B" (total width)
41" 53" 65" 77" 101"

148

Pemko Door Bottoms
CONTENTS:
Automatic Door Bottoms......................................................................................................................................150 Security Door Bottoms...........................................................................................................................................155 Residential Automatic Door Bottoms...............................................................................................................155 End Plates for Automatic Door Bottoms..........................................................................................................156 Specialty Door Bottoms.........................................................................................................................................157 Eco-VTM Door Shoes....................................................................................................................................................157 Door Shoes..................................................................................................................................................................158 Thermally Broken Door Shoe................................................................................................................................160 Door Sweeps for Hollow Metal Doors...............................................................................................................161 Fabrication Options for Door Shoes...................................................................................................................161 Door Bottom Sweeps..............................................................................................................................................162 Stainless Steel Door Bottom Sweeps.................................................................................................................165 Door Top Weatherstrip...........................................................................................................................................166 Heavy Duty Door Bumper......................................................................................................................................166

INDEX:

PRODUCT

PAGE

56..................................... 167 57..................................... 167 68..................................... 170 196......................... 159, 170 209................................... 162 210................................... 162 211................................... 162 215................................... 162 216................................... 162 216_FG........................... 165 217................................... 162 220................................... 162 221................................... 164 222................................... 165 223................................... 163 225................................... 164 234................................... 162 270................................... 159 307................................... 167 308................................... 167 309................................... 167 313................................... 161 314................................... 161 315................................... 166 315SS.............................. 169 317................................... 161 318................................... 161 321................................... 166 321SS.............................. 169 343................................... 170

PRODUCT

PAGE

344................................... 170 345......................... 167, 168 346................................... 170 347................................... 170 368................................... 166 377................................... 170 405................................... 159 411................................... 157 412................................... 158 420................................... 157 430................................... 158 434................................... 157 2113................................ 163 2163................................ 163 2170................................ 161 2173................................ 163 2203................................ 163 2211................................ 164 2212................................ 164 2221................................ 164 2251................................ 164 2343................................ 163 3151................................ 166 3151SS........................... 169 3185................................ 161 3452...................... 167, 170 3692................................ 163 4131................................ 157 4301................................ 157 18061............................. 168

PRODUCT

PAGE

18100............................. 168 18137............................. 168 293100................. 166, 168 29326............................. 166 90062............................. 168 90100............................. 168 E199................................ 170 K411................................ 160 K412................................ 160 K420................................ 160 K435-PREM................... 160 K435................................ 160 K436................................ 160 K436SM.......................... 160 K437................................ 160 K437SM.......................... 160 K434................................ 160 K4133............................. 160 K4301............................. 160 SA1................................... 159 SA2................................... 159 SA3................................... 159 SA4................................... 159 EV80................................ 161

Pemko Door Bottoms

Automatic Door Bottoms
·All Pemko Automatic Door Bottoms, 24" and up, can be manufactured for field alteration. Please specify when ordering: Allow 2" for field trimming
·Overall sizes range from 12" to 72". Sizes between 12" and 23.9" will be supplied at absolute NET length and will have no room for field trimming. · 0.0625" Lead-lining available upon request; contact Pemko Customer Service for options on profiles ·Provided with end plate kits (except 420, SA, and 405V models) which include wood screws. Tek screws are available for mounting
to hollow metal doors.
Important Drop Bar Information
Drop seals of all types are designed to close a uniform size gap. Pemko drop seals can seal up to ¾" gaps (420 model can seal up to ½" gap), provided the gap is consistent. Gaps that start at less than ¾" and then grow cannot be closed. The drop seal utilizes a straight aluminum extrusion so it cannot close an inconsistent gap. Plunger extension to drop dimension is 1:1 (i.e., a ¼" extension on the plunger will equal a ¼" drop of the drop bar).
Drop-Bar Seal Actuation
The drop bar mechanism prevents the seal from skidding along the floor/threshold while the door is being closed.

150

Pemko Door Bottoms

Automatic Door Bottoms - Acoustic

·Non-handed
·Recommended gap under door is ½" for optimal acoustic performance max drop is ¾"
·Internal mechanism allows bar to accommodate slight imperfections in floor materials

·S TC411 end plate kit is K435; for doors narrower than 1-¾", specify end plate kit K411
·S TC4131 end plate kit is K4133C for Clear Anodized and K4133D for Dark Bronze Anodized

STC411_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4111 (BL) ANSI: R3G324, R3G325

9 16"
(14.3)

13 8"
(34.9)

STC4131_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4111 (BL) ANSI: R3G334, R3G335, R3G344, R3G345

19 3"2
(15)
127 3"2
(46.8)

NOTE: S TC411_PK Automatic Door Bottom is now included in PEMKOSTCSET-1 (A through E). Please see Acoustic Products section for more information.

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

151

Pemko Door Bottoms

Automatic Door Bottoms - Surface and Semi-Mortise Models

·Specify if the Automatic Door Bottom is for a semi-mortise application so that shorter screws can be provided
·Recommended gap under door is ½;" maximum drop is ¾"

·4301 end plate kit is K436 for surface mounted applications and K436SM for semi-mortised applications
·4131 end plate kit is K4133

4301_NBL
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BSP, C, D REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516062 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A334, R3A335, R3A344, R3A345

SURAFCE MOUNTED

SEMIMORTISED
125 32
(45.2)

4301_PKL
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BSP, C, D REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4304 (BL) ANSI: R3G334, R3G335, R3G344, R3G345

29 32
(23.0)
nylon brush (NB) 4301_NBL

PemkoPreneTM (PK)

4301_NBL_PDF Rev 6 - 06.19.15

4131_NBL
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BDG, BSP, C, D, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516041 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A334, R3A335, R3A344, R3A345

SURAFCE

SEMI-

MOUNTED MORTISED

127 32
(46.8)

4131_RL
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BDG, BSP, C, D, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: E7 (BL) ANSI: R3G334, R3G335, R3G344, R3G345

19 32
(15.1)
nylon brush (NB) 4131_NBL

sponge EPDM (R)

Alternate Insert For 4301

4301_RL

AVAILABLE FINISHES:

BSP, C, D

REPLACEMENT

INSERT:

E4303 (BL)

ANSI: R3G334,

R3G335,

R3G344,

R3G345

sponge EPDM (R)

Alternate Inserts For 4131
4131_PKL
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BDG, BSP, C, D, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4132 (BL) ANSI: R3G334, R3G335, R3G344, R3G345
PemkoPreneTM (PK)

4131_SL

AVAILABLE FINISHES:

BDG, BSP, C, D, SN

REPLACEMENT

INSERT:

SR6 (BL)

ANSI: R3E334,

R3E335, R3E344,

R3E345

sponge silicone (S)

All above products

152

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Door Bottoms

Automatic Door Bottoms - Full-Mortise Models

·R ecommended drop is ½"; maximum drop is ¾", except where noted ·420 is used on hollow metal doors and does not come with end

·411 and 434 end plate kit is K435. When using 411 model on doors narrower than 1 ¾", specify end plate kit K411

plates; requires a hole for the plunger to extend through in the hinge side door edge.
Alternate Inserts For 434

434_NBL

434_RL

434_PKL

AVAILABLE FINISH: A REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516062 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A324, R3A325

AVAILABLE FINISH: A REPLACEMENT INSERT: E4303 (BL) ANSI: R3G324, R3G325

AVAILABLE FINISH: A REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4304 (BL) ANSI: R3G324, R3G325

27 32
(21.4)

1 5 16
(33.3)

nylon brush (NB)
434_NBL

sponge EPDM (R)

411_NBL

411_RL

AVAILABLE FINISH: A

cturing Co. All rights reservReEd.PRLeAprCodEuMctiEoNn iTn wINhoSleEoRrTin: pPa5rt1w6it0ho4u1t th(eBeLx,prGesRs )written permission of Pemko MRanEuPfaLctAurCinEgMCoE. Nis pTroIhNibSitEeRd.T: E7 (BL)

ANSI: R3A324, R3A325

434_ANNBLS_IP:DRF3RGe3v 264- 0, 6R.139G.13525

PemkoPreneTM (PK)
Alternate Inserts For 411
411_PKL
AVAILABLE FINISH: A REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4132 (BL) ANSI: R3G324, R3G325
PemkoPreneTM (PK)
411_SL
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A REPLACEMENT INSERT: SR6 (BL) ANSI: R3E324, R3E325

nylon brush (NB)

sponge EPDM (R)

411_NBL
420_PKL
AVAILABLE FINISH: A REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G324, R3G325 ing Co. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without th·e eFxoprreshs owrliltotewn pmermeitssaiol ndoof Poermskmo MaaxniumfacutumringdCroo. ips pirsoh1/i2b"ited. ·R ecommended drop is413/18_"NBL_PDF Rev 5 - 06.19.15

PemkoPreneTM (PK)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

sponge silicone (S)
Alternate Inserts For 420
420_VL
AVAILABLE FINISH: A REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV41 (BL, GR, W)
Eco-VTM (V)
420_SL
AVAILABLE FINISH: A REPLACEMENT INSERT: S4 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G324, R3G325
silicone (S)
153

Pemko Door Bottoms

Automatic Door Bottoms - Handed Surface and Semi-Mortise Models

·These models have all the same features as the 4301 and the 4131 except that these are handed and disassembly of the mechanism is required to reverse the hand
·For easy non-handed installation, Pemko recommends using the 4301 rather than the 430, and the 4131 rather than the 412. The 4301 and 4131 are shown on page 156

·R ecommended drop is ½"; maximum drop is ¾" ·4 30 end plate kit is K437 for surface-mounted applications; end
plate kit is K437SM for semi-mortise mounted applications ·412 end plate kit is K412R1

430_RL
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D REPLACEMENT INSERT: E4303 (BL) ANSI: R3G344, R3G345

SEMIMORTISED

1 31 32
(2(4.26) 5.4)

430_MRL
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D REPLACEMENT INSERT: E4303 (BL) ANSI: R3G344, R3G345

SEMIMORTISED

31 32 (24.6)

Alternate Inserts For 430
430_PKL
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4304 (BL) ANSI: R3G334, R3G335

PemkoPreneTM (PK)

1 3 4 125 32 (45.2) (44.5)

430_MPKL

125 32

AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D

(45.2)

REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4304 (BL)

ANSI: R3G344, R3G345

spong1e5E2(2P931.0D3)62M (R)
(23.8)

29 32 (23.0)
sponge EPDM (R)

PemkoPreneTM (PK)

412_NBL
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, BSP, C, D, S REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516041 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A334, R3A335
9 16

412_RL
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, BSP, C, D, S REPLACMENT INSERT: E7 (BL) ANSI: R3G334, R3G335
99 1166

Alternate Inserts For 412
412_SL
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, BSP, C, D, S REPLACEMENT INSERT: SR6 (BL) ANSI: R3E334, R3E335

2
nylon brush (NB)
154

22
sponge EPDM (R)

sponge silicone (S)
412_PKL
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, BSP, C, D, S REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4132 (BL) ANSI: R3G334, R3G335

PemkoPreneTM (PK)

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze[Brass]) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) S (Cladded Stainless Steel)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Door Bottoms

Security Door Bottoms
· Help prevent break-ins with Pemko security door bottoms ·Great for office buildings, dormitories, hotel/motels,
multi-family housing, and other applications where break-ins from interior lever-handles are a problem

· Mounting screws and a cam are included · Order stop bar (196) and thresholds (270, 2364, etc.) separately

STC510_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 42", 48" ANSI: R3Y334, R3Y335, R3Y344, R3Y345
9 16

196_ and 270_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G

178

510 Security Door Bottom
196_ Stop Bar
270_ Saddle Threshold

Residential Automatic Door Bottoms
SA1_, SA2_, SA3_, SA4_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A (no finish selection), D AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 28", 32", 36", 42" REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV5 (BL)
· Surface type for wood doors · 1/2"maximum drop · Can be trimmed down by as much as 2" · Non-handed · End plates are not provided
Eco-VTM (V)

405_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G, PW REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV43 (BL, GR) · S pring loaded door bottom
sweep · Available in 36" length only · M ay be cut down to 24"
minimum length
Eco-VTM (V)

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

155

Pemko Door Bottoms

End Plates for Automatic Door Bottoms

·Metal end plates are provided to protect the mechanism and to give a clean, aesthetic appearance. Do not tighten with power tool
· Plunger end plate prevents the plunger adjustment from rotating

·N ecessary fasteners are provided with End Plate kits; color corresponds with case color
· All end plates are black in color

411 and STC411 End Plates Mortise

434 End Plates Mortise

4131 and STC4131 Auto Door Bottom Semi-Mortise*

4301-430 Auto Door Bottom Semi-Mortise*

412 New Style End Plates
156

510 End Plates Surface Mount

Automatic Door Bottom Kits

K411 K412R1C K412R1D K4133C K4133D K4133G

Optional Kit for 411 and STC411 Door Bottom, 13/8" Doors
Kit for new style 412 Door Bottom - Clear
Kit for new style 412 Door Bottom - Dark Bronze
Kit for 4131, STC4131, and STC510 Door Bottoms, Clear
Kit for 4131, STC4131, and STC510 Door Bottoms, Dark Bronze
Kit for 4131 Door Bottom, Bright Dip Gold

K420

Kit for 420 Door Bottom

K435 K436 K436SM

Standard Kit for 411, 434, and STC411 Door Bottom
Kit for 4301 Door Bottom (surface)
Kit for 4301 Door Bottom (semi-mortised)

K437

Kit for 430 (surface)

K437SM Kit for 430_M (semi-mortised)

K435-PREM

Special End-Support Mounting Kit for 434 (sold separately)

Pemko Door Bottoms

Specialty Door Bottoms
· May be used in many different applications. Some of these shapes may be used as meeting stile gasketing; see page 174 for examples
· Supplied Net Length (as ordered)

313_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: E1 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G416

317_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: E1 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G416
317_N in alternate position

EPDM (N)

314_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: E3 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G416
EPDM (N)

Eco-VTM Door Shoes
· Dual durometer Eco-VTM door shoe · EV80_ is furnished net 36" · Supplied Net Length (as ordered)
EV80_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: D AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36" NET

2170_V
AVAILABLE COLORS: D, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48"
Also available with unnotched insert: 2170_V36UN 2170_V48UN

1 34
(44.5)

15 16 (23.8)
9 16 (14.3)

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) Eco-V® DOORS SHOES: D (Dark Brown) W (White)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

157

Pemko Door Bottoms

Door Shoes
·Profiles on this page available with PemkoPreneTM (PK) or · Eco-VTM (V); both are the same shape and size · Slotted holes for easy adjustment · Rain drip model is ideal for deflecting rain away from the bottom of door

· Recommended compression of gasket fins is 1/16"
· Except where specified otherwise, supplied with 1/4" undercut from length ordered. Specify "NET LENGTH" to receive length as ordered.

216_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV9 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3D514
216_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK9 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G514

215_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:A, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV9 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3D514
215_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:A, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK9 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G514

210_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV9 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3D514
210_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK9 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G514

15 16
(23.8)

217_V

216_V

220_V

AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV9 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3D414

AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV9 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3D414

AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW, SN

AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D, G

REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK9 (BL, GR)

ANSI: R3G414

134
(44.5)

118
(28.6)

15 16
(23.8)
12
(12.7)

211_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV9 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3D414
211_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK9 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G414

209_V 217_V

234_V

AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV15 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3D414

AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV9 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3D414

234_PK uring Co. All rights reserv·edS. uRepprpoldiuecdtioNn inewt hLoelenogr itnhpa(rat wsitohrodutethreeedxp)ress written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.

AV2A17IL_AV_BPLDEFFRINevIS3H- 1E0S.:3A0.,12BSP, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK9 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G414

· Supplied Net Length (as ordered)

158

Pemko Door Bottoms

Door Shoes (Cont.)
· Notched-fin gaskets (where applicable) allow up to 50% free air flow
2173_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48" REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV94 (BL) ANSI: R3D414, R3D415

·Recommended compression of gasket fins is 1/16
2343_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D, G AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48" REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV94 (BL) ANSI: R3D414, R3D415
· Supplied Net Length (as ordered)

·Except where noted, supplied with 1/4" undercut from length ordered. Specify "NET LENGTH" to receive length as ordered."
3692_PK773
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48" REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK773 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G414, R3G415
· Supplied Net Length (as ordered)

17 16
(36.5)

18
(3.2)

9 16
(14.3)

Also available with unnotched insert: 2173_V36UN 2173_V48UN
2163_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D, G AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48" REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV94 (BL) ANSI: R3D514, R3D515
134
(44.5)

Also available with unnotched insert: 2343_V36UN 2343_V48UN
2203_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D, G AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48" REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV94 (BL) ANSI: R3D414, R3D415

2113_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D, G AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48" REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV94 (BL) ANSI: R3D414, R3D415

1 5 16
(33.3)

5 8
(15.9)
11 16
(17.5)

Also available wi2th163_V
unnotched insert: 2163_V36UN 2163_V48UN

Also availab2le2w0ith3_V
unnotched insert: 2203_V36UN 2203_V48UN

Also available with unnotched insert: 2113_V36UN 2113_V48UN

223_NB

ufacturing Co. All rights reseArvVedA. IRLeAprBodLuEctFioInNinISwHhoEleSoC:roAipny,priaBgrhtStw©Pit,h2Do0u1,t4GtPheemekxporMesasnwurfaitctteunripnegrmCois.sAiollnriogfhPtsemrekseorMveadn.uRfaecptruordinugctCion. isinpwrohhoilbeitoerdi.n part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.

REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516041 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A514, R3A515

2163_V_PDF Rev 1 - 10.28.14

2203_V_PDF Rev 1 - 10.28.14

· Supplied Net Length (as ordered)

134

Replacement "V" gasket for Door Shoes

(44.5)

on this page is EV94. For replacement

gasket with nothed fins, add "N" to the

end of the part number.

118
(28.6)

9 16
(14.3)

5 8
(15.9)

Example:
EV94BL-36.5 - Unnotched fins EV94BL-36.5N - Notched fins (for airflow)

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

159

Pemko Door Bottoms

Door Shoes (Cont.)
2212_PK773
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK773 (BL) ANSI: R3G416 · Combination door shoe and kick plate · Excellent Acoustic performance · Supplied Net Length (as ordered)
1 34
(44.5)

221_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV9 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3D414
221_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK9 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G414
· Combination door shoe and kick plate
· Supplied Net Length (as ordered)

2211_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV9 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3D514
2211_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK9 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G514
· Combination door shoe and kick plate with raindrip
· Supplied Net Length (as ordered)

9 16
(14.3)
s 2213_V AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV94 (BL) ANSI: R3D414 K773 (BL) · Combination door shoe and kick plate · Furnished with notched gasket as standard · Supplied Net Length (as ordered) 134 (44.5)
3
(76.2)

Thermally Broken Door Shoe
·Polypropylene thermal break (FG) prevents conductivity of hot or cold from exterior to interior. Supplied with PemkoPreneTM Seal
·Supplied Net Length (as ordered)
216_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BDC, BDG, BSP, D, PW, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK216 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3D514

11 16
(17.5)
Also avail2ab2le1w3ith_V
unnotched insert: 2213_V36UN 2213_V48UN
p company. All rights reserved. ission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
160

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDC (Bright Dip Clear) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
2213_V_PDF Rev 1 - 11.27.17
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Door Bottoms

Door Sweeps for Hollow Metal Doors
· Profiles in this section available with PemkoPreneTM (PK) or Eco-VTM (V); both are the same shape and size · Slotted holes for easy adjustment · Rain drip model is ideal for deflecting rain away from the bottom of the door

2251_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV9 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3D514
2251_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK9 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G514 · S upplied with 1/4" undercut from length
ordered. Specify "NET LENGTH" to receive length as ordered.
113 16
(46.0)
15 16
(23.8)

225_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV9 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3D414
225_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK9 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G414 · S upplied with 1/4" undercut from
length ordered. Specify "NET LENGTH" to receive length as ordered.
1 1316
(46.0)
15 16
(23.8)

2221_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV9 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3D514
2221_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV9 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G514 · Supplied Net Length (as ordered)
For hollow metal doors with inverted bottom channel.

2251_V

225_V

222_V

AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D, G

REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV9 (BL, GR)

ANSI: R3D414 mko Manufacturing Co. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whoCloepoyrriinghpta©rt 2w0it1h4oPuetmthkeoeMxparneusfsawctruitrtienng pCeor.mAlilsrsiigohntos frePseemrvkeodM. RanepurfaocdtuucrtiniognCion.wishporloehoibr iitnepda. rt without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.

222_PK

2251_V_PDF Rev 1 - 10.28.14

225_V_PDF Rev 1 - 10.28.14

AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D, G

REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK9 (BL, GR)

ANSI: R3G414

·For hollow metal doors with inverted bottom channel

· Supplied Net Length (as ordered)

Fabrication Options for Door Shoes

1/2" Full Notch

1/2" Half Notch

· Fabrication includes: removal of rain drip and front flange of door shoe to prevent interference with door stop and weatherstrip
· Ordering: order width of door leaf, and designate by adding "M" following the product number
(Example: a 216AV with a 1/2" full notch fabrication, for a 36" door leaf = 216AVM36)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.

· Fabrication includes: removal of rain drip to prevent interference with door stop and weatherstrip
· Ordering: order width of door leaf and designate by adding "N" following the product number
· Special: Other half notches available are 9/16", 5/8", and 3/4" widths, please specify when ordering
(Example: a 216AV with a 1/2" half notch fabrication, for a 36" door leaf = 216AVN36)

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDC (Bright Dip Clear Anodized) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)

161

Pemko Door Bottoms

Door Bottom Sweeps
315_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, BSP, C, D, G, PW, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: E315 (BL) ANSI: R3B434, R3B435 · Currently being redesigned as a running
change. Anodized finishes may be supplied in old style for a short time. Contact Customer Service with questions.

3151_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BSP, C, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: N9 (BL) ANSI: R3B434
1
(31.8)

1
(25.4)

321_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BSP, C, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: N8 (BL) ANSI: R3B434, R3B435

368_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BSP, C, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: N10 (BL) ANSI: R3B434, R3B435

29326_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV65 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3D434

293100_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV54 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3D434

14
(6.4)

Eco-VTM (V)

(14.3)

29326_V

door bottom Eco-VTM (V)

7 8
(22.2)
1
(25.4)

293100_V
Copyright © 2014 Pemko Manufacturing Co. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited. 29326_V_PDF Rev 1 - 07.25.14

162

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Door Bottoms

Door Bottom Sweeps (Cont.)

307_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, BSP, C, D, G, PW, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV54 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3D434

308_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, BSP, C, D, G, PW, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV65 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3D434

307_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, BSP, C, D, G, PW, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK54 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G434

308_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, BSP, C, D, G, PW, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK65 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3D434

3452_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, BSP, C, D, G, PW, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV65 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3D534
3452_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, BSP, C, D, G, PW, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK65 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G534

345_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, BSP, C, D, G, PW REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV54 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3D534
345_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, BSP, C, D, G, PW REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK54 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G534

56_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV56 (BL, GR)

57_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV57 (BL)

345_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, BDG, BSP, C, D, G, PW ANSI: R3Y936

309_P
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: P3 (BL, GR)

Eco-VTM

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

163

Pemko Door Bottoms

Door Bottom Sweeps (Cont.)

3452_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BDG, BSP, C, D, G, PW, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: P14075 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A534

345_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW REPLACEMENT INSERT: P14100 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A534

90062_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BSP, C, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516062 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A414

90100_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BSP, C, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516100 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A414
For hollow metal doors with inverted channel

18061_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BSP, C, D, G, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: P51062 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A434

18100_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BSP, C, D, G, PW REPLACEMENT INSERT: P38100 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A434

18137_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BSP, C, D, G, PW REPLACEMENT INSERT: P38137 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A434

293100_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BSP, C, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516100 (BL, GR)

164

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PD (Painted Dark Bronze) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Door Bottoms

Stainless Steel Door Bottom Sweeps

315SSN
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4 Finish) REPLACEMENT INSERT: N8 (BL) ANSI: R5B434, R5B435

315SSR
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4 Finish) REPLACEMENT INSERT: ER2 (BL) ANSI: R5G164, R5G165

14
(6.4)

door bottom

114
(31.8)
3 16
(4.8)

3151SSN
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4 Finish) REPLACEMENT INSERT: N9 (BL) ANSI: R5B434, R5B435
3 16
(4.8)

321SSN
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS REPLACEMENT INSERT: N8 (BL) ANSI: R5B165 · 430 Bright Annealed SS
15 16
(23.8)

258
(66.7)
18
(3.2)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) SS (See Individual Part)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

165

Pemko Door Bottoms

Door Top Weatherstrip
_343
AVAILABLE FINISHES: PA AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48" · For top of 13/8" wood doors

_344
AVAILABLE FINISHES: PA AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48"

346_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, PW, WSP
·Overhead rain drip with slotted holes
·Should be ordered a minimum of 4" longer than the door width

347_ 68_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G

Heavy Duty Door Bumper
· Heavy duty door bumper extruded from black EPDM (E)
·Order 196_ separately; furnished undrilled unless requested otherwise

E199_
AVAILABLE COLOR: BL

196_
AVAILABLE COLOR: A

E199_

196_

1 16

(77.8)

1 3 16
(30.2)

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PA (Painted Aluminum) PW (Painted White) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
Non-Metal Finish: BL (Black)

166

Pemko Astragals & Meeting Stiles

CONTENTS:
Astragal and Meeting Stile Gasketing - Split Astragals.................................................................................168 Split Astragals with Snap Covers Concealed Fasteners.............................................................................170 Meeting Stile Gasketing..........................................................................................................................................170 Adhesive Astragal/Meeting Stile Seals...............................................................................................................172 Adjustable Astragals.................................................................................................................................................172 "T" and Overlapping Astragals..............................................................................................................................173 Adhesive-Backed Mullion Gasketing..................................................................................................................174 Adhesive Astragal Seal.............................................................................................................................................174 Offset Security Bar and Security Astragal.........................................................................................................174 Locking Astragals.......................................................................................................................................................175 Locking Wood Astragals..........................................................................................................................................177 Outswing Locking Astragals..................................................................................................................................178

INDEX:

PRODUCT

PAGE

297................................... 172

300................................... 175

303................................... 172

305................................... 172 305SS.............................. 172

310................................... 173

311CIN........................... 173 313................................... 174

314................................... 174

316................................... 173 318................................... 173

329 ..................................172

351................................... 176 352................................... 177

354................................... 176

355................................... 177

356................................... 177

357................................... 177

PRODUCT

PAGE

358................................... 174

359................................... 177

369................................... 175

371................................... 175

372................................... 175

375................................... 177

378................................... 178

3443................................ 182

3444................................ 182

3481................................ 181

3483................................ 181

3493................................ 179

3494................................ 179

3495................................ 180

3496................................ 180

3497................................ 180

3498................................ 180

3572................................ 178

PRODUCT

PAGE

5110................................ 178

18041............................. 173

18061............................. 173

29310............................. 174

29324............................. 174

29326............................. 174

34831............................. 181

B71................................... 175

OAK349.......................... 179

FIR349............................. 179

S1125.............................. 178

Q108..................... 180, 181

S771................................ 176

S771x6........................... 176

S772................................ 176

Pemko Astragals and Meeting Stiles

Astragal and Meeting Stile Gasketing - Split Astragals

·Astragals and meeting stiles with a fire label may be mounted on pairs of doors wherein the gap meets the requirements of NFPA 80, 6.3.1.7.1 "The clearance between... the meeting edges of doors swinging in pairs on the pull side shall be 1/8" ± 1/16" (3.18mm ± 1.59mm) for steel doors and shall not exceed 1/8" (3.18mm) for wood doors"
·Order split astragals at two (2) pieces by door height per set of double doors. When ordering add "/2" to the end of the part number to specify 2 pieces (i.e. order quantity 1 each 303AS84/2 to get two lengths at 84 inches)

·Punched with slotted holes for adjustment
·Clear anodized brush products are supplied with gray brush. Painted white brush products are supplied with white brush when available, otherwise black brush is supplied. All other finishes supplied with black brush. Black brush is available for clear anodized and painted white brush products upon request.

297_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: S3 (BL, W) ANSI: R3E734, R3E735
303_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BDG, BSP, C, D, G, PW, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: S3 (BL, W) ANSI: R3E734, R3E735
305_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, B, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: E2 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G734, R3G735

Alternate Inserts For 297
297_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK47 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G734, R3G735
297_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV47 (BL, GR, W)

Alternate Inserts For 303
303_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BDG, BSP, C, D, G, PW, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK47 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G734

EPDM

303_V

AVAILABLE FINISHES:

10BE, A, BDG, BSP, C, D,

G, PW, SN, WSP

REPLACEMENT INSERT:

EV47 (BL, GR, W)

329_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, PW, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: E2 (BL, GR)
168

5 16
(7.9)

1
(25.4) EPDM

329_N

3 16
(4.8)

305SSE
AVAILABLE FINISHES: SS (#4 Finish) REPLACEMENT INSERT: E2 (BL, GR) ANSI: R5G734, R5G735

1 14
(31.8)
38
(9.5)

door face

EPDM (E)

3 16
(4.8)

door edge

1 16
(1.6)

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) Special finishes available upon request
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Astragals and Meeting Stiles

Astragal and Meeting Stile Gasketing - Split Astragals (Cont.)

316_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BDG, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: S3 (BL, W) ANSI: R3E734, R3E735

door face

18041_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, C, BSP, D, G, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516041 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A734 NOTE: Brush should mesh from 1/32" to 1/16".
18061_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, C, BSP, D, G, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516062 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A734 NOTE: Brush should mesh from 1/32" to 1/16".

door edge

Alternate Inserts For 316
316_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK47 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G734, R3G735
316_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV47 (BL, GR, W)
Alternate Inserts For 18041
18041_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: P3 (BL, GR)

310_*
311CIN
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C
· Material required for one pair of doors: 4 ea. 310 bars and 2 ea. 311CIN cloth inserted rubber pieces - Specify 311CIN3.75 for 13/4"thick doors - Specify 311CIN4.00 for 2" thick doors - Specify 311CIN4.25 for 21/4"thick doors
* Sold individually

169

Pemko Astragals and Meeting Stiles

Split Astragals with Snap Covers Concealed Fasteners

· S nap cover helps prevent vandalism and adds an attractive finished look by concealing the fasteners

· R eplacement snap cover part number is _29316. Please specify finish and length when ordering.

29310_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, C, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: S4 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3E734

Alternate Inserts For 29310
29310_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G734

29324_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, C, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516041 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A434
NOTE: Brush should mesh from 1/32" to 1/16".
29326_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, C, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516062 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A164, R3A165
NOTE: Brush should mesh from 1/32" to 1/16".

29310_P
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: P2 (BL, GR)
29310_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV41 (BL, GR, W)
Alternate Inserts For 29324
29324_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: P3 (BL, GR)

Meeting Stile Gasketing
· These products do not work well on beveled-edge pairs of doors

313_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: E1 (BL, GR) NOTE: Recommended radius is 1-7/8"

314_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: E3 (BL, GR)

358_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: E6 (BL, GR)

EPDM

170

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) Special finishes available upon request
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us
Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Astragals and Meeting Stiles

Meeting Stile Gasketing (Cont.)
· Astragals/Meeting Stiles with a fire label may be mounted on pairs of doors wherein the gap meets the requirements of NFPA 80, 2-5.4

· T hese products (except _71) do not work well on beveled-edge pairs of doors

369_P
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: P2 (BL, GR)

369_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4 (BL, GR)

369_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: S4 (BL, GR)

369_P kerfed into meeting stile application

369_P4
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: P4 (BL)

13 32
(10.3)

5 32
(4.0)

369_PK773
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK773 (BL) · Gasket only available in 36" or
49" lengths and will be spliced a continuous metal retainer

13 32
(10.3)

5 32
(4.0)

369_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV41 (BL, GR, W)

13 32
(10.3)
PemkoPreneTM (PK)

A371P (1/4" pile)
A372P (3/8" pile)
· Available in 84" and 96" lengths · Available with gray pile only · Fasten with nails or staples through
pile and backing, or use adhesive. Fasteners not supplied · Pile and backing do not separate

300_P
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, C, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: P2 (BL, GR)
· For a 3/8" gap (or smaller) between doors
· Spring-loaded from back side

A371P shown
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) B (Hemmed Spring Bronze) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) SS (Stainless Steel) Special finishes available upon request 800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

171

Pemko Astragals and Meeting Stiles

Adhesive Astragal/Meeting Stile Seals

· The S771 and S772 astragal/meeting stile seals can be installed on virtually any pair of doors where sound attenuation is required. These products seal the opening to prevent heat loss, retard the passage of smoke, and act as a weatherization product
·Excellent resistance to compression set, particularly at elevated temperatures and for extended periods of time

·Stays flexible between -58°F and 450°F with very high resistance to flex fatigue
· Maintains a low closing force
·Easy installation requires no mechanical fasteners; can be cut to size in the field

S771_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7', 8', 9', 10' ANSI: R0E754, R0E755

S772_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7', 8', 9', 10' ANSI: R0E754, R0E755

S771x6_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7', 8', 9', 10' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155, R0E754, R0E755
·Designed for hollow metal and wood meeting stile applications
·Seal begins compressing at 5/16"; compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap

5 16
(7.9)

Notes For All Adhesive Gasketing:

1
(25.4)

Storage and shelf life: All adhesive gaskets have a limited shelf life. This product must be installed within 6 months of purchase and must be stored between 50ºF and 100ºF.

For further notes/details, please see Adhesive Gasketing section.

Adjustable Astragals
·Available in 84", 96" and 120" lengths
·W hen used as split astragals on double doors, two lengths must be ordered: one for each door ·If you require split astragals in a metal to gasket configuration, you must order using part
number 351_/351_S where "S" can be any gasket designation shown in this section and "_" is your desired finish

351_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, B, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: S4 (BL, GR)
·Suface applied ·For use with square-edge or
bevel-edge doors ·351_S (et al) is one single piece;
order 351_/351_S to receive both pieces as in drawing

351_ / 351_S shown below

354_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, B, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: S4 (BL, GR)
·Fully mortised ·Designed for use with
bullnose doors ·354_S (et al) is one single
piece; order 354_/354_S to receive both pieces as in drawing

354_ / 354_S shown below

12
(12.7)

21 32
(15.1)

Alternate Inserts For 351
351_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, B, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4 (BL, GR)
351_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, B, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV41 (BL, GR, W)
351_P
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, B, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P2 (BL, GR)
Alternate Inserts For 354
354_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, B, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4 (BL, GR)
354_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, B, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV41 (BL, GR, W)
354_P
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, B, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P2 (BL, GR)

172

AVAIL3AB5L4E F_INSISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) Special finishes available upon request Gasket colors: BL (Black) C (Clear) D (Dark) GR (Gray) W (White)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us
Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Astragals and Meeting Stiles

"T" and Overlapping Astragals

359_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BDG, BSP, D, WSP · Supplied with
weatherstrip nails for installation

356_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BDG, BSP, D, PW, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV17 (BL, GR, W)
· Countersink drilling with countersunk flathead screws also available upon request at no extra charge

357_ 357_ND
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, SP, SPBSP, SPWSP, SS (#4 Finish & #4 Edge)
11 GAUGE
· "ND" denotes "no drill" (unless specified "ND", astragals are drilled)
· Standard fastener is #10 x 1" Truss Head SMS · Lead-line option available

355_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, B, BDG, BSP, C, D, G, PW, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: S4 (BL, GR)

Alternate Inserts For 355
355_ V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, B, BDG, BSP, C, D, G, PW, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV7 (BL, GR, W)

355_ P
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, B, BDG, BSP, C, D, G, PW, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P2 (BL, GR)

357_ with S88
AVAILABLE FINISHES: SP, SS (#4 Finish & #4 Edge)

355_ PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, BDG, BSP, C, D, G, PW, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK7 (BL, GR, W)

11 GAUGE

· Standard fastener is #10 x 1" Truss Head SMS · 1/4" - 20 machine screws and thru-bolts
must be ordered separately at additional cost · S88 seal must be ordered separately at an additional
cost, if required

standard fastener
375_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: ER6 (BL) ANSI: R3C634, R3C635

352_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: R8 (BL) For reverse bevel doors

with optional fastener and optional S88

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) C (Clear Anodized) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) SP (Galvannealed Steel) SPBSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Steel) SPWSP (White Suede Powder Coated Steel) SS (See Individual Part) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) Special finishes available upon request
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

173

Pemko Astragals and Meeting Stiles

Adhesive-Backed Mullion Gasketing
5110_
AVAILABLE FINISH: BL AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 120" ANSI: R0C004

Adhesive Astragal Seal

S1125 _
AVAILABLE FINISH: D

1 32

AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7, 8, 10

(0.8)

door face

18
(3.2)

1
(25.4)

Adhesive Backing

door edge

5 32 (4.0)

1
(25.4)

Offset Security Bar
· For use on single outswing wood or metal doors · Covers gap between the door and jamb for the full
door height, preventing prying and manipulation
3572_ 3572_ND
AVAILABLE FINISHES: SP, SPBSP, SPWSP, SS (#4 Finish & #4 Edge) AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 80", 84" and 96"
10 GAUGE

· 3572_ supplied drilled 12" on center with 1/4" holes; "ND" denotes "no drill"

3 16

3572PP7

(4.8)

3572PP7ND

AVAILABLE FINISHES:

AVAILABLE LENGTHS:

84"

7 GAUGE

Security Astragal
· Automatic security astragal for outswing pairs of wood and metal doors
· Discourages manipulation of panic-type hardware
·Astragal is held flush against other door by 1/2" thick cam mounted to header (cam and mounting screws included); for replacement cam order K378 kit
·A nodized aluminum with Eco-VTM seal and stainless steel operating spring
378_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV23 (BL) AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 86", 96"

· Either door may be active without requiring a coordinator · Parts can be trimmed 12" maximum from each end ·Should be mounted prior to attaching panic hardware to
eliminate the problem of interference ·M ust be installed on the inside and top of a pair of
outswing doors · Longest length available is 96"

174

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) BL (Black) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PP (Prime Painted) SP (Galvanized Steel) SS (See Individual Part) SPBSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Steel) SPWSP (White Suede Powder Coated Steel) Special finishes available upon request
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Astragals and Meeting Stiles

Locking Astragals
· W eatherstripped astragals with locking spring bolts or slide bolts for 13/4" inswing double doors
· O dd numbered astragals have economical smooth acting slide bolts. Slide bolts are 4" from the top/bottom standard; optional 18" slide bolt is available for easier access. Even numbered astragals have locking spring bolts. Both have full 3/8" diameter steel bolts with 11/16" throw. In the extended and locked position, locking spring bolts cannot be easily retracted by tampering. In the retracted position, the spring loaded bolts latch firmly, preventing marking of the floor and door header trim when opening or closing the inactive door
· S tyles 3493 thru 3498 come with a molded sponge neoprene bottom seal

· A ll feature four-way adjustable strike plate mounting for latchbolt and deadbolt
· A ll come with a Eco-VTM snap-in cover strip to conceal the cutout and cover the mounting screws
· A stragal stock lengths are 80", 84", 96" and 120"
· A standard deadbolt punchout is 3/4" x 4" at 40" on center Punchout supplied on request only
· F or non-stock astragals, specify deadbolt punchout size and center distance from top end
· S pecify handing using the handing chart on page 181 or 184

Handing Chart For Astragals
(For pages 181 thru 184)
· An astragal is handed by the hand of the active door. The hand of the active door is determined by the position of the hinges on the door, when viewed from the outside (the key side)

Slimline style with slide bolt
3493_S
REPLACEMENT INSERT: S4 (BL, GR)
3493_V
REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV41 (BL, W) AVAILABLE FINISHES: BDG, C, D, G, PW · 3493 also available with 18" slide
bolt (at additional cost) for easier access (specify "L" at the end of the product number for this option i.e. 3493_VL)
Slimline style with locking spring bolt
3494_S
REPLACEMENT INSERT: S4 (BL, GR)
3494_V
REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV41 (BL, W) AVAILABLE FINISHES: BDG, C, D, G, PW
Slimline Style

Oak Fascia OAK349-96 Fir Fascia FIR349-96
· Available in 96" length only · The fascia is attached to the
face of 3493/3494 locking metal astragals, providing a aesthetic appearance while utilizing the mechanical advantages of the locking metal astragals · The fascia is supplied unfinished to allow for custom matching

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (White) Special finishes available upon request
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

175

Pemko Astragals and Meeting Stiles

Locking Astragals
Colonial Style
Colonial style with slide bolt
3495_M
REPLACEMENT INSERT: MAG349 (D, W)
3495_Q
REPLACEMENT INSERT: Q102 (D, W) AVAILABLE FINISHES: BDG, C, D, PW · 3 495 available with 18" aluminum
bar; specify "L" at the end of product number (i.e. 3498_Q96L)
Colonial style with locking spring bolt
3496_M
REPLACEMENT INSERT: MAG349 (D, W)
3496_Q
REPLACEMENT INSERT: Q102 (D, W) AVAILABLE FINISHES: BDG, C, D, G, PW

Q108_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, W Available with Q108 insert only upon request

176

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (White) Special finishes available upon request Kerf Colors: BL (Black) W (White)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Astragals and Meeting Stiles

Locking Wood Astragals
· F ir and Oak are clear, stain grade with no knots on visible surfaces
· 3 481's are supplied with a hardware kit including: Two (2) bright brass sliding type flush bolt assemblies
3481_Q
AVAILABLE FINISHES: FIR , OAK

· ( 5/16" diameter x 1" long throw bolt) and one 1/2" thick sponge neoprene bottom seal with double faced adhesive for attachment (non-handed)
Q108_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, W 3481 available with Q108 insert only upon request

3483FB
3481FB
· F lush bolt face plates for 3483FB are 3/4" x 7". Face plates for 3481FB are 3/4" x 6"
· A 3/4" x 9/16" x 1/8" notch at the top of the door is required for the flush bolt mounting flange on 3481FB
· Flush bolt assemblies for locking wood astragals can be purchased separately

3483_ (0 flush bolts)
34831_ (1 flush bolt)
AVAILABLE FINISHES: FIR , OAK

Illustrations not to scale.

For use on 13/8" thick doors

3/8" bolt 3483FB

1/2" bolt 3481FB

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) FIR (Natural Unfinished Fir) OAK (Natural Unfinished Oak) Kerf Colors: BL (Black) W (White)

177

Pemko Astragals and Meeting Stiles

Outswing Locking Astragals
· W eatherstripped astragals with locking spring bolts or slide bolts for 13/4" outswing double doors. Slide bolts are 18" from the top/ bottom for easier access
· O dd numbered astragals have economical smooth acting slide bolts. Even numbered astragals have locking spring bolts. Both have full 3/8" diameter steel bolts with 11/16" throw for improved locking strength. In the extended and locked position, locking spring bolts cannot be easily retracted by tampering. In the retracted position, the spring loaded bolts latch firmly, thus preventing marking of the floor and door header trim when opening or closing the inactive door

· A ll come with a Eco-VTM snap-in cover strip to conceal the cutout and to cover the mounting screws
· A ll feature four-way adjustable strike plate mounting for latchbolt and deadbolt
· A ll styles come with a molded sponge neoprene bottom seal
· E ach astragal comes complete with an installation kit and detailed instructions
· S pecify punchout locations with your order
· S pecify handing using the handing chart below

Slimline Style
Slimline style with slide bolt
3443_S
REPLACEMENT INSERT: S4 (BL, GR) AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, PW 3443 available with 18" aluminum bar; specify "L" at the end of product number (i.e. 3443_S96L)

Slimline style with locking spring bolt
3444_S
REPLACEMENT INSERT: S4 (BL, GR) AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, PW
Slimline Style

178

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) PW (White)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Brush Gasketing
CONTENTS:
180° Aluminum Retainers............................................................................................................................ 180 180° Concealed Fastener Retainers........................................................................................................... 181 90° Aluminum Retainers.............................................................................................................................. 182 45° Concealed Fastener Retainers.............................................................................................................. 182 35° Aluminum Retainers.............................................................................................................................. 184 Mortise Retainers........................................................................................................................................... 184 Aluminum Retainer with Rain Drip............................................................................................................ 184 Oak Retainers................................................................................................................................................... 184 Meeting Stiles.................................................................................................................................................. 185 Automatic Door Bottoms............................................................................................................................. 186

INDEX:

PRODUCT

PAGE

345 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

411 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

434 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

3452 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

4131 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

4301 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

5025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

5041 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

5061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

5100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

18041 . . . . . . . . . 185, 189

18050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

18061 . . . . . . . . . 185, 189

18062 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

PRODUCT

PAGE

18062W . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

18100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

18100W . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

18137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

18175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

18250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

18400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

18950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

29324 . . . . . . . . . 185, 189

29326 . . . . . . . . . 185, 189

29344 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

29346 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

35041 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

35061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

PRODUCT

PAGE

45041 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

45061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

45062 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

45100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

45137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

45175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

45250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

45400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

90041 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

90062 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

90100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

90137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

293100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Pemko Brush Gasketing Astragals and Meeting Stiles

180° Aluminum Retainers

· All brush seals consist of densely compressed nylon filaments encased in a high quality aluminum retainer. These products are ideally suited for hollow metal and wood door applications. Also use Pemko's brush weatherstripping product on overhead, section, sliding, and automatic doors
· All brush seals reduce the infiltration of light, air, wind, rain, and snow; prevent heat loss; and control the penetration of smoke and fumes
· Brush remains flexible down to -40°F and has a melting point above 400°F

18137_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, PW, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P38137 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A434

18175_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P58175 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A434

· U V stable, dependable, long-lasting, cost-effective
· P unched with slotted holes for adjustment (except 35° angle types which are drilled with 1/8" hole)
· N aturally repels rodents and spiders; can be sprayed with household pest repellent for additional pest control
· 1 8950_NB does not come punched or drilled unless specified otherwise

18950_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D REPLACEMENT INSERT: P58400 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A434

18250_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P58250 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A434

18400_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P58400 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A434

180

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart)

10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum C (Clear Anodized)

D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)

Special finishes available upon request

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us

Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Pemko Brush Gasketing

180° Aluminum Retainers (Cont.)

18041_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, PW, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516041 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A134, R3A164, R3A734

18050_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, PW, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516050 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A434, R3A734
14
(6.4)

18061_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, PW, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516062 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A434, R3A734

3 4
(19.1)

18062_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, PW, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P38062 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A434

18100_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, PW, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P38100 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A434

12
(12.7)

Alternate Inserts For 18041
18041_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: P3 (BL, GR)

180° Concealed Fastener Retainers

· Aluminum snap cover conceals mounting screws to provide a clean aesthetic appearance
· Replacement snap cover is item _29316; when ordering, identify finish and length

· Cover snaps securely into place to deter vandalism

293100_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516100 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A434

29326_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516062 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A434

29324_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516041 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A434

Alternate Insert For 29324
29324_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P3 (BL, GR)

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) Special finishes available upon request
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

181

Pemko Brush Gasketing Astragals and Meeting Stiles

90° Aluminum Retainers
· Design permits use as a concealed seal for many applications · Slotted holes for easy adjustment

90041_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516041 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A164, R3A414

90062_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516062 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A164, R3A414

90100_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516100 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A414

90137_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516137 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A414

Alternate Insert For 90041
90041_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P3 (BL, GR)

45° Concealed Fastener Retainers
· Replacement snap cover is item _29316-. When ordering, identify finish and length

29344_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516041 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A164

29346_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516062 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A164

Alternate Insert For 29344
29344_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P3 (BL, GR)

182

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart)

10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum C (Clear Anodized)

D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)

Special finishes available upon request

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us

Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Pemko Brush Gasketing

45° Aluminum Retainers

· Slotted holes for easy adjustment

45061_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516062 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A164

45062_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, PW, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P38062 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A164

45100_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, PW, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P38100 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A164

45137_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, PW, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P58137 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A164

45041_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516041 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A164

Alternate Insert For 45041
45041_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P3 (BL, GR)

45175_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P58175 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A164

45250_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P58250 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A164

45400_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P58400 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A164

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) Special finishes available upon request
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

183

Pemko Brush Gasketing Astragals and Meeting Stiles

35° Aluminum Retainers
· These products have 1/8" drilled fastener holes
35041_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516041 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A164

35061_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516062 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A164

Alternate Insert For 35041
35041_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D REPLACEMENT INSERT: P3 (BL, GR)

Architectural Door Accessories

Pemko Brush Gasketing:
MMorotirsetiRseetaRineertsainers

· The ultimate design for concealed weatherstrip needs

· Can be used on doors, windows and more

5025_NB 5025_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A
WAIDVTAH:IL1A/4B" L(6E.4FImNmIS)H: A

5041_NB
AVAILABLE FINISH: A

PRROEFPILLEAHCEIEGMHTE: N1/4T"I(N6.S4EmRmT):

REPLACEMENT INSERT:

HEPIG1H4T0IN2C5LU(BDILN,GGBRR)USH: 9/16" (14.3 mmP)516041 (BL, GR)

5
7.9
A (Mill Finish Aluminum)

5061_NB
AVAILABLE FINITSIHTL:EA:

5100_NB
AVAILABLE FINISH: A

REPLACEMENTPINRESPEARRTE:D FOR:REPLACEMENT INSERT:

P516062 (BL, GR, W)

P516100 (BL, GR, W)

PREPARED BY:

DATE:

COMMENTS:

(6.4) 14
(6.4)

1
(25.4)

Alternate Insert For 5025 and 5041
5025_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A REPLACEMENT INSERT: SB14025 (BL, GR)
5041_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A REPLACEMENT INSERT: P3 (BL, GR)

Copyright © 2017, 2019, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.
Aluminum Retainer with Rain Drip
· Slotted holes for easy adjustment

345_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, G, PW REPLACEMENT INSERT: P14100 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A534

3452_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, C, D, G, PW, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: P14075 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A534

5025_SB_CUT Rev 2 - 10.07.19
Oak Retainers 36" Wide

· These products have 1/8" drilled fastener holes

18062WNB
AVAILABLE FINISH: W REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516062 (BL, GR, W)

18100WNB
AVAILABLE FINISH: W REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516100 (BL, GR)

184

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) W (Unfinished Solid Oak)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Brush Gasketing

Meeting Stiles

· Astragals and Meeting Stiles with a fire label may be mounted on pairs of doors wherein the gap meets the requirements of NFPA 80-2013, 6.3.1.7.1 "The clearance between... the meeting edges of doors swinging in pairs on the pull side shall be 1/8" ± 1/16" (3.18mm ± 1.59mm) for steel doors and shall not exceed 1/8" (3.18mm) for wood doors"

· S nap cover helps prevent vandalism and adds an attractive finished look by concealing the fasteners
· R eplacement snap cover is item _29316. When ordering, identify finish and length
· N OTE: Although drawn with a gap between the brush, when installed, these brush products SHOULD make contact. Brush should mesh from 1/32" to 1/16"

18041_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516041 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A734

29324_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516041 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A434, R3A435

Alternate Insert For 18041
18041_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P3 (BL, GR)
18061_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516062 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A734

Alternate Insert For 29324
29324_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P3 (BL, GR)
29326_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516062 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A764, R3A765

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

185

Pemko Brush Gasketing Astragals and Meeting Stiles

Automatic Door Bottoms
· When ordering 4131 or 4301, specify if the automatic door bottom is for a semi-mortise application so that shorter screws can be provided
411_NBL
AVAILABLE FINISH: A REPLACEMENT INSERT: P14075BL (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A324, R3A325

434_NBL
AVAILABLE FINISH: A REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516075BL (BL) ANSI: R3A324, R3A325
27 32
(21.4)
1 5 16
(33.3)

4131_NBL
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BDG, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P14075BL (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A334, R3A335, R3A344, R3A345

4301_N4B3L 4_NBL
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516075BL (BL) ANSI: R3A334, R3A335, R3A344, R3A345

SURFACE

SEMI-

MOUNTED MORTISED

SURFACE MOUNTED

SEMIMORTISED

434_NBL_PDF Re

127 32
(46.8)

125 32
(45.2)

19 32
(15.1)
186

29 32
(23.0)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Perimeter Gasketing
CONTENTS:
Standard Perimeter Gasketing.............................................................................................................................188 Stainless Steel Perimeter Gasketing...................................................................................................................192 Adjustable Jamb Gasketing....................................................................................................................................193 Heavy Duty Interlock Perimeter Gasketing......................................................................................................193 Heavy Duty Perimeter Gasketing - Head Section..........................................................................................194 Heavy Duty Perimeter Gasketing - Standard Jamb.......................................................................................195 Snap Cover Perimeter Gasketing With Concealed Fasteners....................................................................196 Kerf-In Weatherstrip - Foam, Silicone................................................................................................................197 Kerf-In Weatherstrip - Thermoplastic, Magnetic ..........................................................................................198 Adhesive Perimeter Gasketing.............................................................................................................................198 MicroShield® Antimicrobial Adhesive Gasketing..........................................................................................199 Interlock Weatherstrip For Wood Doors and Wood Windows................................................................200 Cushion/Spring Weatherstrip...............................................................................................................................201 Fasteners for Cushion, Spring and Interlock Weatherstrip.........................................................................201

INDEX:

PRODUCT

PAGE

2P..................................... 204

4C..................................... 204

4P..................................... 204

6C..................................... 204

10..................................... 204

30..................................... 204

41M................................. 204

43..................................... 204

70C-100......................... 205

70D-100........................ 205

70E-100.......................... 205

70F-100.......................... 205

71..................................... 205

73..................................... 205

74..................................... 205

75..................................... 205

285................................... 194

290................................... 199

294................................... 195

296................................... 194

297................................... 192

303................................... 192

305................................... 193

305SS.............................. 196

306................................... 195

309................................... 195

312................................... 194

315................................... 194

PRODUCT

PAGE

315SS.............................. 196

3151................................ 194

316................................... 192

319................................... 193

319SS.............................. 196

322................................... 197

329................................... 193

330................................... 194

331................................... 204

332................................... 193

335................................... 197

336................................... 197

350................................... 197

375................................... 195

379................................... 197

2815_M.......................... 202

2891................................ 198

2892................................ 198

2893................................ 198

28945............................. 198

2902................................ 199

2903................................ 199

29045............................. 199

29310............................. 200

29313............................. 200

29321............................. 200

29326............................. 200

29344............................. 200

PRODUCT

PAGE

29346............................. 200

AM44.............................. 203

AM88.............................. 203 MAG349......................... 202

NL1634........................... 205

NL1678........................... 205 NL13516........................ 205

P50................................... 202

P51B17........................... 205 PK33................................ 203

PK52................................ 202

PK55................................ 203 Q102............................... 201

Q103............................... 201

Q106............................... 201 Q107............................... 201

Q108............................... 201

S44................................... 202 S442................................ 203

S52................................... 201

S77................................... 203 S88................................... 202

S104................................ 201

S105................................ 201 S109................................ 201

S771x6........................... 203

S773................................ 202 S776................................ 203

p e ri m e te r g a sk e ti n g Pemko Perimeter Gasketing

Standard Perimeter Gasketing

· Rigid jamb weatherstrip shown mounted on openings with 1/16" gaps; however, each weatherstrip can seal gaps up to the depth of its seal. Seal depth provided on each illustration (example: the 303 has a 1/4" seal; therefore, it can seal up to a 1/4" gap)

· P unched on 6" centers with slotted holes for adjustment. Models 294, 303, and 306 are available with self-adhesive two-sided tape (TST) and tek screws (3 slotted holes per part) for easy installation. To obtain this option, add "TST" to the end of the part when ordering (example: 303AVTST)

303_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BDG, BSP, C, D, G, PW, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: S3 (BL, W) ANSI: R3E164, R3E165

303_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BDG, BSP, C, D, G, PW, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK47 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G164

303_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BDG, BSP, C, D, G, PW, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV47 (BL, GR, W)

PemkoPreneTM

Eco-VTM

316_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BDG, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: S3 (BL, W) ANSI: R3E164, R3E165

316_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BDG, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK47 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G164, R3G165

316_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BDG, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV47 (BL, GR, W)
Eco-VTM

297_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: S3 (BL, W) ANSI: R3E164, R3E165

297_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK47 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G164, R3G165
PemkoPreneTM

297_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV47 (BL, GR, W)
Eco-VTM

188

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Perimeter Gasketing

Standard Perimeter Gasketing (Cont.)

305_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, B, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: E2 (BL, GR) ANSI (alum): R3G164, R3G165 ANSI (brass): R1G164, R1G165

305_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, B, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: ER1 (BL) ANSI (alum): R3G164, R3G165 ANSI (brass): R1G164, R1G165

EPDM (N)

3 16
(4.8)

sponge
EPDM (N)

305_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, B, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: SR1 (BL) ANSI: R3E164, R3E165

319_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: E11 (BL) ANSI: R3G164, R3G165

319_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: ER1 (BL) ANSI: R3G164, R3G165

319_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: SR1 (BL) ANSI: R3E165

329_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: E2 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G164, R3G165

EPDM (N)

5 16
(7.9)

1
(25.4)

316
(4.8)

332_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: ER1 (BL) ANSI: R3G164, R3G165

332_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: SR1 (BL) ANSI: R3E164, R3E165

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

189

p e ri m e te r g a sk e ti n g Pemko Perimeter Gasketing

Standard Perimeter Gasketing (Cont.)

312_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: ER9BL (BL) ANSI (alum): R3G164, R3G165

315_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, B, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: ER9BL (BL) ANSI (alum): R3G164, R3G165
· Please consult website for
correct 315BR profile.

jamb

14
(6.4)

3 4

(6.4)

(19.1)

sponge EPDM (R)
14
(6.4)

14
(6.4)
1
(25.4)

296_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: SR6 (BL) ANSI (alum): R3E164, R3E165

296_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4132 (BL) ANSI (alum): R3G164, R3G165

3151_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: ER2 (BL) ANSI (alum): R3G164

sponge neoprene (R)
3 16
(4.8)

1
(31.8)

296_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: E7 (BL) ANSI (alum): R3G164, R3G165

330_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV61 (BL, GR)
Eco-VTM

285_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4304 (BL) ANSI (alum): R3G164, R3G165

285_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: E4303 (BL) ANSI (alum): R3G166

17 32
(13.5)

1
(25.4)

21 32
(16.7)

9 16
(14.3)

1
(25.4)

21 32
(16.7)

190

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Perimeter Gasketing

Standard Perimeter Gasketing (Cont.)

306_Q
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, PW, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: Q103 (D, W) ·Minimum space between the door face and
the stop is 3/16"; maximum space is 5/16"
·Note insert color when ordering: Dark Brown (D) or White (W)

306_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV59 (BL, GR, W)

309_P
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P3 (BL, GR)
·Minimum space between the door
face and the stop is 3/16"; maximum
space is 5/16"

Eco-VTM

375_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, B, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: ER6 (BL) ANSI (alum): R3C164, R3C165

294_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV60 (GR)
Eco-VTM

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

191

p e ri m e te r g a sk e ti n g Pemko Perimeter Gasketing

Stainless Steel Perimeter Gasketing
· Stainless Steel is a tough and durable material that tolerates exposure to chemicals and heavy use
· Manufactured from 430 Stainless Steel

· Easy to clean to meet sanitary requirements · Long lasting with low cost of ownership

305SSE
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4 Finish) REPLACEMENT INSERT: E2 (BL, GR) ANSI: R5G164, R5G165
14
(31.8)
EPDM (E)

305SSR
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4 Finish) REPLACEMENT INSERT: ER1 (BL) ANSI: R5G164, R5G165

1 18
(28.6)

3 16
(4.8)

305SSS
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4 Finish) REPLACEMENT INSERT: SR1 (BL) ANSI: R5E164, R5E165

3 16
(4.8)

14
(6.4)

(9.5)

315SSR
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4 Finish) REPLACEMENT INSERT: ER2 (BL) ANSI: R5G164, R5G165

319SSN
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4 Finish) REPLACEMENT INSERT: E11 (BL) ANSI: R5G164, R5G165

192

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) SS (See Individual Part)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Perimeter Gasketing

Adjustable Jamb Gasketing
· Adjustable jamb gasketing is shown mounted on openings with 1/16" gaps; however, each weatherstrip can seal gaps up to 1/4"

· A djustable jamb weatherstrip can adjust 3/16" out from the position illustrated

379_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: SR6 (BL) ANSI: R3E264, R3E265

379_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4132 (BL) ANSI: R3G264, R3G265

379_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: E7 (BL) ANSI: R3G264, R3G265

322_SPK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK121 (BL)

350_SPK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4304 (BL) ANSI: R3G164, R3G165

350_SR
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: E4303 (BL) ANSI: R3G164, R3G165

13 16

(20.6)

1 5 16
(33.3)

13 16

(20.6)

1 5 16
(33.3)

Heavy Duty Interlock Perimeter Gasketing

335_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

336_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

NOTE: Diagram consists of two parts, each sold separately.

1 5 16
(33.3)

13 16
(20.6)

LATCH SIDE

HINGE SIDE

335_R applied to jamb; 336_ applied to door.
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

193

p e ri m e te r g a sk e ti n g Pemko Perimeter Gasketing

Heavy Duty Perimeter Gasketing - Head Section

· For the head section of the frame where a parallel arm closer bracket or other hardware is required. Supplied undrilled (36") or drilled (80" and above) and supplied with sheet metal screws for mounting

· If used as a stop, flat head machine screws can be provided upon request and take a countersunk #10 hole. Pemko will drill the head member only if drilling instructions for countersink holes are provided

· All gasketing shown below is sold individually

2891_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK47 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G164, R3G165

2891_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: S3 (BL, W) ANSI: R3E164, R3E165

2891_PK
1 per door
standard

290_PK
2 per door
standard

28945_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P14050 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A164, R3A165
14
(6.4)
1 12
(38.1)

2891_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV47 (BL, GR, W)
Eco-VTM

When ordering a head section such as 2891_PK, two corresponding side sections (i.e. 290_PK) should also be ordered for the latch and hinge sides of the frame.

2892_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV59 (BL, GR, W)
Eco-VTM

2893_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV60 (GR)
Eco-VTM

194

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) Special finishes available upon request
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Perimeter Gasketing

Heavy Duty Perimeter Gasketing - Standard Jamb

· All gasketing shown below is sold individually

290_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK47 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G164, R3G165

29045_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P14050 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A164, R3A165

Alternate Inserts For 290
290_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: S3 (BL, W) ANSI: R3E164, R3E165

290_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV47 (BL, GR, W)

Eco-VTM

2902_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV59 (BL, GR, W)
Eco-VTM

2903_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV60 (GR)
Eco-VTM

2891_PK
1 per door standard
290_PK
2 per door standard
When ordering a head section such as 2891_PK, two corresponding side sections (i.e. 290_PK) should also be ordered for the latch and hinge sides of the frame.

Perimeter Gasket Jamb Brackets

· For use with standard perimeter gasket profiles when opening utilizes a parallel arm closer

· Furnished in paintable galvannealed steel (SP) or gray prime coat (G); available in powder coated finishes

· Mount perimeter gasket first, then bracket over the profile. Closer bracket will mount to face of bracket.

· Supplied in 6" lengths

BKT050_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, SP, G, WSP

BKT075_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, SP, G, WSP

BKT1532_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, SP, G, WSP

12
(12.7)

18
(3.2)
11 16
(17.5)

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.

158
(41.3)
1 1 16
(27.0)

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE

(see General Information section for finish chart)

10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)

D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)

1 5 16
(33.3)

15 16
(23.8)

3 16
(4.8)

AVAILABLE BRACKET FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE G (Gray Prime Painted Steel) SP (Galvanized Steel)

195

p e ri m e te r g a sk e ti n g Pemko Perimeter Gasketing

Snap Cover Perimeter Gasketing With Concealed Fasteners

· Low-profile snap cover conceals mounting screws to provide security and a clean aesthetic appearance
· Cover snaps securely in place to deter vandalism

·All clear anodized brush products are supplied with gray brush (black brush available upon request)

29310_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV41 (BL, GR, W)

29310_P
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P2 (BL, GR)

29310_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: S4 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3E164, R3E165

Eco-VTM

3 16
(4.8)

29310_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3G164, R3G165

29313_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK588 (BL)

29321_TF
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: FS9 (BL)

PemkoPreneTM (PK)
3 16
(4.8)

door face

29326_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516062 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A164, R3A165
jamb door edge
stop
nylon brush (NB)

29344_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516041 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A164

29346_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: P516062 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3A164

196

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Perimeter Gasketing

Updated Nov. 2015

Kerf-In Weatherstrip
Foam
· P emko's "Q" foam kerf-in weatherstrip is constructed from soft cell foam enclosed by an embossed, tear-resistant, low-friction, UV-stable polyethylene cover

· Includes rigid PVC insert with extended flange for fast and easy kerf installation

Q102_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 85", 97", 121" Minimum space between the door face and the stop is 5/16"; maximum space is 1/2"

Q103_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 85", 97", 121" Minimum space between the door face and the stop is 3/16"; maximum space is 5/16"

Q106_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: D, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 85", 97", 121" Minimum space between the door face and the stop is 5/16"; maximum space is 1/2"

Q107_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, W Minimum space between the door face and the stop is 1/8"; maximum space is 7/16" Sold per foot (specify length)

Q108_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, W Minimum space between the door face and the stop is 1/8"; maximum space is 1/2" Sold per foot (specify length)

Silicone
· Extruded from platinum cross-linked silicon · Self-extinguishing and non-toxic · Unaffected by sunlight, ozone, and ultraviolet rays

S104_100
AVAILABLE FINISHES: D, W ANSI: R0E156 Minimum space between the door face and the stop is 1/16"; maximum space is 1/4"

S109_100
AVAILABLE FINISHES: D, W ANSI: R0E156 Minimum space between the door face and the stop is 1/16"; maximum space is 5/16"

· Impervious to fungus and mildew; will not deteriorate under normal exposure
· Available in 100ft lengths

S105_100
AVAILABLE FINISHES: D, W ANSI: R0E156 Minimum space between the door face and the stop is 1/16"; maximum space is 3/8"

S52_ 100
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, W ANSI: R0E154 Minimum space between the door face and the stop is 1/16"; maximum space is 3/8"

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) BL (Black) D (Dark Brown) W (White)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

197

Pemko Perimeter Gasketing

Kerf-In Weatherstrip (Cont.)

PK52_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, W ANSI: R0G154 AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 18', 20', 300' ·Minimum space between the door face and
the stop is 1/16"; maximum space is 3/8"

P50_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 25', 250' ·Minimum space between the door face and
the stop is 1/16"; maximum space is 5/16". ·Thermoplastic elastomer formulation will
not transmigrate; remains flexible to -60° F

MAG349_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: D, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 37", 85", 96", 121" ·Minimum space between the door face
and the stop is 3/8"; maximum space is 7/16" ·Magnetic kerf-in weatherstrip features a magnetic strip encased by a UV-stable TPE cover ·Use for steel-faced door and wood frame applications ·Can be trimmed in the field and corner-mitered

Magnetic Kerf-In Weatherstrip
2815_M
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G REPLACEMENT INSERT: 2815MAG

Adhesive Perimeter Gasketing

For more information on these perimeter gasketing products, please see the Adhesive Gasketing section.

S773_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, GR, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30', 250', 500' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155 ·Triple-fin design blocks light and sound from
infiltrating a room ·Product designed as hospitality gasketing
(see more hospitality products in the Hospitality Products section) ·Seal begins compressing at 3/8"; compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap

S88_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, TAN, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30', 204', 510' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155 ·Seal begins compressing at 1/4";
compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap ·Available with perforations for
Behavioral Health applications. Substitute "P" in place of "S" to order this option.

S44_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30', 204', 510' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155 · Designed for tighter frames. ·Demonstrates extremely low
closing force. ·Seal begins compressing at 5/16";
compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap ·Available with perforations for
Behavioral Health applications. Substitute "P" in place of "S" to order this option.

198

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) Adhesive Gasketing Colors: BL (Black) C (Clear) D (Dark Brown) GR (Light Gray) TAN (Tan) W (White)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Perimeter Gasketing

Adhesive Perimeter Gasketing (Cont.)
For more information on these perimeter gasketing products, please see the Adhesive Gasketing section.

S442_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30', 510' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155 · Fits flush into corner ·Seal begins compressing at 5/16";
compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap

S776_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155 ·Designed for hollow metal and wood
meeting stile applications ·Seal begins compressing at 3/8";
compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap

1 4

(6.4)

3 8

(9.5)

S771x6_
AVAILABLE FINISH: BL AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7', 8', 10', 17', 18', 20', 21', 25' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155 ·Designed for hollow metal and wood
meeting stile applications ·Seal begins compressing at 5/16";
compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap

1"
(25.4)

S77_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, BL, D, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155 ·Designed for hollow metal and wood meet-
ing stile applications. ·Seal begins compressing at 5/16";
compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap

PK33_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30', 510' ANSI: R0G154, R0G155 ·Designed for tighter frames. · Demonstrates extremely low closing force. ·Seal begins compressing at 3/16"; compresses
to seal up to a 1/16" gap

PK55_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30', 510' ANSI: R0G154, R0G155 · Designed for tighter frames. ·Demonstrates extremely low
closing force. ·Seal begins compressing at 3/16";
compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap

MicroShield® Antimicrobial Adhesive Gasketing

AM44_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30', 510' ANSI: R8E154, R0E155

AM88_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30', 510' ANSI: R8E154, R0E155

NOTES FOR ALL ADHESIVE GASKETING:
Storage and shelf life: All adhesive gaskets have a limited shelf life. This product must be installed within 6 months of purchase and must be stored between 50ºF and 100ºF. For further notes/details, please see Adhesive Gasketing section.

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) Adhesive Gasketing Colors: BL (Black) C (Clear) D (Dark Brown) GR (Light Gray) W (White)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

199

Pemko Perimeter Gasketing

Interlock Weatherstrip For Wood Doors

· Fasteners available at additional cost
Liner Strip
· Made from .008" spring bronze (B)

Lock Strip
· Made from .008" spring bronze (B)

_30
AVAILABLE FINISH: B AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 96"

_331
AVAILABLE FINISH: B AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 6", 96"

"L" Metal
·Bronze or zinc-plated wafer head drive screws available for _41M (sold separately)

_41M
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, Z AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 96"

_43
AVAILABLE FINISH: B AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 96"

Interlock Weatherstrip For Wood Windows

Corrugated Rib Strips
·Corrugated rib strips are made from .015" spring bronze (B) or .0172" galvannealed steel (Z) _4C and _6C are only available in 96" lengths

_4C (13/8" width)
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, Z

_6C (17/8" width)
AVAILABLE FINISH: Z

Flat Hooks
·_10 Flat hooks are made from .026" spring bronze (B) or .0172" galvannealed steel (Z)
_10
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, Z AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 96"

_4C (13/8" width) shown above; also available in _6C (17/8" width) in galvannealed steel (Z) only

Plain Rib Strips
·Plain rib strips are made from .015" spring bronze (B) or .0172" galvannealed steel (Z)

_2P (1" width)
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, Z

_4P (13/8" width)
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, Z

_2P (1" width) shown at left; also available in _4P (13/8" width). _2P and _4P available in 96" lengths only

200

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) B (Bronze) Z (Galvannealed Steel)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Perimeter Gasketing

Cushion/Spring Weatherstrip for Wood or Metal Doors and Windows

Spring Bronze - Wood Doors/Windows
· Spring bronze weatherstrip fits wood doors and wood casement
windows

· Made from .008" hemmed spring bronze/brass (B) · Nails should be approximately 11/2" on center (sold separately)

_70C-100
AVAILABLE FINISH: B AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 100'

_70D-100
AVAILABLE FINISH: B AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 100'

_70E-100
AVAILABLE FINISH: B AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 100'

_70F-100
AVAILABLE FINISH: B AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 100'

P51B17
P51B17 is 17 feet of _70C Packaged with nails

Cushion ("V") - Wood or Metal Doors

· Cushion weatherstrip fits wood or metal doors · Made from .008" hemmed spring bronze/brass (B)

· Nails should be approximately 3" on center (sold separately) · Gap coverage is 1/8" minimum to 3/16" maximum

_73
AVAILABLE FINISH: B AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 96"

_74
AVAILABLE FINISH: B AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 96"

_75
AVAILABLE FINISH: B AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 96"

Fasteners for Cushion, Spring and Interlock Weatherstrip
· Fasteners for cushion, spring, and interlock weatherstrip are sold separately unless otherwise specified
NL1678_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, BP, Z For Wood: #16 x 7/8" flat head nail
NL1634_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BB, SS For Wood: #16 x 3/4" flat head nail

NL13516_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BP, Z For Metal: #13 x 5/16" wafer head drive screw

201

Pemko Adhesive Gasketing
CONTENTS:
SiliconSeal Adhesive-Backed Fire/Smoke Gasketing.............................................................................. 204 PemkoPrene® Adhesive-Backed Fire/Smoke Gasketing........................................................................ 205 SiliconSeal Adhesive-Backed Meeting Stile Gasketing.......................................................................... 205 MicroShield® Antimicrobial Gasketing...................................................................................................... 206 Hot Smoke Seal/SiliconSeal Combination Fire/Smoke Sealing........................................................... 206

INDEX:

PRODUCT

PAGE

AM44.............................. 210

AM88.............................. 210

HSS1000........................ 210 HSS2000........................ 210

HSS2000xS44.............. 210

HSS2000xS88.............. 210 PK33................................ 209

PK55................................ 209

S44................................... 208

PRODUCT

PAGE

S442................................ 208

S77................................... 208

S88................................... 208

S771................................ 209

S771x6........................... 209

S772................................ 209

S773................................ 208

S776................................ 208

Pemko Adhesive Gasketing

SiliconSeal Adhesive-Backed Fire/Smoke Gasketing

· SiliconSeal is extruded from high-temperature silicone; effective between -58°F and 450°F
·Self-extinguishing and non-toxic; unaffected by sunlight, ozone, and ultraviolet rays
· Impervious to fungus and mildew; will not deteriorate under normal exposure
· M eets FAR 25.853 Airworthiness Standards for Compartment Interiors

Hinge Jamb Header

Strike Jamb

Application is acceptable anywhere along jamb face **S44 shown, but application detail applies to PK33, PK55, S442, S77, S88, S773, and S776 also.

S44_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18' 20', 21', 25', 30', 204', 510' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155 · Designed for tighter frames
· Demonstrates extremely low closing force
· Seal begins compressing at 5/16"; compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap

S442_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30', 510' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155 · Fits flush into corner
· Seal begins compressing at 5/16"; compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap in either direction

S77_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30', 204', 500' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155 · D esigned for hollow metal and wood
meeting stile applications
· S eal begins compressing at 5/16"; compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap

S88_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, TAN, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30', 204', 510' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155
· Seal begins compressing at 1/4";
compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap

S773_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30', 250', 500' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155 · Triple-fin design effectively blocks light
and sound from infiltrating a room
· Seal begins compressing at 3/8"; compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap

S776_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155 · D esigned for hollow metal and
wood meeting stile applications
· S eal begins compressing at 3/8"; compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap

204

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) BL (Black) C (Clear) D (Dark Brown) GR (Light Gray) TAN (Tan) W (White)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Adhesive Gasketing

PemkoPrene® Adhesive-Backed Fire/Smoke Gasketing

PK33_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30', 510' ANSI: R0G154, R0G155 · Designed for tighter frames
· Demonstrates extremely low closing force
· Seal begins compressing at 3/16"; compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap

PK55_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30', 510' ANSI: R0G154, R0G155 · Designed for tighter frames
· Demonstrates extremely low closing force
· Seal begins compressing at 3/16"; compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap

SiliconSeal Adhesive-Backed Meeting Stile Gasketing

· Excellent resistance to compression set, particularly at elevated temperatures and for extended periods of time
· Outstanding ozone resistance rating
· Smoke tested in accordance with UL1784-01; meets the requirements of NFPA 105 "Standard for the Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives"

Single Acting Door

S771_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7', 8', 9', 10' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155, R0E754, R0E755

Double Acting Door

Gasket may be applied to either the active or inactive door leaf. NOTE: detail is for S771, S771x6, and S772

S771x6_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL AVAILABLE LENGTHS:7', 8', 9', 10' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155, R0E754, R0E755 · Designed for hollow metal and wood meeting
stile applications
· Seal begins compressing at 5/16"; compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap

S772_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7', 8', 9, 10' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155, R0E754, R0E755

5 16
(7.9)

1
(25.4)

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) BL (Black) C (Clear) D (Dark Brown) GR (Light Gray) W (White)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

205

Pemko Adhesive Gasketing

MicroShield® Antimicrobial Gasketing

· Extruded from high-temperature silicone with MicroShield®, a silver-based antimicrobial additive
· Effective between -58ºF and 450ºF · Adhesive Backed

· Self-extinguishing and non-toxic · U naffected by sunlight, ozone and ultraviolet rays · Exceeds the requirements for Antimicrobial
Test JIS-Z-2801

AM44_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30', 510' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155

AM88_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30', 510' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155

MicroShield® As part of their promise to provide innovative solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer the MicroShield® technology, a silver-based antimicrobial additive designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria.
MicroShield® is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company.

Hot Smoke Seal/SiliconSeal Combination Fire/Smoke Sealing

· Chemically inert, highly stable, expandable graphite strip
· Tested and proven in positive pressure conditions to withstand both hot smoke and hot gasses, resulting in longer integrity of the door assembly
· More economical to use than specially modified doors in "tested assembly only" classifications

· H ot Smoke Seal can be painted to blend in with the finish of a frame
· W ill not degrade from carbon dioxide and ozone like many competitive intumescents from other manufacturers
· U naffected by moisture and will not break down like fiber-based or cellulose-based products

HSS1000_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: Graphite (no finish code), W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7', 8',10',18', 21', 24' ANSI: R0P124
Non-adhesive backed (mortise applied) intumescent.
HSS2000_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: Graphite (no finish code), W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7', 8', 10', 18', 21', 24' ANSI: R0P154
Adhesive backed (surface applied) intumescent.

HSS2000xS44_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 18', 20', 21', 24' 20' lengths can be supplied in 4-0 x 8-0 or 6-0 x 7-0. Specify when ordering ANSI: R0U154, R0U155
· Compresses to seal a gap up to 1/8"

Notes For All Adhesive Gasketing:
Storage and shelf life: All adhesive gaskets have a limited shelf life. This product must be installed within 6 months of purchase and must be stored between 50ºF and 100ºF. Before installing: Thoroughly clean the frame to remove grease, dust or cleanser build-up (cleansing towelettes are included with product). Painted frame surface must be completely dry. Some hospital environments have wax or anti-bacterial cleanser build-up. As an alternative or substitute cleanser, use isopropyl (rubbing) alcohol. Note: Mineral spirits or other petroleum based cleaning products should NOT be used.
HSS2000xS88_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, TAN, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 18', 20', 21', 24' 20' lengths can be supplied in 4-0 x 8-0 or 6-0 x 7-0. Specify when ordering ANSI: R0U154, R0U155
· Compresses to seal a gap up to 1/8"

206

Pemko Hospitality Products
CONTENTS:
Privacy Door Latch, Bracket and Decals.................................................................................................... 208 SiliconSeal Adhesive Gasketing................................................................................................................... 209 Automatic Door Bottoms: PDB Series....................................................................................................... 210 Door Shoes....................................................................................................................................................... 210 Automatic Door Bottoms............................................................................................................................. 211 Eco-VTM Thresholds......................................................................................................................................... 212 Adjustable-Width Eco-VTM Threshold........................................................................................................ 213 Carpet Separators........................................................................................................................................... 214 Acoustic Adhesive Corner Pads................................................................................................................... 214 Stainless Steel Sliding Track Hardware System........................................................................................ 215 Simultaneous Acting Sliding Door System............................................................................................... 216 SHS80 System.................................................................................................................................................. 217 Bypass Track Series......................................................................................................................................... 218

INDEX:

PRODUCT

PAGE

174................................... 218

2113................................ 214 2163................................ 214

2173................................ 214

2212................................ 214 2343................................ 214

236................................... 218

2364................................ 218 2366................................ 218

3692................................ 214

411................................... 215 4131................................ 215

ACP112........................... 218

ADJ232V14................... 217

ADJ232x2325V8......... 217

ADJ232V8...................... 217

EV232.............................. 216

EV2320........................... 216

EV2322........................... 216 EV2325........................... 216

PRODUCT

PAGE

EV2326........................... 216

HBP200A....................... 222

PDB411.......................... 214

PDB4131........................ 214

PDL................................... 212

PDLBRKT........................ 212

PDL-D1............................ 212

PDL-D2............................ 212

S44................................... 213

S442................................ 213

S771................................ 213

S771x6........................... 213

S772................................ 213

S773................................ 213

S776................................ 213

S88................................... 213

SHS80............................. 221

SIM150........................... 220

W60................................. 219

essories

Pemko Hospitality Products

pec ct ReferPernivcaecyTDecohor-SLpatecch
· Easy to install, simple to operate
· ADA Compliant

PDLAA_

AVAILABLE COLORS:

PDLAA26

Polished Chrome

PDLAA26D/15 P olished Chrome/

Satin Nickel

PDLAA3

Polished Brass

PDLAA4 PDLAABSP

Brushed Brass Black Suede

· Enhances room privacy

· UL Classified as a fire door accessory
Product Test

Ratings:

Product Test

Ratings:

ccessory

See Product Testing

esdt zCinhcr)ome),

section for more

information.

cBkraSsuse)d, 4e)(Satin Brass), 26 (Polished Chrome),

tin Chrome/Satin Nickel), BSP (Black Suede)

1 mm) x 2-3/4" (69.9 mm)

See Product Testing section for more information.

5.6 mm)

Privacy Door Latch Bracket
wCoArkloincagtidoanyss.·(oDrelseigsnse)d for Timely or Redi-Frame frames with snap on trim

hips from Mem·pBhriasc,kTeNt aallnowdsVPeDnLttuorbae, CinAstlaolcleadtiionnths.e correct position for proper operation

·Custom powder coat options available.

;YCearl-sRforoymal HpuPDrcLh2a5s8e;dPaDteQ; 579

HUSTIS: #HSEAETL; NGPPD: SLDBGR;KHTa_ger: 227D; Cal-Royal HPDL258; PDQ; 579

AVAILABLE COLORS:

WINGS, PROFPIaLinEtaDblRe AGaWlvaInNnGeaSlead n(bdlanCkU) T SHEET

websitBSetlaacink

Suede (BSP) Bronze (10BE)

White Suede (WSP)

1 " - 11/16

2-1 / 4 "

2010 (Amended) and ANSI A117.1-2009 for:

Privacy Door Latch Decals ½oqdeNDAOrf"ue/iooovocvtierneetprseirsr-eoctamSthrhnnilkacleaoeitrahdnntierlnee/gtrsrPigseqeuigesqoulfheim·tonufitirnnrUAikeeicrgsosoeSmleeentTimdmnveeoMatnoaoogttrDircsMrsoeeoelino2vetaptehf0ehtbrreaA4taeehsrnD7nosintti,l¼Ah5shegUtsAlae"abLblnGeanrse4fen-½ctov12qdeoef"00un/lsooe,1idurpard0oernecofmw(adrhrAaciaaeFttmennnheidngtdeagfsenerasofrdimlonafoerleApdecSfSlee)rpeoTaoevmMnacfdtio1fDilio:dAc2n2asNt0tbySi4oleIe7nAidn,s1ogUPo1Lbr-7Fle4a.-1vt1c-e0h2l.e,0Pad0enr9wdfiFotherd:aesrlaolpSepoecf i1fi:c2ations P-F-
04C30PCosfiotirvheiPgrhesNfitsrFaeuPtAorie8cp0eFcnhioironelgefTfrsieacmtsiitenusgsntotffiorDsftfobroeicrftiliAloesdnsewrmeitshbullikiteeinsmgaanitnedraiCalslialnisposrirfdeieesridstotaamsnaacientsauinrtfhaece

UL10B Standa·rdMFaidreefrToemstsstaabnled, mUaLr1-r0eCsisPtaonstiptilvasetiPcressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies and Classified as a

ous Fire Door·AScucbe-ssusrofarcye screen printing so verbiage will not be affected by gentle
cleaning/dusting

PDL-D1

PDL-D2

oduction in whole oup, Inc. is prohibited. and Door Controls Group, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole ission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.
208

PDLAA_TS Revised 04.01.2020 Page 1 of 3

PDLAA_TS Revised 04.01.2020
800-82P4a-g3e011o8f 3| www.assaabloydooraccessories.us
Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

Pemko Hospitality Products

SiliconSeal Adhesive Gasketing

S44_

S88_

AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18' 20', 21', 25', 30', 510' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155 · Designed for tighter frames
· Demonstrates extremely low closing force
· Seal begins compressing at 5/16"; compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap

AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, TAN, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30', 204', 510' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155
· Seal begins compressing at 1/4";
compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap

S442_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, TAN, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30', 204', 510' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155 · S eal Fits flush into corner
· S eal begins compressing at 5/16"; compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap in either direction

S771_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7', 8', 9', 10' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155, R0E754, R0E755

S772_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7', 8', 9', 10' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155, R0E754, R0E755

Installation location examples

S773_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, GR, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30', 250' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155
· Triple-fin design effectively blocks light and sound from infiltrating a room
· Seal begins compressing at 3/8"; compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap

S776_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155 · Designed for hollow metal and wood
meeting stile applications
· Seal begins compressing at 3/8"; compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap

S771x6_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7, 8, 9', 10, 17, 18, 20, 21, 25 ANSI: R0E154, R0E155, R0E754, R0E755 · D esigned for hollow metal and wood meeting
stile applications
· S eal begins compressing at 5/16"; compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap

5 16
(7.9)

1
(25.4)

209

Pemko Hospitality Products

Automatic Door Bottoms - Acoustic

·Recommended gap under door is ½" for optimal acoustic performance max drop is ¾"
·Internal mechanism allows bar to accommodate slight imperfections in floor materials

STC411_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4111 (BL) ANSI: R3G324, R3G325

9 16"
(14.3)

13 8"
(34.9)

·S TC411 end plate kit is K435; for doors narrower than 1-¾", specify end plate kit K411

·S TC4131 end plate kit is K4133C for Clear Anodized and

K4133D for Dark Bronze Anodized

·N on-handed

19 3"2
(15)

STC4131_PK

AVAILABLE FINISHES: BSP, C, D REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4111 (BL) ANSI: R3G334, R3G335, R3G344, R3G345

127 3"2
(46.8)

Door Shoes
2163_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D, G AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48" REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV94 (BL) ANSI: R3D514, R3D515
Also available with unnotched insert:
2163_V36UN 2163_V48UN

1 5 16
(33.3)

2212_PK773
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48" REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK773 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3D414, R3D415

3692_PK773

AVAILABLE FINISH:

AVAILABLE LENGTHS:

36", 48"

REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK773 (BL, GR)

ANSI:

(3.2)

R3G414, R3G415

210

134
(44.5)
2163_V
1 34
(44.5)

15 16
(23.8)
11 16
(17.5)

2173_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, BSP, D, G, PW AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48" REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV94 (BL) ANSI: R3D414, R3D415
Also available with unnotched insert:
2173_V36UN 2173_V48UN
2113_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D, G AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48" REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV94 (BL) ANSI: R3D414, R3D415
Also available with unnotched insert:
2113_V36UN 2113_V48UN

17 16
(36.5)

9 16
(14.3)
9 16
(14.3)

2343_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BSP, D, G AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48" REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV94 (BL) ANSI: R3D414, R3D415
Also available with unnotched insert:
2343_V36UN 2343_V48UN

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us
Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Hospitality Products

Automatic Door Bottoms
·All Pemko Automatic Door Bottoms, 24" and up, can be manufactured for field alteration.
· Please specify when ordering: Allow 2" for field trimming

· Overall sizes range from 18" to 72"
·0 .0625" Lead-lining available upon request; contact Pemko Customer Service for options on profiles

411_NBL
AVAILABLE FINISH: A REPLACEMENT INSERT: P14075 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A324, R3A325

411_RL
AVAILABLE FINISH: A REPLACEMENT INSERT: E7 (BL) ANSI: R3G324, R3G325

Alternate Insert For 411
411_PKL
AVAILABLE FINISH: A REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4132 (BL) ANSI: R3G324, R3G325

nylon brush (NB)
411_NBL

sponge EPDM (R)

4131_NBL

4131_RL

g Co. All rights reservedA. VReApIrLoAdBucLtEionFIiNn wIShHolEeSo:r in part without the express written permission of PemkAoVMAaInLuAfaBctLuEriFnIgNCIoS. His EprSo:hibited.

BDG, BSP, C, D, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: P14075 (BL, GR) ANSI: R3A334, R3A335, R3A344, R3A345

4BR11DE_PGNL,BABLC_SPEPDM,FCEN,RDeTv,IS4NN-S0E2R.1T9: .15 E7 (BL) ANSI: R3G334, R3G335, R3G344, R3G345

SURFACE

SEMI-

MOUNTED MORTISED

127 32
(46.8)

411_SL

PemkoPrene® (PK)

AVAILABLE FINISH: A REPLACEMENT INSERT: SR6 (BL) ANSI: R3E324, R3E325

sponge silicone (S)

All above products

Alternate Inserts For 4131

4131_PKL

AVAILABLE FINISHES: BDG, BSP, C, D, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4132 (BL)
ANSI: R3G334, R3G335, R3G344, R3G345

4131_SL

PemkoPrene® (PK)

AVAILABLE FINISHES: BDG, BSP, C, D, SN REPLACEMENT INSERT: SR6 (BL) ANSI: R3E334, R3E335, R3E344, R3E345

sponge silicone (S)

All above products

19 32
(15.1)
4131ny_loNn bBruLsh (NB)

sponge EPDM (R)

ufacturing Co. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish4A1l3u1m_NinBuLm_PDBFDRGe(vB4ri-g0h2t.2D0i.p15Gold Anodized) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

211

Pemko Hospitality Products

Eco-VTM Thresholds
·Eco-VTM thresholds create an ideal transition where two different pieces of carpet meet, or carpet meets another surface under a door
·Ideal for use in any high-traffic commercial installation, such as hotels and offices
·Eco-VTM thresholds are manufactured from slightly softer material than competitive products. This aids in the cutting and fitting of the threshold and facilitates easier insertion of the carpet into the holding cavities on the carpet side(s) of the threshold
EV232_
AVAILABLE COLORS: BL, D AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48", 73" Serves as a transition where two pieces of carpet meet beneath an interior door

·Eco-VTM thresholds are designed to work in conjunction with Pemko's 2173_V, 2113_V and 2343_V door shoes
·EV232, EV2325, and ADJ232V thresholds have been tested and approved under ADAAG-2010 (Amended); ICC/ANSI A117.1 and California Building Code, Title 24 for Barrier-Free Entry

EV2325_
AVAILABLE COLORS: BL, D AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48", 73" Serves as a transition where one piece of carpet meets tile beneath an interior door
EV2326_
AVAILABLE COLORS: BL, D AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48", 73" Serves as a transition where two pieces of tile meet beneath an interior door

EV2320_
AVAILABLE COLOR: BL AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48", 73" Serves as a transition where carpet meets concrete beneath an interior or exterior door

EV2322_
AVAILABLE COLOR: BL AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48", 73" Serves as a transition where carpet meets 1/8" tile beneath an interior door

212

Pemko Hospitality Products

Adjustable-Width Eco-VTM Threshold
·The adjustable-width threshold is designed for installations where the widths of the transition beneath a door may need to change, without completely disassembling and reinstalling the threshold

·T he adjustable-width threshold consists of two Eco-VTM end pieces and one Eco-VTM adjustable center section
·Center section (EV2321 below) can easily be cut to size with a standard razor knife

ADJ232V8_
AVAILABLE COLOR: BL, D AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48"

ADJ232V14_
AVAILABLE COLOR: BL, D AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48"
ADJ232x2325V8_
AVAILABLE COLOR: BL, D AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48" For carpet to tile applications; other combinations available

213

Pemko Hospitality Products

Carpet Separators
174_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, C, D, G

236_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BDG, BSP, D, G, WSP

2364_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP

Barrier-free over carpet.

2366_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP

Barrier-free over carpet.
Barrier-free over carpet.

214

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze[Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) Corner Pad: BL (Black) W (White)"
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Hospitality Products

Stainless Steel Sliding Track Hardware System
W60 Series for Wood Doors
For Sliding Panels up to 176 lbs.

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount (only)

Features: · Made of 304 stainless steel · Nylon coated stainless steel wheel for smooth operation · 176 lb. panel capacity · 5 year warranty · Meets ADA push force requirements

Finishes: · Brushed Stainless Steel (W60) · Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel (W60D) · Polished Stainless Steel (W60P) · 10BE Satin Bronze Powder Coated Stainless Steel (W60BE)

W60 Kits Include:

221" [63 mm]

1116" [26 mm]

1116" [27 mm]
438" [111 mm]

1 ea 2 ea 31156" 1 ea [100 mm2] ea

BAR/_ Stainless Steel Track BRACKET2 Stainless Steel Wall Brackets 62 Stainless Steel Hangers 102SS2-83K" IT Stainless Steel Guide STOP[620 mSmt]ainless Steel Stops Mounting Hardware

NOTE: If ordering individual parts in the optional Black Powder Coat, Polished finishes or Satin Bronze be sure to include a prefix "D" for Black Powder Coat, "P" for Polished Stainless, or BE for Satin Bronze Powder Coat

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number

Material

Track Length Door Width

W60/6

304 Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

1161" [17 mm]

134" [44 mm]

W60/8

304 Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

W60D/6

Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

41" [6 mm] 1196" [39 mm]

196" [14 mm]
38" [10 mm]

W60D/8

Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

W60P/6

304 Polished Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

W60P/8

304 Polished Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

W60BE/6

Satin Bronze Powder Coated Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

1116" [27mm]

31165" [100mm]

283" [60mm]

W60BE/8

Satin Bronze Powder Coated Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

Custom lengths are available. Please contact the factory to order.

438" [111mm]

Options:

Hardware Pack (One Door) W60_H/PACK

Mortise Guides

102N

134" [44mm]

41" [6mm] ]

196" [14mm]
38" [10mm]

Polypropylene Guide Rail EPD3BL For Use With 102N

5/8" Spacer

BLD-SPACER-58 Pack of 5 5/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 5/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

1/2" SpacerBLD-SPACER-12 Pack of 5 1/2" Spacer
Recommended for use with 1/2" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

NOTE: Alternate route dimension when using optional EPD3BL

3/8" SpacerBLD-SPACER-38 Pack of 5 3/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 3/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

215

Pemko Hospitality Products

Simultaneous Acting Sliding Door System
SIM 150 for 2 Door Systems
For Sliding Panels up to 176 lbs.

2.000

2802 TRACK 15/16 1-5/16

1/4

5/8

DBG-02

SIM150-02 DOOR

Alternate Route for EPD3BL

SHIM BY OTHERS

Configurations: · Bi-part Telescoping

Installations: · Overhead Mount

Features: · Easy to install with self aligning components · Telescoping panels glide along the track · Doors retract into storage pockets when not in use · 5 year warranty

Finishes: · Clear (C) · Dark Bronze (D)

Pulley System Kit Includes:
Pre-Assembled Pulley System In-Track Stops and Hangers Door Bottom Guides Floor Stops, Back Stop and End Plates Installation Fasteners

Single Extrusion Aluminum Track must be ordered separately.

Specify door width when ordering. Default door overlap is 3". Any other overlap must be specified (Min. overlap is 2").
Note: All doors must be of equal width.

Pulley System Kits

Part Number

Door Width

SIM150-2-LH/25-32

25" - 32"

SIM150-2-LH/33-40

33" - 40"

SIM150-2-LH/41-48

41" - 48"

SIM150-2-RH/25-32

25" - 32"

SIM150-2-RH/33-40

33" - 40"

SIM150-2-RH/41-48

41" - 48"

Track 2802C 2802D

System Track Ordered Separately

Finish

Track Length

Clear

up to 147"

Dark

up to 185"

Options: Lock Kit- includes lock with edge pull, and cup pull, SIM150-LOCKKIT Bolt Kit- includes surface bolt, dust-proof strike, cup pull, and edge pull, SIM150-BOLTKIT Snap-on Fascia Available F134 Polypropylene Guide Rail EPD3BL

216

Pemko Hospitality Products

SHS80 Series
For Sliding Panels up to 200 lbs. Overhead Mount
Side Wall Mount

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations:
· Overhead Mount · Side Wall Mount

Features: · H anger body is made of nickel plated zinc alloy for durability
and long life · S teel ball bearing wheels coated in nylon for
smooth operation · 200 lb. panel capacity · O ptional Soft Close · 5 year warranty · Meets ADA push force requirements

SHS80 Kits Include:
1 ea 280C Clear Anodized Aluminum Track 2 ea H222R1 - Nickel Plated Zinc Alloy Body 2 ea 601H Nylon In-Track Clip Stop 1 ea 102WN White Nylon Mortise Guide on Zinc Plated Steel
"L" Metal

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number Material Track Length

SHS80/6

Aluminum

72"

SHS80/8

Aluminum

96"

Door Width 36" 48"

Options:

Fascia

F134C clear anodized aluminum fascia

F134D dark bronze anodized facia Side Wall Track BracketsPC2815 available as 5 pack only, PC2815 pack
of 5 281 zinc plated side wall bracket. NOTE: Need one at each end and no more than 2 feet in-between. Fasteners included.

Track

280D dark bronze anodized track

End Plate KitK134EP (use with F134C and 280C only) K134DEP (use with F134D and

280D only)

Bottom Channel

94A

Roller Guide

106R/94

Threshold

971A

Side Wall Mount Extra Hardware Pack

SHS80/PACK

Mortise Floor Guide

102N

Polypropylene Guide Rail EPD3BL for use with 102N or 102WN

Soft Close available. See page 284-285 for more information.

Alternate Route for EPD3BL

217

Pemko Hospitality Products

Bypass Track Series
For Bypass Panels up to 200 lbs.
13/4" Thick Doors Side Wall Mount

Configurations: · For Bypass Doors
Features: · F its 13/8" and 13/4" doors · H anger body is made of nickel plated zinc alloy for durability and
long life · Steel ball bearing wheels coated in nylon for smooth operation · 2 00 lb. panel capacity · L oad capacity 200 lbs. per door panel (2 hangers) · E xtruded aluminum track · O ptional Soft Close · 5 year warranty · M eets ADA push force requirements
HBP200A Kits Include:
1 ea2802C Clear Anodized Aluminum Track 4 ea H222R1 Hangers 2 ea 102N White Nylon Mortise Guide 4 ea TELS-14KIT In Track Stops 1 eaAdjusting Wrench and Mounting Hardware

NOTE: Route door 9/16" deep by 1/4" wide to receive 102N Guide. 13/4" Thick Doors Overhead Mount
* S ide Wall mounting: use one (1) 2812KIT at each end of track and 24" on center

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number

Track Length Door Width

HBP200A/4

48"

2 @ 26" Min*

HBP200A/5'4

64"

2 @ 34" Min*

HBP200A/6

72"

2 @ 38" Min*

HBP200A/7

84"

2 @ 44" Min*

HBP200A/8

96"

2 @ 50" Min*

HBP200A/10

120"

2 @ 62" Min*

HBP200A/12

144"

2 @ 74" Min*

*Minimum door overlap is 2".

Options:

Hardware Kit

H200PACK

Mounting Bracket

2812KIT

Track2 802D dark bronze anodized track

Track Stop (bumper)

287R1-KIT

Bottom Channel

94A

Fascia, Snap-On

F134C clear anodized aluminum fascia. F134D dark bronze anodized aluminum fascia

Roller Guide

106R/94

Dual Guide Channel

2802BT

Polypropylene Guide RailEPD3BL for use with 102N

Soft Close available. See page 284-285 for more information.

218

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Acoustic Products
CONTENTS:
Basic Acoustics...........................................................................................................................................................220 Sound and STC Ratings............................................................................................................................................221 Acoustic Seal Sets.....................................................................................................................................................222 Acoustic Thresholds.................................................................................................................................................223 Saddle Thresholds.....................................................................................................................................................224 Automatic Door Bottoms: PDB Series...............................................................................................................225 Door Shoes..................................................................................................................................................................225 Acoustic Adhesive Corner Pads............................................................................................................................225 Standard Perimeter Gasketing.............................................................................................................................226 SiliconSeal Adhesive-Backed Gasketing............................................................................................................226

INDEX:

PRODUCT

PAGE

151................................... 228

154................................... 228

175................................... 228

1546................................ 228

1547................................ 228

2006STC_ .....................227

2007STC_ .....................227

2008................................ 227

PRODUCT

PAGE

2009................................ 227

2212................................ 229

303................................... 230

312................................... 230

315................................... 230

3692................................ 229

ACP112_........................ 229

PEMKOSTCSET.............. 226

PRODUCT

PAGE

PDB411.......................... 229

PDB4131 .......................229

S44................................... 230

S442................................ 230

S773................................ 230

Pemko Acoustic Products Pemko Hospitality Products

The Impact of Sound
Everyday our ears are met with a barrage of sounds. Sounds can be pleasant, like music or laughter. But they can also be disruptive, like construction or traffic, or even just the people in the cubicle next door. At a certain point sound becomes noise and we look for ways to control it. Sound control is especially important in classrooms, hospitals, hotels and offices, as it impacts our ability to learn, heal, sleep and think. The U.S. Green Building Council recognizes the importance of acoustical control by including LEED Indoor Environment Quality (IEQ) credits for acoustics.
Description of Sound
Sound can be described as vibrations in the air moving in waves. The rate of sound vibrations measured in cycles per second is called frequency and is measured in hertz (Hz). Sound pressure levels are measured in decibels (dB). For a list of common noises and their related decibel level, see the chart on the right.

Sound Level dB

Threshold of hearing

Very rural environment

Quiet home

Quiet office

Background conversation

Radio/Television in home

Highway noise

Background factory noise

Noisy factory

105

Elevated train

120

Bass drum at 3'

130

Jet aircraft at 100'

Inaudible Extremely quiet Faint Distant sounds audible Moderate Moderate Moderately loud Loud Very loud Deafening Physical pain Physical pain

Basic Acoustics

Sound transmission reduction relies on two main principles:

Sound Absorption - Removing sound energy from within a room by using materials such as acoustic tiles or open cell foam to soak up sound.

Sound Insulation - Preventing the transmission of sound waves by introducing a barrier. Examples include brick, concrete, metal, heavy doors, etc.

Reflection

Transmission

Sound waves will travel the path of least resistance. A high performing door will not compensate for less performing materials in the walls around it.
Average Noise Reductions Thru Walls 35 dB

Source Room 100 dB

Receiving Room 55 dB

Absorption

Average Noise Reductions Thru Doors 45 dB

In order to reduce the transmission of sound, materials are added between the source room and the receiving room. The resulting change in decibel level is the sound transmission loss and is given a Sound Transmission Class (STC) rating.
The higher the rating number, the lower the transmission of sound. The STC rating is roughly the decibel reduction a partition can provide. For instance, if a 100 dB noise is reduced to 55 dB, that product roughly has a STC 45 rating.

220

Pemko Acoustic Products

Sound Flanking
Flanking is the leakage of airborne sound around a door opening through any available gap. Flanking between the door leaf and the surrounding frame is reduced by the use of seals.
Optimum sound attenuation performance is likely achieved using a four sided frame with a sill made to the same detail as the head and the seals set in a single plane. If a full four sided frame is not an option, then alternative threshold sealing options should be made such as automatic door bottoms, door shoes and/or thresholds.

Active STC Rating

Level Of Speech Heard

STC-30

Loud speech understood

STC-35 STC-40 STC-45 STC-48

Loud speech heard but not understood
Loud speech audible as a murmur
Some loud speech barely audible
Hearing strained to hear loud speech

STC-50

Loud speech not audible

STC Ratings
Acoustic Door Testing is done on "sealed-in-place" (fully caulked) doors for door STC ratings, as well as on assemblies (with gasketing and door bottoms) for operable STC ratings. Operable STC ratings are always equal to or lower than the sealed-in-place ratings. The best performance rating on the operable test is a 'zero drop' in the assembly's STC rating. For example, a door with a STC 45 rating can only achieve an operable STC of 45 at its very best; it can never achieve a STC 50.
Also, since sound waves travel the path of least resistance, a high performing door will not compensate for elements like improperly installed seals around doors, the lack of a threshold under the door, a non-insulated frame, louvered doors, or poor seals at the wall/ceiling/floor/mullion connections.
When STC ratings are determined, normal human speech and hearing are used. In most cases the level of reduction does not totally eliminate but rather muffles the sound to an unintelligible level. The chart shown on the left compares the level of speech that would be heard through a door system with the indicated operable STC rating.

Look for Pemko products with this symbol:
Tested To: ASTM E 90-2009 Products indicated by this symbol have been acoustically tested in accordance with ASTM E90 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements.

Need STC Rated Doors?
Pemko Acoustic Seal Sets are an important part of an overall acoustic solution. ASSA ABLOY Group brands can provide the other elements of the solution including STC Rated Doors, STC Rated Frames and complete STC Rated Assemblies.

For more information please see:

CECO DOORS: CURRIES:

www.cecodoor.com www.curries.com

221

Pemko Acoustic Products Pemko Hospitality Products

Acoustic Seal Sets
Pemko acoustic components are available in their appropriate sets. These product combinations are lab tested and have known decibel drops when used with sound-rated doors. Each kit includes gasketing, a door bottom or threshold, and a complete set of installation instructions. Installation instructions show the proper installation location for each component for optimal performance.
HOW TO:
1. Locate the Sealed-In-Place (inoperable) rating for your door.
2. Determine the maximum allowable drop for your opening (i.e. -1 db). Note: the numbers are represented as negative numbers as they will decrease your inoperable rating by the number shown (i.e. 45 using a 1 kit will decrease the inoperable rating from 45 to an operable of 44)
3. F ind a number in the column below your door's inoperable rating that will keep your opening in the allowable range.
4. S elect a kit (or one of the kits given if Alternate Kits are shown), place it on your Purchase Order and add your opening size in inches (i.e. a 3/0 x 7/0 opening will be ordered as a 3684).

Item Number
PEMKOSTCSET-1A Alternate Kits: 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E PEMKOSTCSET-2C PEMKOSTCSET-2D Alternate Kits: 2A, 2B PEMKOSTCSET-2E PEMKOSTCSET-3A PEMKOSTCSET-3D PEMKOSTCSET-3E PEMKOSTCSET-3B PEMKOSTCSET-4A PEMKOSTCSET-4B PEMKOSTCSET-4D PEMKOSTCSET-4E

Sealed-In-Place Door STC Rating
58 to 54 53 to 49 48 to 46 45 to 43 <42

-2

-1

-3

-2

-1

-3

-2

-1

-2

-1

-2

-1

-2

-1

-2

-1

NOTE: A seal set cannot increase the sealed-in-place rating; a zero drop is the best performance any seal set can provide.

Item Number
PEMKOSTCSET-1A PEMKOSTCSET-1B PEMKOSTCSET-1C PEMKOSTCSET-1D PEMKOSTCSET-1E PEMKOSTCSET-2A PEMKOSTCSET-2B PEMKOSTCSET-2C PEMKOSTCSET-2D PEMKOSTCSET-2E PEMKOSTCSET-3A PEMKOSTCSET-3B PEMKOSTCSET-3D PEMKOSTCSET-3E PEMKOSTCSET-4A PEMKOSTCSET-4B PEMKOSTCSET-4D PEMKOSTCSET-4E

Gasketing
S773BL (Single Row) and S44BL (Single Row) S44BL (Two Rows) S442BL (Single Row) and S44BL (Single Row) 303AS and S44BL (Single Row) 312CR and S44BL (Single Row) S773BL (Single Row) and S44BL (Single Row) S44BL (Two Rows) S442BL (Single Row) and S44BL (Single Row) 303AS and S44BL (Single Row) 312CR and S44BL (Single Row) S773BL (Single Row) and S44BL (Single Row) S44BL (Two Rows) 303AS and S44BL (Single Row) 312CR and S44BL (Single Row) S773BL (Single Row) and S44BL (Single Row) S44BL (Two Rows) 303AS and S44BL (Single Row) 312CR and S44BL (Single Row)

Door Bottom
STC411APK STC411APK STC411APK STC411APK STC411APK
3692APK773BL 3692APK773BL 3692APK773BL 3692APK773BL

Threshold
2008APK 2008APK 2008APK 2008APK 2008APK
2009APK 2009APK 2009APK 2009APK

Corner Pad
ACP112BL ACP112BL ACP112BL ACP112BL ACP112BL

222

Pemko Acoustic Products

Acoustic Thresholds
·Pemko Acoustic Thresholds are designed to aid with a door's STC rating
· Thresholds will not improve a doors "sealed in-place" STC rating
2006STC_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J36100, J36130

·Visit www.assaabloydooraccessories.us, for more Acoustic products and additional information

2007STC_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J36100, J36130

158

(41.3)

(6.4)

12
(12.7)

358
(89.4)

2008_PK

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP

REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK381 (BL) ANSI (aluminum): J36100, J36130

19 16

(6.4)

(39.7)

(6.4)

PemkoPrene® (PK)

12
(12.7)

4
(101.6)

2009_PK

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP, D, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK20 (BL)

158
(41.3)

ANSI: J36100, J36130

(12.7)

Allow 3/8" door clearance

12
(12.7)

(6.4)

PemkoPrene® (PK)

2009_PK

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) Copyright © 20W14SPPem(WkohMitaenuSfaucetudreingPoCow. Adlel rrigChotsarteesedrvAedlu. mReipnroudmuc)tion in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
2009_PK_PDF Rev 1 - 06.26.14
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

223

Pemko Acoustic Products Pemko Hospitality Products

Saddle Thresholds
·Use these with Pemko Automatic Door Bottoms to create a smooth, even sealing surface
151_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE , A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32300, J32330 ANSI (brass): J12300, J12330
175_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE , A, B, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32300, J32330 ANSI (brass): J12300, J12330
154_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE , A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32300, J32330
1546_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE , A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32300, J32330

1547_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE , A, BSP, D, G, WSP ANSI (aluminum): J32300, J32330

12
(12.7)
7
(177.8)

224

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish [Brass] Bronze) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Acoustic Products

Automatic Door Bottoms - Acoustic

·Non-handed
·Recommended gap under door is ½" for optimal acoustic performance max drop is ¾"
·Internal mechanism allows bar to accommodate slight imperfections in floor materials

·STC411 end plate kit is K435; for doors narrower than 1-¾", specify end plate kit K411
·STC4131 end plate kit is K4133C for Clear Anodized and K4133D for Dark Bronze Anodized

STC411_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4111 (BL) ANSI: R3G324, R3G325

9 16"
(14.3)

13 8"
(34.9)

STC4131_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BSP, C, D REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK4111 (BL) ANSI: R3G334, R3G335, R3G344, R3G345

19 3"2
(15)

NOTE: S TC411_PK Automatic Door Bottom is now included in PEMKOSTCSET-1 (A through E). Please see Acoustic Products section for more information.

127 3"2
(46.8)

Door Shoes
· Slotted holes for easy adjustment · Provided with stainless steel fasteners

3692_PK773

AVAILABLE FINISH: A

AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48"

REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK773 (BL, GR)

ANSI: R3G414, R3G415

(3.2)

17 16
(36.5)

·U se a flat saddle to create a positive sealing surface that ensures maximum acoustic performance

2212_PK773

1 34

(44.5)

AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BSP,

9 16

D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: PK773 (BL)

(14.3)

ANSI: R3G416

· Combination door shoe and kick plate

· Excellent Acoustic performance

Acoustic Adhesive Corner Pads
·Corner pad with black or white polypropylene pile, with pressure-sensitive adhesive
·Apply to corner of jamb on hinge side to seal against air and light infiltration
ACP112_
AVAILABLE COLORS: BL, W
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) Corner Pads: BL (Black) W (White)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

9 16
(14.3)
2212_PK773
225

Pemko Acoustic Products Pemko Hospitality Products

Standard Perimeter Gasketing
· Rigid jamb weatherstrip shown mounted on openings with 1/16" gaps; however, each weatherstrip can seal gaps up to the depth of its seal. Seal depth provided on each illustration (example: the 303 has a 1/4" seal; therefore, it can seal up to a 1/4" gap)
· Punched on 6" centers with slotted holes for adjustment

· Model 303 is available with self-adhesive two-sided tape (TST) and tek screws (3 slotted holes per part) for easy installation. To obtain this option, add "TST" to the end of the part when ordering (example: 303AVTST)
· P emko is continually commissioning tests for acoustic assemblies. More profiles may be tested from this category. Please contact Customer Service if the options here don't suit your application.

303_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, A, BDG, BSP, C, D, G, PW, SN, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: S3 (BL, GR, W) ANSI: R3E164, R3E165

312_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: ER9BL (BL) ANSI (alum): R3G164, R3G165

315_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES: 10BE, B, BSP, C, D, G, WSP REPLACEMENT INSERT: ER9BL (BL) ANSI (alum): R3G164, R3G165
· Please consult website for correct 315BR profile.

14
(6.4)

3 4

(6.4)

(19.1)

jamb
sponge EPDM (R)
14
(6.4)

14
(6.4)
1
(25.4)

SiliconSeal Adhesive-Backed Gasketing

· SiliconSeal is extruded from high-temperature silicone; effective between -58°F and 450°F
· Self-extinguishing and non-toxic; unaffected by sunlight, ozone, and ultraviolet rays

· Impervious to fungus and mildew; will not deteriorate under normal exposure
· Meets FAR 25.853 Airworthiness Standards for Compartment Interiors

S442_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, GR, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30', 510' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155 · Fits flush into corner
· Seal begins compressing at 5/16"; compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap in either direction

S773_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, GR, W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30', 250', 500' ANSI: R0E154, R0E155 · T riple-fin design effectively blocks light
and sound from infiltrating a room
· S eal begins compressing at 3/8"; compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap

226

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) Metal: 10BE (Satin Bronze Powder Coated Aluminum) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish [Brass] Bronze)
BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) BSP (Black Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) WSP (White Suede Powder Coated Aluminum) SiliconSeal: BL (Black) C (Clear) D (Dark) GR (Gray) W (White)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Sliding & Folding Hardware

INDEX:

PRODUCT

PAGE

12................................................ 264 22................................................ 266 32................................................ 265 42................................................ 267 52................................................ 268 62...................................... 257-258 72.................................................259 82................................................ 260 92................................................ 261 111................................... 262-263 280.............. 233-234, 238-240,
252, 254, 277 281............. 232-234, 238-240,
252, 254, 277 283............................................. 254 290................................... 242-243 301................................... 246-251 2812................................ 238, 277 102N........... 232-240, 242-249,
257-263, 269, 270, 277 102WA..... 232-237, 239, 243,
245, 247, 249, 277 102WN..... 232-237, 239, 243,
245, 247, 249, 269-274 106HF/94................................ 254 106N/94................................... 277 106R/94.... 232-240, 242-251,
258-263, 269-274, 277 1075C....................................... 232 1076.......................................... 232 1A/290...................................... 242

PRODUCT

PAGE

1A/290/EC..................... 242-243 1A/301............................ 247, 249 1A/301/EC..................... 246-249 1A/550...................................... 251 1AX/290................................... 243 1AX/301......................... 247, 249 1B................................................ 245 1BX............................................. 245 21/550/P.................................. 256 21B/P......................................... 255 21BO/4..................................... 255 21N/94..................................... 255 21R/94...................................... 256 280_-SWF................................ 235 280_-SWT..................... 235-237 2802................................ 238, 275 2802BT........................... 238, 277 2803.......................................... 276 280_SWTKIT.......................... 235 282HD...................................... 254 284D.......................................... 252 287HD....... 232, 234, 238, 277 289B.......................................... 254 289T........................................... 254 3A/290...................................... 242 3A/301............................ 246, 248 3AX/290................................... 242 3AX/301......................... 246, 248 403/2............................... 255-256 550A......................250, 251, 256 556/21...................................... 256

CONTENTS:
H180A Series................................................................................................................................................... 228 SHS80 Series.................................................................................................................................................... 229 Sliding 200 Series........................................................................................................................................... 230 Side Wall Track (SWT) System..................................................................................................................... 231 Bypass Track Series......................................................................................................................................... 234 SIM200A Series............................................................................................................................................... 235 LP200 Series..................................................................................................................................................... 236 Sirocco Series.................................................................................................................................................. 237 H300S-OH Series............................................................................................................................................ 238 H300S-SW Series............................................................................................................................................ 239 H440A-OH Series............................................................................................................................................ 240 H440A-SW Series............................................................................................................................................ 241 H600S-OH Series............................................................................................................................................ 242 H600S-SW Series............................................................................................................................................ 243 H800S-OH Series............................................................................................................................................ 244 H800S-SW Series............................................................................................................................................ 245 H1100A-OH Series......................................................................................................................................... 246 H1100A-SW Series......................................................................................................................................... 247 Husky Sliding Glass Series............................................................................................................................. 248 Pocket Frame Kit............................................................................................................................................. 249 Folding 100 Series.......................................................................................................................................... 250 Pacer Interior End Fold Series...................................................................................................................... 251 Flexirol Interior End Fold Series................................................................................................................... 252 Stainless Steel Sliding Track Hardware System for Wood Doors......................................................... 253 Stainless Steel Sliding Track Hardware System for Glass Doors........................................................... 262 Builders Series Flat Track for Wood Doors................................................................................................ 265 Designer Series Flat Track for Wood Doors............................................................................................... 267 SIM 150 - 2 Door............................................................................................................................................. 271 SIM 150 - 3 Door............................................................................................................................................. 272 Cascading Door with Sample Configurations.......................................................................................... 273 SDL Privacy Barn Door Lock.......................................................................................................................... 274 Options, Accessories & Soft Close.............................................................................................................. 275

PRODUCT

PAGE

556/57............................ 250-251 57A/N.............................. 248-249 57A/S............................... 246-247 57B................................... 244-245 57K/N.............................. 242-243 600A...................... 244-245, 255 601H...................... 244-245, 255 601P................................. 244-245 8-12/SN.................................... 252 89/2N...............................242-251 94A.............. 232-240, 242-251,
254-263, 269-274, 277 971A........... 232-234, 239-240,
242, 244, 246, 248, 250, 254-256, 277
BAR................................... 257-268 BRACKET2..................... 257-268 DELLH/DELRH........................ 241 EPD3..................... 232-234, 239,
259-263, 269-270, 275-276 F134............ 233-234, 238-239,
275-277 F160C........................................ 244 F160ECP................................... 244 F200C........................................ 245 F200ECP................................... 245 F234................................. 252, 277 G60 to G100................ 264-268 GLASSGUIDE................ 264-268 FIF2/275A................................ 256

PRODUCT

PAGE

H200PACK......... 234-238, 277 H1100A-OH........................... 250 H1100A-SW........................... 251 H180A...................................... 232 H200.......................................... 234 H222R1...........................232-239 H300S-OH.............................. 242 H300S-SW.............................. 243 H440A-OH.............................. 244 H440A-SW.............................. 245 H600S-OH.............................. 246 H600S-SW.............................. 247 H800S-OH.............................. 248 H800S-SW.............................. 249 HBP200A................................. 238 HF2/100................................... 254 HF2/100PACK........................ 277 HF4/100................................... 254 HH3/290........................ 242-243 HH3/301........................ 246-251 K1077_-SWEP........................232 K134EP...... 233-234, 239, 277 K134DEP..............233, 234, 239 K28_-SWEP............................. 235 LH100....................................... 240 LP200A..................................... 240 PF134 KIT................................. 253 PF28200A................................ 253 PFAS........................................... 253 PFAS100................................... 253

PRODUCT

PAGE

PFAS88...................................... 253 PFBG-4.............................253-277 PFBG-8.............................253-277 PFBS...................................253-277 PFCDKIT.................................... 253 PFFC-8........................................ 253 PFHB-1...................................... 253 PFHB-2...................................... 253 PFHS........................................... 253 PFKIT-4...................................... 253 PFKIT-8...................................... 253 PIF2/165A................................ 255 PIF4/165A................................ 255 SDL............................................. 280 SHS80....................................... 233 SIM100..................................... 239 SIM150........................... 275-276 SIM150-BOLTKIT........ 275-276 SIM150-LOCKKIT....... 275-276 SIM200A.................................. 239 SIRF/2500................................ 241 SIRLH /SIRRH.......................... 241 SOFT CLOSE.................. 284-285 STOP1............................. 265, 277 STOP2.................. 257, 259-262,
264-268 W60 to W100............. 257-263 WOODGUIDE........................ 257

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

H180A Series
For Sliding Panels up to 200 lbs.

Overhead Mount

BY OTHERS

2 1/4 MIN 2 5/8 MAX

1 1/4

1 3/4

H222R1 HANGER
TRACK 1076 2 1/2
FASCIA F134 3/32

1 4

102N

GUIDE

3 16

Side Wall Mount

BY OTHERS

2 11/32

1 7/8
2 3/4 MIN 3 1/8 MAX

K1077_SWEP END PLATE
H222R1 HANGER
3 TRACK 1076

9/32

FASCIA

3/32

F134

1 3/4

1/4 3/16

102N 1/2 GUIDE

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations:
· Overhead Mount · Side Wall Mount

Features: · H anger body is made of nickel plated zinc alloy for
durability and long life · S teel ball bearing wheels coated in nylon for smooth operation · 200 lb. panel capacity · O ptional side wall bracket reduces the amount of
wall space needed to mount the track · O ptional Soft Close · 5 year warranty · M eets ADA push force requirements

H180A Kits Include:
1 ea 280C Clear Anodized Aluminum Track 2 eaH222R1 - Nickel Plated Zinc Alloy Body
Zinc Alloy Wheels Coated in Nylon 2 ea 287R1-KIT Rubber Bumper In-Track Stop 1 ea 102N White Nylon Mortise Guide

Part Number H180A/6 H180A/8 H180A/10 H180A/12

Standard Kit Sizes

Material Track Length

Aluminum

72"

Aluminum

96"

Aluminum

120"

Aluminum

144"

Door Width 36" 48" 60" 72"

Options:

Fascia

F134C clear anodized aluminum fascia

F134D dark bronze anodized fascia Side Wall Track Bracket1075C clear anodized aluminum
bracket- order same length as track 1075D dark bronze aluminum bracket

Track

280D dark bronze anodized track

End Plate Kit

K1077C-SWEP (use with F134C fascia and 1075C side wall bracket only)

K1077D-SWEP (use with F134D fascia and 1075D side wall bracket only)

Bottom Channel Roller Guide

94A 106R/94

Threshold

971A

Side Wall Mount

102WN (nylon) and 102WA (steel)

Mortise Guides

Polypropylene Guide Rail EPD3BL for use with 102N or 102WN

Soft Close available. See page 284-285 for more information.

Alternate Route for EPD3BL

228

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

SHS80 Series
For Sliding Panels up to 200 lbs. Overhead Mount
Side Wall Mount

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations:
· Overhead Mount · Side Wall Mount

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number Material Track Length

SHS80/6

Aluminum

72"

SHS80/8

Aluminum

96"

Door Width 36" 48"

Options:

Fascia

F134C clear anodized aluminum fascia

Track

280D dark bronze anodized track

End Plate KitK134EP (use with F134C and 280C only) K134DEP (use with F134D and

280D only)

Bottom Channel

94A

Roller Guide

106R/94

Threshold

971A

Side Wall Mount Extra Hardware Pack

SHS80/PACK

Mortise Floor Guide

102N

Polypropylene Guide Rail EPD3BL for use with 102N or 102WN

Soft Close available. See page 284-285 for more information.

Alternate Route for EPD3BL

229

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Sliding 200 Series
For Sliding Panels up to 200 lbs. Manufactured by P.C. Henderson 280C Side Wall Mounted
280C Soffit Mounted with Fascia
230

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations:
· Overhead Mount · Side Wall Mount

Features: · Hanger body is made of nickel plated zinc alloy for durability
and long life · Steel ball bearing wheels coated in nylon for smooth operation · 200 lb. panel capacity · Galvanized steel track 280 · Clear anodized aluminum track 280C · Optional Soft Close · 5 year warranty · Meets ADA push force requirements

H200A Kits Include:
1 ea280C Clear Anodized Aluminum Track
2 ea H222R1 Hangers 1 ea 102N Nylon Guide 2 ea TELS-14KIT Stops 1 eaAdjusting Wrench and
Mounting Hardware

H200 Kits Include:
1 ea 280 Steel Track 2 ea H222R1 Hangers 1 ea 102N Nylon Guide 2 ea TELS-14KIT Stops 1 eaAdjusting Wrench and
Mounting Hardware

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number Material Track Length

H200A/4

Aluminum

48"

H200A /5-4 Aluminum

64"

H200A/6

Aluminum

72"

H200A/7

Aluminum

84"

H200A/8

Aluminum

96"

H200A/10

Aluminum

120"

H200A/12

Aluminum

144"

H200/6

Steel

72"

H200/8

Steel

96"

Door Width 24" 32" 36" 42" 48" 60" 72" 36" 48"

Options:

Hardware Kit Mounting Bracket

H200PACK PC2815 available as 5 pack only, PC2815 pack of 5 281 zinc plated side wall bracket NOTE: Need one at each end and no more than 2 feet in-between Fasteners included

Track Stop (bumper) Bottom Channel Fascia, Snap-On

287R1-KIT 94A F134C in clear anodized (280C only) F134D dark bronze anodized fascia

Track Roller Guide

280D dark bronze anodized 106R/94

Side Wall Mortise Guide 102WA (steel) and 102WN (nylon)

Threshold

971A

End Plate

K134EP (use with F134C and 280C only) K134DEP (use with F134D and 280D only)

Polypropylene Guide Rail EPD3BL for use with 102N or 102WN

Soft Close available. See page 284-285 for more information.

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Side Wall Track (SWT) System
For Sliding Panels up to 200 lbs.
The Pemko Side Wall Track System has a unique mounting bracket that is extruded with the track. An innovative wall mounted bottom guide assembly allows carpet to be replaced without removing the door.

Configurations: · Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount

Features: · Unique mounting bracket extruded into track · Supports up to 200 lbs. per door · Quick, easy attachment · New construction or retrofit · Optional Soft Close · 5 year warranty · Meets ADA push force requirements

SWT Kit Side Wall Mounted

280SWT Kits Include:
1ea 280_-SWT Aluminum Track 1ea 280_-SWF Aluminum Fascia 1ea K28_-SWEP Pair of End Plates 2ea H222R1 Hangers 2ea TELS-14KIT In Track Stops 1ea 102N White Nylon Mortise Guide 1ea 102WA Wall Mounted Mortise Guide 1ea Adjusting Wrench

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number

Track Length Door Width

(Mill Finished Track/Clear Anodized Fascia/End Plates)

280C-SWTKIT/5

60"

30"

280C-SWTKIT/6

72"

36"

280C-SWTKIT/8

96"

48"

280C-SWTKIT/12*

144"

2 @ 36"

(Dark Bronze Anodized Track/Fascia/End Plates)

280D-SWTKIT/5

60"

30"

280D-SWTKIT/6

72"

36"

280D-SWTKIT/8

96"

48"

280D-SWTKIT/12*

144"

2 @ 36"

*NOTE: 280_-SWTKIT/12 comes with enough hardware for two doors.

Options:

Hardware Kit (one door) H200PACK

Roller Guide

106R/94

Bottom Channel

94A

Nylon Mortise Guide

102WN

Stainless Steel Flush Bolt FB150SS

Stainless Steel Flush Bolt

with Black E Coating

FB150SSBL

Stainless Steel Flush Pull 503SF

Soft Close available. See page 284-285 for more information.

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) C (Anodized Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized)

231

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Side Wall Track System with Radius Fascia (RF280_-SWTK)
For Sliding Panels up to 200 lbs.
Pemko Side Wall Track Systems have a unique mounting bracket that is extruded with the track. An innovative wall mounted bottom guide assembly allows carpet to be replaced without removing the door.
SWT Kit Side Wall Mounted

Configurations: · Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount

280SWT Kits Include:
1ea 280_-SWT Aluminum Track 1ea F334_ Aluminum Fascia 1ea KF334_-SWEP Pair of End Plates 2ea H222R1 Hangers 2ea TELS-14KIT In Track Stops 1ea 102N White Nylon Mortise Guide 1ea 102WA Wall Mounted Mortise Guide 1ea Adjusting Wrench

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number

Track Length Door Width

(Mill Finished Track/Clear Anodized Fascia/End Plates)

RF280C-SWTK/5

60"

30"

RF280C-SWTK/6

72"

36"

RF280C-SWTK/8

96"

48"

RF280C-SWTK/12 *

144"

2 @ 36"

(Dark Bronze Anodized Track/Fascia/End Plates)

RF280D-SWTK/5

60"

30"

RF280D-SWTK/6

72"

36"

RF280D-SWTK/8

96"

48"

RF280D-SWTK/12 *

144"

2 @ 36"

*NOTE: RF280_-SWTK/12 comes with enough hardware for two doors.

Options:

Hardware Kit (one door) H200PACK

Roller Guide

106R/94

Bottom Channel

94A

Nylon Mortise Guide

102WN

Stainless Steel Flush Bolt FB150SS

Stainless Steel Flush Bolt

with Black E Coating

FB150SSBL

Stainless Steel Flush Pull 503SF

Soft Close available. See page 284-285 for more information.

232

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Side Wall Track System with Square Fascia (SF280_-SWTK)
For Sliding Panels up to 200 lbs.
Pemko Side Wall Track Systems have a unique mounting bracket that is extruded with the track. An innovative wall mounted bottom guide assembly allows carpet to be replaced without removing the door.
SWT Kit Side Wall Mounted

Configurations: · Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount

280SWT Kits Include:
1ea 280_-SWT Aluminum Track 1ea F340_ Aluminum Fascia 1ea KF340_-SWEP Pair of End Plates 2ea H222R1 Hangers 2ea TELS-14KIT In Track Stops 1ea 102N White Nylon Mortise Guide 1ea 102WA Wall Mounted Mortise Guide 1ea Adjusting Wrench

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number

Track Length Door Width

(Mill Finished Track/Clear Anodized Fascia/End Plates)

SF280C-SWTK/5

60"

30"

SF280C-SWTK/6

72"

36"

SF280C-SWTK/8

96"

48"

SF280C-SWTK/12 *

144"

2 @ 36"

(Dark Bronze Anodized Track/Fascia/End Plates)

SF280D-SWTK/5

60"

30"

SF280D-SWTK/6

72"

36"

SF280D-SWTK/8

96"

48"

SF280D-SWTK/12 *

144"

2 @ 36"

*NOTE: SF280_-SWTK/12 comes with enough hardware for two doors.

Options:

Hardware Kit (one door) H200PACK

Roller Guide

106R/94

Bottom Channel

94A

Nylon Mortise Guide

102WN

Stainless Steel Flush Bolt FB150SS

Stainless Steel Flush Bolt

with Black E Coating

FB150SSBL

Stainless Steel Flush Pull 503SF

Soft Close available. See page 284-285 for more information.

233

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Bypass Track Series
For Bypass Panels up to 200 lbs.
13/4" Thick Doors Side Wall Mount

NOTE: Route door 9/16" deep by 1/4" wide to receive 102N Guide. 13/4" Thick Doors Overhead Mount
* S ide Wall mounting: use one (1) 2812KIT at each end of track and 24" on center

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number

Track Length Door Width

HBP200A/4

48"

2 @ 26" Min*

HBP200A/5'4

64"

2 @ 34" Min*

HBP200A/6

72"

2 @ 38" Min*

HBP200A/7

84"

2 @ 44" Min*

HBP200A/8

96"

2 @ 50" Min*

HBP200A/10

120"

2 @ 62" Min*

HBP200A/12

144"

2 @ 74" Min*

*Minimum door overlap is 2".

Options:

Hardware Kit

H200PACK

Mounting Bracket

2812KIT

Track2 802D dark bronze anodized track

Track Stop (bumper)

287R1-KIT

Bottom Channel

94A

Fascia, Snap-On

F134C clear anodized aluminum fascia. F134D dark bronze anodized aluminum fascia

Roller Guide

106R/94

Dual Guide Channel

2802BT

Polypropylene Guide RailEPD3BL for use with 102N

Soft Close available. See page 284-285 for more information.

234

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

SIM200A Series
For Sliding Doors up to 48" wide and 200 lbs. Manufactured by P.C. Henderson Side Wall Mount
Overhead Mount

Simultaneous Action Unit (SIM) allows the simultaneous operation of two doors.

Configurations: · Bi-parting

Installations:
· Overhead Mount · Side Wall Mount

Features: · A llows individual bi-part doors to act as a single operating unit. When one
door is opened or closed, the second door operates simultaneously · 200 lb. panel capacity · Hanger body is made of nickel plated zinc alloy for durability and long life · Steel ball bearing wheels coated in nylon for smooth operation · Clear anodized aluminum track 280C · 2 year warranty

SIM200A Kits Include:
1 ea280C Clear Anodized Aluminum Track 4 ea H222R1 Hangers 4 ea 601H Nylon In-Track Clip Stop 2 ea 102N White Nylon Mortise Guide 1 ea SIM100 Cable and Pulley Kit

Part Number SIM200A/6 SIM200A/8 SIM200A/12 SIM200A/16

Standard Kit Sizes

Material

Track Length

Aluminum

72"

Aluminum

96"

Aluminum

2 @ 72"

Aluminum

2 @ 96"

Door Width 2 @ 18" 2 @ 24" 2 @ 36" 2 @ 48"

Options:

FasciaF 134C clear anodized aluminum fascia F134D dark bronze anodized fascia 280D dark bronze anodized

Side Wall Track BracketsPC2815 available as 5 pack only, PC2815 pack of 5 281 zinc plated side wall bracket. NOTE: Need one at each end and no more than 2 feet in-between. Fasteners included.

End Plates

K134EP (use with F134C only) K134DEP (use with F134D only)

Bottom Channel

94A

Roller Guide

106R/94

Threshold

971A

Side Wall Mortise Guides 102WN (nylon) and 102WA (steel)

Polypropylene Guide Rail EPD3BL for use with 102N or 102WN

235

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

LP200 Series
For Sliding Panels up to 200 lbs. Manufactured by P.C. Henderson

To calculate opening height (H) H = Opening Height - 1-7/8" (48mm)

1-1/8" (33)

280A or 280AN Track

1-3/8" 1-3/4" (44) Max. (35) 1-1/2" (38) Min.

3/8" (9.5) Max.
1/16" (2) Min.
Shown at highest position (min clearance)

2" (51) Max. 1-3/8" (33) Min.
H

9/16 (14)

1/4 3/16 (6) (5)

1/8" (3.2) Min.

7/16" (11) Max.

Guide 102N

Low profile design for use where space is limited.

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations:
· Overhead Mount · Side Wall Mount

Features: · U sed to maximize door height · D esigned to give a modern clean finish with all parts
concealed. Ideal for applications where minimal clearance between track and door is required · E asy installation and adjustment · 200 lb. panel capacity · N eedle bearing nylon wheels for smooth operation · Clear anodized aluminum track 280C · 2 year warranty · M eets ADA push force requirements

LP200A Kits Include:
1 ea280C Clear Anodized Aluminum Track 1 ea LH100 Hardware Kit
LH100 Hardware Kits Include:
2 ea Low Head Room Units 2 ea End Caps 2 ea In-Track Clip Stops 1 ea Screw Pack 2 ea Low Head Room Hangers 1 ea 102N White Nylon Mortise Guide 1 ea Small Spanner and 4mm Allen Key

Part Number LP200A/6 LP200A/8 LP200A/10

Standard Kit Sizes

Material Track Length

Aluminum

72"

Aluminum

96"

Aluminum

120"

Door Width 36" 48" 60"

Options: Side Wall Track Bracket
Bottom Channel Roller Guide Threshold

PC2815 available as 5 pack only, PC2815 pack of 5 281 zinc plated side wall bracket NOTE: Need one at each end and no more than 2 feet inbetween. Fasteners included.
94A
106R/94
971A

236

150 Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Sirocco Series
For Sliding Panels up to 200 lbs. Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
Right Hand SIRRH Shown Above and Below 1.5
68

The Sirocco system is a quiet, user friendly, self closing system which brings the door gently to a close.
The integrated hydraulic soft stop brings the door to a safe and cushioned close making it ideal for disabled access systems or public areas. The internal door brake can also be adjusted to allow the user to dictate the speed of opening preventing damage to the door and system.

Configurations: · Single

Installations: · Side Wall Mount

Features: · S elf closing system for a single door from 311/2" to 471/4" wide and up
to 200 lbs. · Interior applications only · Comes complete with a hydraulically controlled soft close feature · Adjustable closing speed · D oor brake to reduce opening speed to prevent damage to the door
and system · O ptional hold open unit giving adjustable time delay before
self closing · O perational between temperature ranges of 50 to 104 degrees
Fahrenheit · 2 year warranty

Sirocco Series Kits Include:

1 ea Track 86.61" long

1 ea Leading hanger

1 ea Trailing hanger

1 ea Hydraulic Control Unit

1 ea Closing brake rack

1 ea Opening brake rack

1 ea Power spring mounting bracket

7 ea Height adjustment plates

1 ea Power spring unit

1 ea Guide roller

1 ea Opening door stop

1 ea Door stop roller

1 ea Closing door stop

2500

2 ea Wooden door plate (and all required screws and bolts)

Part Number SIRRH SIRLH

Standard Kits
Description Right Hand Opening Kit Left Hand Opening Kit

Options: SIRF/2500 SIR80DEL-RH SIR80DEL-LH

98" Fascia and End Plates Delayed Closing Timer Right Hand Delayed Closing Timer Left Hand

237

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

H300S-OH Series
For Sliding Panels up to 300 lbs. Manufactured by P.C. Henderson

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Overhead Mount

Features: · Overhead mount system · Nylon wheels for smooth operation · 300 lb. panel capacity · G alvanized steel track 290 · 2 year warranty

H300S-OH Kits Include:

1 ea 290 Galvanized Steel Track

3A/290 Aluminum Alloy Overhead Mount Track Brackets

(One at each end and no more than 3 feet in between)

2 ea 1A/290/EC Aluminum Alloy End Caps

2 ea57K/N White Nylon Body and Wheels, Zinc Coated Steel Pendant Bolt Hangers

2 ea HH3/290 Galvanized Steel In-Track Stop

1 ea 89/2N Gray Nylon Mortise Guide

Part Number H300S-OH/6 H300S-OH/8 H300S-OH/10 H300S-OH/12

Standard Kit Sizes

Material Track Length

Steel

72"

Steel

96"

Steel

120"

Steel

144"

Door Width 36" 48" 60" 72"

Options: Bottom Channel Roller Guide Threshold Joining Bracket Mortise Guides Stainless Steel Flush Bolt Stainless Steel Flush Bolt with Black E Coating Stainless Steel Flush Pull

94A 106R/94 971A 3AX/290 102N FB150SS
FB150SSBL 503SF

238

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

H300S-SW Series
For Sliding Panels up to 300 lbs. Manufactured by P.C. Henderson

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount

Features: · Side wall mount system · Nylon wheels for smooth operation · 300 lb. panel capacity · G alvanized steel track 290 · 2 year warranty

H300S-SW Kits Include:

1 ea 290 Galvanized Steel Track

1A/290 Side Wall Mount Track Brackets

(One at each end and no more than three

feet in between)

2 ea 1A/290/EC Aluminum Alloy End Caps

2 ea 57K/N White Nylon Body and Wheels, Zinc Coated Steel Pendant Bolt Hangers

2 ea HH3/290 Galvanized Steel In-Track Stops

1 ea 89/2N Gray Nylon Mortise Guide

Part Number H300S-SW/6 H300S-SW/8 H300S-SW/10 H300S-SW/12

Standard Kit Sizes

Material Track Length

Steel

72"

Steel

96"

Steel

120"

Steel

144"

Door Width 36" 48" 60" 72"

Options:

Bottom Channel Roller Guide

94A 106R/94

Mortise Guides

102N

Side Wall Mortise Guides 102WN (nylon) and 102WA (steel)

Joining Bracket

1AX/290

Stainless Steel Flush Bolt FB150SS

Stainless Steel Flush Bolt

with Black E Coating

FB150SSBL

Stainless Steel Flush Pull 503SF

239

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

H440A-OH Series
For Sliding Panels up to 440 lbs. Manufactured by P.C. Henderson

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Overhead Mount

Features: · Overhead mount system · N ylon body and steel ball bearing nylon wheels for smooth
operation · 440 lb. panel capacity · M ill finished aluminum track 600A · 2 year warranty · M eets ADA push force requirements

H440A-OH Kits Include:
1 ea 600A Mill Finished Aluminum Track 2 ea57B Hangers: Gray Nylon Body, Zinc Coated Steel
Pendant Bolt, Steel Ball Bearing Nylon Wheels 2 ea 601P Nylon In-Track Clip Stop 1 ea 89/2N Gray Nylon Mortise Guide

Part Number H440A-OH/6 H440A-OH/8 H440A-OH/10 H440A-OH/12 H440A-OH/16

Standard Kit Sizes

Material Track Length

Aluminum

72"

Aluminum

96"

Aluminum

120"

Aluminum

144"

Aluminum

192"

Door Width 36" 48" 60" 72" 96"

Options: Fascia Bottom Channel Roller Guide Threshold Mortise Guides End Plate Kit
Stainless Steel Flush Bolt Stainless Steel Flush Bolt with Black E Coating Stainless Steel Flush Pull

F160C 94A 106R/94 971A 102N F160ECP (used with F160C fascia and 600A track only) FB150SS
FB150SSBL 503SF

240

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

H440A-SW Series
For Sliding Panels up to 440 lbs. Manufactured by P.C. Henderson

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount

Features: · Side wall mount system · Nylon body and steel ball bearing nylon wheels for smooth operation · 440 lb. panel capacity · M ill finished aluminum track 600A · 2 year warranty · M eets ADA push force requirements

H440A-SW Kits Include:

1 ea 600A Mill Finished Aluminum Track

1B Side Wall Mount Track Brackets

(One at each end and no more than 3 feet in

between)

2 ea 57B Hangers: Gray Nylon Body, Zinc Coated Steel Pendant Bolt, Steel Ball Bearing Nylon Wheels

2 ea 601P Nylon In-Track Clip Stop

1 ea 89/2N Gray Nylon Mortise Guide

Part Number H440A-SW/6 H440A-SW/8 H440A-SW/10 H440A-SW/12 H440A-SW/16

Standard Kit Sizes

Material Track Length

Aluminum

72"

Aluminum

96"

Aluminum

120"

Aluminum

144"

Aluminum

192"

Door Width 36" 48" 60" 72" 96"

Options:

Fascia

F200C

Bottom Channel

94A

Roller Guide

106R/94

Mortise Guides

102N

Side Wall Mortise Guides 102WN (nylon) and 102WA (steel)

End Plate Kit

F200ECP (used with F200C fascia and 600A track only)

Joining Bracket

1BX

Stainless Steel Flush Bolt FB150SS

Stainless Steel Flush Bolt

with Black E Coating

FB150SSBL

Stainless Steel Flush Pull 503SF

241

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

H600S-OH Series
For Sliding Panels up to 600 lbs. Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
89/2N

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Overhead Mount

Features: · Overhead mount system · Heavy duty zinc coated steel · Ball bearing wheels · 600 lb. panel capacity · Galvanized steel track 301 · 2 year warranty

H600S-OH Kits Include:

1 ea 301 Galvanized Steel Track

3A/301 Aluminum Alloy Overhead Mount Track

Brackets

(One at each end and no more than three feet in

between)

2 ea 1A/301/EC Aluminum Alloy End Caps

2 ea 57A/S Zinc Coated Steel Body, Wheels, and Pendant Bolt Hangers

2 ea HH3/301 Galvanized Steel In-Track Stops

1 ea 89/2N Gray Nylon Mortise Guide

Part Number H600S-OH/6 H600S-OH/8 H600S-OH/10 H600S-OH/12

Standard Kit Sizes

Material Track Length

Steel

72"

Steel

96"

Steel

120"

Steel

144"

Door Width 36" 48" 60" 72"

Options: Bottom Channel Roller Guide Mortise Guides Threshold Joining Bracket Stainless Steel Flush Bolt Stainless Steel Flush Bolt with Black E Coating Stainless Steel Flush Pull

94A 106R/94 102N 971A 3AX/301 FB150SS
FB150SSBL 503SF

242

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

H600S-SW Series
For Sliding Panels up to 600 lbs. Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
89/2N

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount

Features: · Side wall mount system · Heavy duty zinc coated steel · Ball bearing wheels · 600 lb. panel capacity · Galvanized steel track 301 · 2 year warranty

H600S-SW Kits Include:

1 ea 301 Galvanized Steel Track

1A/301 Side Wall Mount Track Brackets

(One at each end and no more than three feet in between)

2 ea 1A/301/EC Aluminum Alloy End Caps

2 ea 57A/S Zinc Coated Steel Body, Wheels, and Pendant Bolt Hangers

2 ea HH3/301 Galvanized Steel In-Track Stops

1 ea 89/2N Gray Nylon Mortise Guide

Part Number H600S-SW/6 H600S-SW/8 H600S-SW/10 H600S-SW/12

Standard Kit Sizes

Material Track Length

Steel

72"

Steel

96"

Steel

120"

Steel

144"

Door Width 36" 48" 60" 72"

Options:

Bottom Channel

94A

Roller Guide

106R/94

Mortise Guides

102N

Side Wall Mortise Guides 102WN

Joining Bracket

1AX/301

Stainless Steel Flush Bolt FB150SS

Stainless Steel Flush Bolt

with Black E Coating

FB150SSBL

Stainless Steel Flush Pull 503SF

243

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

H800S-OH Series
For Sliding Panels up to 800 lbs. Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
89/2N

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Overhead Mount

Features: · Overhead mount system · Heavy duty zinc coated steel body · Ball bearing nylon wheels for smooth operation · 800 lb. panel capacity · Galvanized steel track 301 · 2 year warranty

H800S-OH Kits Include:

1 ea 301 Galvanized Steel Track

3A/301 Overhead Mount Track Brackets

(One at each end and no more than three feet in

between)

2 ea 1A/301/EC Aluminum Alloy End Caps

2 ea57A/N Zinc Coated Steel Body, Nylon Wheels, and Pendant Bolt Hangers

2 ea HH3/301 Galvanized Steel In-Track Stop

1 ea 89/2N Gray Nylon Mortise Guide

Part Number H800S-OH/6 H800S-OH/8 H800S-OH/10 H800S-OH/12

Standard Kit Sizes

Material Track Length

Steel

72"

Steel

96"

Steel

120"

Steel

144"

Door Width 36" 48" 60" 72"

Options:

Bottom Channel 94A

Roller Guide

106R/94

Mortise Guides 102N

Threshold

971A

Joining Bracket 3AX/301

Stainless Steel Flush Bolt FB150SS

Stainless Steel Flush Bolt

with Black E Coating

FB150SSBL

Stainless Steel Flush Pull 503SF

244

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

H800S-SW Series
For Sliding Panels up to 800 lbs. Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
89/2N

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount

Features: · Side wall mount system · Heavy duty zinc coated steel body · Heavy ball bearing nylon wheels for smooth operation · 800 lb. panel capacity · Galvanized steel track 301 · 2 year warranty

H800S-SW Kits Include:

1 ea 301 Galvanized Steel Track

1A/301 Aluminum Alloy Side Wall Mount Track Brackets

(One at each end and no more than three feet in between)

2 ea 1A/301/EC Aluminum Alloy End Caps

2 ea 57A/N Zinc Coated Steel Body, Nylon Wheels, and Pendant Bolt Hangers

2 ea HH3/301 Galvanized Steel In-Track Stops

1 ea 89/2N Gray Nylon Mortise Guide

Part Number H800S-SW/6 H800S-SW/8 H800S-SW/10 H800S-SW/12

Standard Kit Sizes

Material Track Length

Steel

72"

Steel

96"

Steel

120"

Steel

144"

Door Width 36" 48" 60" 72"

Options:

Bottom Channel

94A

Roller Guide

106R/94

Mortise Guides

102N

Side Wall Mortise Guides 102WN (nylon) and 102WA (steel)

Joining Bracket

1AX/301

Stainless Steel Flush Bolt FB150SS

Stainless Steel Flush Bolt

with Black E Coating

FB150SSBL

Stainless Steel Flush Pull 503SF

245

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

H1100A-OH Series
For Sliding Panels up to 1100 lbs. Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
89/2N

Ideally suited for large doors that require high performance and an attractive finish. Typical applications are hotels, conference centers, shop-fronts and showrooms.

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Overhead Mount

Features: · For top hung wood and metal doors · Heavy duty black painted steel body · Ball bearing steel wheels · 1100 lb. panel capacity · M ill finished aluminum track 550A · 2 year warranty

H1100A-OH Kits Include:
1 ea 550A Mill Finished Aluminum Track 2 ea556/57 Painted Black Steel Body - Zinc Coated Steel
Wheels and Pendant Bolt Hangers 2 ea HH3/301 Galvanized Steel In-Track Stops 1 ea 89/2N Gray Nylon Mortise Guide

Part Number H1100A-OH/6 H1100A-OH/8 H1100A-OH/10 H1100A-OH/12 H1100A-OH/16

Standard Kit Sizes

Material Track Length

Aluminum

72"

Aluminum

96"

Aluminum

120"

Aluminum

144"

Aluminum

197"

Door Width 36" 48" 60" 72" 98"

Options: Bottom Channel Roller Guide Threshold Stainless Steel Flush Bolt Stainless Steel Flush Bolt with Black E Coating Stainless Steel Flush Pull

94A 106R/94 971A FB150SS
FB150SSBL 503SF

246

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

H1100A-SW Series
For Sliding Panels up to 1100 lbs. Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
89/2N

Ideally suited for large doors that require high performance and an attractive finish. Typical applications are hotels, conference centers, shop-fronts and showrooms.

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount

Features: · Heavy duty black painted steel body ball bearing wheels · 1100 lb. panel capacity · Mill finished aluminum track 550A · 2 year warranty

H1100A-SW Kits Include:

1 ea 550A Mill Finished Aluminum Track

1A/550 Aluminum Alloy Side Wall Track Bracket

Fastners not included with IA/550. (One at each end and no

more than three feet in between)

2 ea 556/57 Painted Black Steel Body - Zinc Coated Steel Wheels and Pendant Bolt Hangers

2 ea HH3/301 Galvanized Steel In-Track Stops

1 ea 89/2N Gray Nylon Mortise Guide

Part Number H1100A-SW/6 H1100A-SW/8 H1100A-SW/10 H1100A-SW/12 H1100A-SW/16

Standard Kit Sizes

Material Track Length

Aluminum

72"

Aluminum

96"

Aluminum

120"

Aluminum

144"

Aluminum

197"

Door Width 36" 48" 60" 72" 98"

Options: Bottom Channel Roller Guide Stainless Steel Flush Bolt Stainless Steel Flush Bolt with Black E Coating Stainless Steel Flush Pull

94A 106R/94 FB150SS
FB150SSBL 503SF

247

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Husky Sliding Glass Series
For Sliding Panels up to 165 lbs. Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
For lightweight glass applications such as office doors and small glass partitions. · 2 year warranty

Capacity: Max. door weight 165 lbs. (75kg) Max. door height 7' 10" (2400mm) Max. door width 4' 1" (1250mm) Glass thickness 5/16" (8mm) & 3/8" (10mm) Door Types: Glass panels of 5/16" (8mm) or 3/8" (10mm) thickness in tempered or laminated glass.
Meets ADA push force requirements
8/HY/75 and 10/HY/75 HUSKY Glass Clamp Kit:
8/HY/75 is for 8mm or 5/16" thick glass 10/HY/75 kit is for 10mm or 3/8" thick glass 2 ea 284D Hangers 2 eaGLASS Clamps 2 ea 601H End stops 1 ea 8-12/SN adjustable guide for 5/16" or 3/8" glass guide

Part Number
280AN/2000 280AN/2500 280AN/3000

Standard Track Sizes

Material

Standard Track Sizes (Track Ordered Separately)

Aluminum

79"

Aluminum

98"

Aluminum

118"

Options:

Face mount bracket: PC2815 available as 5 pack only, PC2815 pack of 5 281 zinc plated side wall bracket. NOTE: Need one at each end and no more than 2 feet in-between. Fasteners included.

Fascias:

F136 clear anodized aluminum fascia

Guides: 8-12/SN adjustable guide for 5/16" or 3/8" glass guide

Accessories:

601H retaining stop mounted within the track

248

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Pocket Frame Kit
For Sliding Panels up to 200 lbs.
Rough Frame Opening Dimensions: 2 x Door Width +1" and Door Height + 5"
NOTE: ¾" plywood can be installed to the studs in the pocket to add strength and rigidity to pocket door walls.

Features: · Heavy duty hardware supports doors up to 200 lbs. each · S tandard kit is for 13/8" door. For 13/4" door, MUST use PF134KIT
(see Options below) · C hrome plated steel hangers are corrosion resistant and no
maintenance is required · 5 year warranty · Meets ADA push force requirements

Pocket Frame Kit Includes:
1 ea Header Track Assembly 4 ea PFAS_ Aluminum Cased Wood Studs 2 ea PFHB-1 and PFHB-2 Pre-Mounted Header Brackets 2 ea H222R1 Hangers 2 ea PFFC-8 Floor Cleats 1 ea PFBS Pocket Frame Bumper Stop 1 ea PFBG-8 Pocket Frame Bottom Guide for 13/8" Thick Doors
Mounting Hardware

2x4 Wood or Metal Stud Constructed Walls

Standard Kit Sizes
2x6 Wood Stud 2x6 Metal Stud Constructed Walls Constructed Walls

Net Door Size (The Kits can be trimmed in field)

PF28200A6080 PF28200A7280 PF28200A9680

PF28200A6080-2x6 PF28200A6080-SP6 PF28200A7280-2x6 PF28200A7280-SP6 PF28200A9680-2x6 PF28200A9680-SP6

2'6" x 6'8" 3'0" x 6'8" 4'0" x 6'8"

PF28200A6084 PF28200A7284 PF28200A9684

PF28200A6084-2x6 PF28200A6084-SP6 PF28200A7284-2x6 PF28200A7284-SP6 PF28200A9684-2x6 PF28200A9684-SP6

2'6" x 7'0" 3'0" x 7'0" 4'0" x 7'0"

PF28200A6096 PF28200A7296 PF28200A9696

PF28200A6096-2x6 PF28200A6096-SP6 PF28200A7296-2x6 PF28200A7296-SP6 PF28200A9696-2x6 PF28200A9696-SP6

2'6" x 8'0" 3'0" x 8'0" 4'0" x 8'0"

Options: PF134 KIT PFAS84 PFAS88 PFAS100 PFCDKIT PFKIT-4
PFKIT-8

- Recommended for use with 1 ¾" thick doors in 2x4 constructed wall kits (3 ½" stud)
- For doors over 3' wide an extra pair of 84" center studs with floor cleat for 80" tall doors recomended
- For doors over 3' wide an extra pair of 88" center studs with floor cleat for 84" tall doors recommended
- For doors over 3' wide an extra pair of 100" center studs with floor cleat for 96" tall doors recommended
- Conversion Kit to achieve a bipart double door frame
- Replacement Hardware Kit for Pemko Pocket Frame Kit for 1 ¾" thick doors (Each contains 2-H222-45 Hangers, 1-PFBS Bumper Stop, 1- PFBG-4 Guide, 2 PFHS Header Shims, 2-PFFC-4 Floor Cleats)
- R eplacement Hardware Kit for Pemko Pocket Frame Kit for 13/8" thick doors (Each contains 2-H222-45 Hangers, 1-PFBS Bumper Stop, 1- PFBG-8 Guide, 2-PFFC-8 Floor Cleats)

Soft Close available. See page 286 for more information.

249

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Folding 100 Series
For Folding Doors up to 100 lbs. For Doors up to 24" Wide x 96" Tall Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
280 Side Wall Mounted

Features: · For medium weight folding doors · Two and four leaf kits are available · 2 year warranty
Two Panel:
HF2/100A Kits Include:
1 ea 280C Clear Anodized Track 1 ea 283 Hanger 1 ea 289T Top Pivot 1 ea 289B Bottom Pivot 3 ea 282HD26 Hinges 1 ea 106HF/94 Roller Guide 1 ea 94A Aluminum Guide Channel 1 ea Adjusting Wrench and Mounting Hardware
Four Panel:
HF4/100A Kits Include:
1 ea 280C Clear Anodized Track 2 ea 283 Hangers 2 ea 289T Top Pivots 2 ea 289B Bottom Pivots 6 ea 282HD26 Hinges 2 ea 106HF/94 Roller Guide 1 ea 94A Aluminum Guide Channel 1 ea Adjusting Wrench and Mounting Hardware

280C Overhead Mounted
11 4 (32)

1 1 7 8 Min.

1 4
(32)

(47.6)

21 8 Max. (54)

282HD

250

280A 283
106HF / 94

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number HF2/100A/2 HF2/100A/2'6 HF2/100A/3 HF2/100A/4 HF4/100A/4 HF4/100A/5 HF4/100A/6 HF4/100A/8 HF2/100/4* HF4/100/8*

Material Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum
Steel Steel

# of Panels Track Length

24"

30"

36"

48"

60"

72"

96"

48"

96"

*Steel kits include the same components as above, except track is 1ea 280 galvanized steel.

5 8 Min.
(16)

Options:

Mounting BracketPC2815 available as 5 pack only, PC2815 pack of 5 281 zinc plated side wall bracket. NOTE: Need one at each end and no more than 2 feet in-between. Fasteners included.

Threshold

971A

Track

280D dark bronze anodized aluminum

NOTE: Allow 1/4" clearance at pivot jambs and 1/8" in between hinged doors if hinges are mortised. Allow 3/16" between hinged doors if hinges are surface mounted. Allow 1/8" between doors meeting in the center of the opening on HF4 kits and allow 1/8" between wall and end panel on HF2 kits.
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Pacer Interior End Fold Series
For Folding Doors and Room Dividers up to 165 lbs. For Doors up to 36" Wide x 106" Tall Manufactured by P.C. Henderson

Features: · For top-hung, medium weight, interior, partition doors · Ideal in both residential and commercial applications requiring end
folding doors · 2 year warranty
Two Panel: plan 1
PIF2/165A Kits Include:
1 ea 600A Mill Finished Aluminum Track 1 ea 21B/P Top and Bottom Pivot Assembly 1 ea 21B/4 Nylon Body and Wheels, Zinc Coated Steel Pendant Bolt
and Door Bracket Hanger 1 ea 21N/94 Nylon Roller Guide on Zinc Coated Steel Door Bracket
Bottom Guide 4 ea 403/2 Aluminum Alloy Butt Hinges 1 ea 94A Aluminum Guide Channel
Four Panel: plan 2
PIF4/165A Kits Include:
1 ea 600A Mill Finished Aluminum Track 2 ea 21B/P Top and Bottom Pivot Assembly 2 ea 21B/4 Nylon Body and Wheels, Zinc coated steel Pendant Bolt
and Door Bracket Hanger 2 ea21N/94 Nylon Roller Guide on Zinc Coated Steel Door Bracket
Bottom Guide 8 ea 403/2 Aluminum Alloy Butt Hinges 1 ea 94A Aluminum Guide Channel

Part Number PIF2/165A/6 PIF4/165A/6 PIF4/165A/8 PIF4/165A/12

Standard Kit Sizes

Material

# of Panels

Aluminum

Track Length 72" 72" 96"
2 @ 72"

Options: Threshold Stainless Steel Flush Bolt Stainless Steel Flush Bolt with Black E Coating Stainless Steel Flush Pull

971A FB150SS
FB150SSBL 503SF

NOTE: Allow 3/8" clearance at pivot jambs and 1/8" in between hinged doors if hinges are mortised. Allow 7/16" between hinged doors if hinges are surface mounted. Allow 1/8" between doors meeting in the center of the opening on PIF4 kits and allow 1/8" between wall and end panel on PIF2 kits.

251

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Flexirol Interior End Fold Series
For Folding Doors and Room Dividers up to 275 lbs. For Doors up to 48" Wide x 177" Tall Manufactured by P.C. Henderson

Features: · For top-hung, heavy weight, interior, partition doors. · S pecifically designed for commercial applications requiring end
folding doors · 2 year warranty.
Two Panel: plan 1
FIF2/275A Kits Include:
1 ea 550A Mill Finished Aluminum Track 1 ea 21/550/P Top and Bottom Pivot Assembly 1 ea556/21 Zinc Coated Steel Wheels, Pendant Bolt, Body,
and Door Bracket 1 ea 21R/94 Bottom Guide 4 ea 403/2 Aluminum Alloy Butt Hinges 1 ea 94A Aluminum Guide Channel

Four Panel: plan 2
FIF4/275A Kits Include:
1 ea 550A Mill Finished Aluminum Track 2 ea 21/550/P Top and Bottom Pivot Assembly 2 ea 556/21 Zinc Coated Steel Wheels, Pendant Bolt, Body, and Door
Bracket 2 ea 21R/94 Bottom Guide 8 ea 403/2 Aluminum Alloy Butt Hinges 1 ea 94A Aluminum Guide Channel

Part Number FIF2/275A/6 FIF2/275A/8 FIF4/275A/6 FIF4/275A/8 FIF4/275A/12 FIF4/275A/16

Standard Kit Sizes

Material

# of Panels

Aluminum

Track Length 72" 96" 72" 96"
2 @ 72" 2 @ 96"

Options: Threshold Stainless Steel Flush Bolt Stainless Steel Flush Bolt with Black E Coating Stainless Steel Flush Pull

971A FB150SS
FB150SSBL 503SF

NOTE: Allow 3/8" clearance at pivot jambs and 1/8" in between hinged doors if hinges are mortised. Allow 7/16" between hinged doors if hinges are surface mounted. Allow 1/8" between doors meeting in the center of the opening on FIF4 kits and allow 1/8" between wall and end panel on FIF2 kits.

252

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Stainless Steel Sliding Track Hardware System
W60 Series for Wood Doors
For Sliding Panels up to 176 lbs.

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount (only)

Features: · Made of 304 stainless steel · Nylon coated stainless steel wheel for smooth operation · 176 lb. panel capacity · 5 year warranty · Meets ADA push force requirements

Finishes: · Brushed Stainless Steel (W60) · Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel (W60D) · Polished Stainless Steel (W60P) · 10BE Satin Bronze Powder Coated Stainless Steel (W60BE)

W60 Kits Include:

221" [63 mm]

1116" [26 mm]

1116" [27 mm]
438" [111 mm]

1 ea 2 ea 31156" 1 ea [100 mm2] ea

BAR/_ Stainless Steel Track BRACKET2 Stainless Steel Wall Brackets 62 Stainless Steel Hangers 102SS2-83K" IT Stainless Steel Guide STOP[620 mSmt]ainless Steel Stops Mounting Hardware

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number

Material

Track Length Door Width

W60/6

304 Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

1161" [17 mm]

134" [44 mm]

W60/8

304 Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

W60D/6

Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

41" [6 mm] 1196" [39 mm]

196" [14 mm]
38" [10 mm]

W60D/8

Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

W60P/6

304 Polished Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

W60P/8

304 Polished Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

W60BE/6

Satin Bronze Powder Coated Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

1116" [27mm]

31165" [100mm]

283" [60mm]

W60BE/8

Satin Bronze Powder Coated Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

Custom lengths are available. Please contact the factory to order.

438" [111mm]

Options:

Hardware Pack (One Door) W60_H/PACK

Mortise Guides

102N

134" [44mm]

41" [6mm] ]

196" [14mm]
38" [10mm]

Polypropylene Guide Rail EPD3BL For Use With 102N

5/8" Spacer

BLD-SPACER-58 Pack of 5 5/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 5/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

1/2" SpacerBLD-SPACER-12 Pack of 5 1/2" Spacer
Recommended for use with 1/2" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

NOTE: Alternate route dimension when using optional EPD3BL

3/8" SpacerBLD-SPACER-38 Pack of 5 3/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 3/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

253

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Stainless Steel Sliding Track Hardware System With Cushion Stop
CS-W60 Series for Wood Doors
For Sliding Panels up to 176 lbs.

221" [63mm]

1116" [26mm]

1116" [27mm]

438" [111mm]

281" [54mm]

1116"

[27mm]

438" [111mm]

281" [54mm]

134"

[44mm]

41" [6mm]
" mm]

196" [14mm]
38" [10mm]

1161" [17mm]

134" [44mm]

41" [6mm]
1196" [39 mm]
587" [150mm]

196" [14mm]
38" [10mm]
283" [60mm]

587" [150mm]

NOTE: Alternate route dimension when using optional EPD3BL

Configurations: · Single

Installations: · Side Wall Mount (only)

Features: · Made of 304 stainless steel · Prevents door racking and bounce back · Extends life of upper hardware · Nylon coated stainless steel wheel for smooth operation · 176 lb. panel capacity · 5 year warranty · Meets ADA push force requirements

Finishes: · Brushed Stainless Steel · Dark Bronze Stainless Steel · Polished Stainless Steel

CS-W60 Kits Include:

1 ea BAR/_ Stainless Steel Track

283" [60mm]

BRACKET2 Stainless Steel Wall Brackets

2 ea 62 Stainless Steel Hangers

1 ea 102SS-KIT Stainless Steel Guide

1 pr CS-001SS Stainless Steel Cushion Stops

NOTE: If ordering individual parts in the optional Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel or Polished finishes, be sure to include a suffix "D" for Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel or "P" for Polished Stainless

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number

Material

Track Length Door Width

CS-W60/6

304 Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

CS-W60/8

304 Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

CS-W60D/6

304 Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

CS-W60D/8

304 Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

CS-W60P/6

304 Polished Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

CS-W60P/8

304 Polished Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

Custom lengths are available. Please contact the factory to order.

Options: See page 278

Mortise Guides

102N

Polypropylene Guide Rail EPD3BL For Use With 102SS-KIT

Cushion Stops CS-001SS (sold as pair) For use with existing openings that have W60 hardware installed

5/8" Spacer

BLD-SPACER-58 Pack of 5 5/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 5/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

1/2" SpacerBLD-SPACER-12 Pack of 5 1/2" Spacer
Recommended for use with 1/2" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

3/8" SpacerBLD-SPACER-38 Pack of 5 3/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 3/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

254

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Soft Close Stainless Steel Sliding Track Hardware System
SFT-W60 Series for Wood Doors
For Sliding Panels up to 176 lbs.

221" [63mm]

1116" [26mm]

1116" [27mm]
441" [109mm]

1116" [17mm]

134" [44mm]

41" [6mm] 196"
[14mm]

1196" [39 mm]

3" [76mm]

238" [60mm]

VARIES

372" - 3112"
[6-9 mm]

3" [76mm]

Configurations: · Single

Installations: · Side Wall Mount (only)-

Features: · Made of 304 stainless steel · Soft Close · Nylon coated stainless steel wheel for smooth operation · 176 lb. panel capacity · 5 year warranty · Meets ADA push force requirements

Finishes: · Brushed Stainless Steel

SFT-W60 Kits Include:

1 ea SC-BAR/_ Stainless Steel Track with Two Soft Close Devices

BRACKET2 Stainless Steel Wall Brackets

2 ea SC- VARIES 62 Stainless Steel Hangers

1 238" ea 102SS-KIT Stainless Steel Guide 2 ea [60mm] STOP2 Stainless Steel Stops Mounting Hardware

2 ea SC-TRG Soft Close Activators

Part Number SFT-W60/6 SFT-W60/8

Standard Kit Sizes

Material

Track Length

304 Stainless Steel

783/4"

304 Stainless Steel

987/16"

Door Width 36" 48"

Options:

Hardware Pack (One Door) SC-W60H/PACK

Mortise Guides

102N

Polypropylene Guide Rail EPD3BL For Use With 102N and 102SS-KIT

5/8" Spacer

BLD-SPACER-58 Pack of 5 5/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 5/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

1/2" SSFpTa-Wce60rBLD-SPACER-12 Pack of 5 1/2" Spacer
Recommended for use with 1/2" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

3/8" SpacerBLD-SPACER-38 Pack of 5 3/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 3/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

134" [44mm]
41" [6mm] 196"
[14mm]
372" - 3112" [6-9 mm]

SFT-W60

NOTE: Alternate route dimension when using optional EPD3BL
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

255

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Stainless Steel Sliding Track Hardware System
W70 Series for Wood Doors
For Sliding Panels up to 240 lbs.

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount (only)

Features: · Made of 304 stainless steel · Nylon coated stainless steel wheel for smooth operation · 240 lb. panel capacity · 5 year warranty · Meets ADA push force requirements

Finishes: · Brushed Stainless Steel (W70) · Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel (W70D) · Polished Stainless Steel (W70P) · Satin Bronze Powder Coated Stainless Steel (W70BE)

Shown with Optional Stop. Part number: STOP1

1116" [26 mm]

1116" [27 mm]

221" [63 mm]

4116" [103 mm]

W70 Kits Include:

1 ea BAR/_ Stainless Steel Track

31165"
[100 mm]
2 ea

BR1A1156C" KET2 Stainless Steel Wall Brackets [50 mm]
WD72 Stainless Steel Hangers

1 ea 102SS-KIT Stainless Steel Guide

2 ea STOP2 Stainless Steel Stops Mounting Hardware

1116" [27 mm]
4116" [103 mm]

1" [25 mm]

134" [44 mm]

41" [6 mm]

196" [14 mm]

31156" [100 mm]

178" [47 mm]

38" [10 mm]

11156" [50 mm]

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number

Material

Track Length Door Width

W70/6

304 Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

W70/8

304 Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

W70D/6

Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

W70D/8

Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

W70P/6

304 Polished Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

W70P/8

304 Polished Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

W70BE/6

Satin Bronze Powder Coated Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

W70BE/8

Satin Bronze Powder Coated Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

Custom lengths are available. Please contact the factory to order.

134"

Options:

[44 mm]

Hardware Pack (One Door) W70_H/PACK

41" 6 mm]

196" [14 mm]

Alternate Stop Mortise Guides

STOP1 102N

178" [47 mm]

38" [10 mm]

Polypropylene Guide Rail 5/8" Spacer

EPD3BL For Use With 102N
BLD-SPACER-58 Pack of 5 5/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 5/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

NOTE: Alternate route dimension when using optional EPD3BL

1/2" SpacerBLD-SPACER-12 Pack of 5 1/2" Spacer
Recommended for use with 1/2" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board
3/8" SpacerBLD-SPACER-38 Pack of 5 3/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 3/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

256

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Stainless Steel Sliding Track Hardware System
W80 Series for Wood Doors
For Sliding Panels up to 176 lbs.

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount (only)

Features: · Made of 304 stainless steel · Nylon coated stainless steel wheel for smooth operation · 176 lb. panel capacity · 5 year warranty · Meets ADA push force requirements

Finishes: · Brushed Stainless Steel (W80) · Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel (W80D) · Polished Stainless Steel (W80P)

221" [63 mm]

1116" [26 mm]

178" [48 mm]
441" [108 mm]

178"

mm]

[48mm]

441" [108mm]

1156" [33mm]

134" [44mm]

41" [6mm]

196" [14mm]

2136" [55mm]

38" [10mm]

1156" [33 mm]

134" [44 mm]

41" [6 mm]

196" [14 mm]

31165" [100mm]

2136" [55 mm]
238" [60mm]

38" [10 mm]

W80 Kits Include:

1 ea 3156"2 ea [84 m1m]ea 2 ea

BAR/_ Stainless Steel Track BRACKET2 Stainless Steel Wall Brackets WD82283"Stainless Steel Hangers 102[S60Sm-mK]IT Stainless Steel Guide STOP2 Stainless Steel Stops Mounting Hardware

NOTE: If ordering individual parts in the optional Black Powder Coat, Polished finishes or Satin Bronze be sure to include a prefix "D" for Black Powder Coat, or "P" for Polished Stainless

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number

Material

Track Length Door Width

W80/6

304 Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

W80/8

304 Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

W80D/6

Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

W80D/8

Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

W80P/6

304 Polished Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

W80P/8

304 Polished Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

Custom lengths are available. Please contact the factory to order.

Options:

Hardware Pack (One Door) W80_H/PACK

Mortise Guides

102N

Polypropylene Guide Rail EPD3BL For Use With 102N

5/8" Spacer

BLD-SPACER-58 Pack of 5 5/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 5/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

1/2" SpacerBLD-SPACER-12 Pack of 5 1/2" Spacer
Recommended for use with 1/2" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

3/8" SpacerBLD-SPACER-38 Pack of 5 3/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 3/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

NOTE: Alternate route dimension when using optional EPD3BL

257

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Stainless Steel Sliding Track Hardware System
W90 Series for Wood Doors
For Sliding Panels up to 176 lbs.

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount (only)

Features: · Made of 304 stainless steel · Nylon coated stainless steel wheel for smooth operation · 176 lb. panel capacity · 5 year warranty · Meets ADA push force requirements

Finishes: · Brushed Stainless Steel (W90) · Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel (W90D) · Polished Stainless Steel (W90P)

1116" [26 mm]
287" [73 mm]

1156" [33 mm]
5136" [131 mm]

31165" [100 mm]

W90 Kits Include:

1 ea B238A" R/_ Stainless Steel Track

[6B1RmmA] CKET2 Stainless Steel Wall Brackets

2 ea WD92 Stainless Steel Hangers

1 ea 102SS-KIT Stainless Steel Guide

2 ea STOP2 Stainless Steel Stops Mounting Hardware

NOTE: If ordering individual parts in the optional Black Powder Coat, Polished finishes or Satin Bronze be sure to include a prefix "D" for Black Powder Coat, or "P" for Polished Stainless

1156" [33 mm]

1" [25 mm]

134" [44 mm]

41" [6 mm]

196" [14 mm]

31156" [100 mm]

178" [47 mm]

38" [10 mm]

238" [61 mm]

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number

Material

Track Length Door Width

W90/6

304 Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

W90/8

304 Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

W90D/6

Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

W90D/8

Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

W90P/6

304 Polished Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

W90P/8

304 Polished Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

Custom lengths are available. Please contact the factory to order.

5136" [131 mm]

134" [44 mm]

41" [6 mm]

196" [14 mm]

178" [47 mm]

38" [10 mm]

NOTE: Alternate route dimension when using optional EPD3BL

Options:

Hardware Pack (One Door) W90_H/PACK

Mortise Guides

102N

Polypropylene Guide Rail EPD3BL For Use With 102N

5/8" Spacer

BLD-SPACER-58 Pack of 5 5/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 5/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

1/2" SpacerBLD-SPACER-12 Pack of 5 1/2" Spacer
Recommended for use with 1/2" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

3/8" SpacerBLD-SPACER-38 Pack of 5 3/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 3/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

258

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Stainless Steel Sliding Track Hardware System

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount (only)

W100 Series for Wood Doors
For Sliding Panels up to 198 lbs.

Features: · Made of 304 stainless steel · Nylon coated stainless steel wheel for smooth operation · 198 lb. panel capacity · 5 year warranty · Meets ADA push force requirements

Finishes: · Brushed Stainless Steel (W100) · Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel (W100D) · Polished Stainless Steel (W100P) · Satin Bronze Powder Coated Stainless Steel (W100BE)

W100 Kits Include:

121" [39 mm]
31136" [96 mm]

134" [44 mm]

mm]

196"

[14 mm]

38" [10 mm]

221" [63 mm]

1116" [26 mm]

121" [39 mm]
31163" [96 mm]

41" [6 mm]
134" [44 mm]

158" [41 mm]
2136" [55 mm]

41" [6 mm]
141" [31 mm]
51156" [150 mm]

196" [14 mm]
38" [10 mm]

51156" [150 mm]

185" [41 mm]
2136" [55 mm]

NOTE: Alternate route dimension when using optional EPD3BL

1 ea BAR/_ Stainless Steel Track

BRACKET2 Stainless Steel Wall Brackets

2 ea WD111 Stainless Steel Hangers

1 ea 102SS-KIT Stainless Steel Guide

2 ea STOP2 Stainless Steel Stops Mounting Hardware

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number

Material

Track Length Door Width

W100/6

304 Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

W100/8

304 Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

W100D/6

Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

W100D/8

Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

W100P/6

304 Polished Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

W100P/8

304 Polished Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

W100BE/6

Satin Bronze Powder Coated Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

W100BE/8

Satin Bronze Powder Coated Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

Custom lengths are available. Please contact the factory to order.

Options:

Hardware Pack (One Door) W100_H/PACK

Mortise Guides

102N

Polypropylene Guide Rail EPD3BL For Use With 102N

5/8" Spacer

BLD-SPACER-58 Pack of 5 5/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 5/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

1/2" SpacerBLD-SPACER-12 Pack of 5 1/2" Spacer
Recommended for use with 1/2" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

3/8" SpacerBLD-SPACER-38 Pack of 5 3/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 3/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

259

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Stainless Steel Sliding Track Hardware System With Cushion Stop
CS-W100 Series for Wood Doors
For Sliding Panels up to 198 lbs.

221" [63 mm]

1116" [26 mm]

121" [39 mm]
31136" [96 mm]

134" [44 mm]

41" [6 mm]
134" [44 mm]

55° 158"
[41 mm]
2136" [55 mm]

1116" [26 mm]

121" [39 mm]
31136" [96 mm]

134" [44 mm]

41" [6 mm]
134" [44 mm]

55° 158"
[41 mm]
2136" [55 mm]

41" [6 mm] 141" [31 mm]

196" [14 mm]
38" [10 mm]

41" [6 mm] 141" [31 mm]

196" [14 mm]
38" [10 mm]

781" [182 mm]

NOTE: Alternate route dimension when using optional EPD3BL

Configurations: · Single

Installations: · Side Wall Mount (only)

Features: · Made of 304 stainless steel · Prevents door racking and bounce back · Extends life of upper hardware · Nylon coated stainless steel wheel for smooth operation · 198 lb. panel capacity · 5 year warranty · Meets ADA push force requirements

Finishes: · Brushed Stainless Steel · Dark Bronze Stainless Steel · Polished Stainless Steel

CS-W100 Kits Include:

1 ea BAR/_ Stainless Steel Track

BRACKET2 Stainless Steel Wall Brackets

2 ea WD111 Stainless Steel Hangers

1 ea 102SS-KIT Stainless Steel Guide

1 pr CS-003SS Stainless Steel Cushion Stops

NOTE: If ordering individual parts in the optional Dark Bronze or Polished finishes, be sure to include a suffix "D" for Dark Bronze or "P" for Polished Stainless

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number

Material

Track Length Door Width

CS- W100/6

304 Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

CS- W100/8

304 Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

CS- W100D/6

Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

CS- W100D/8

Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

CS- W100P/6

304 Polished Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

CS- W100P/8

304 Polished Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

Custom lengths are available. Please contact the factory to order.

Options:

Mortise Guides

102N

Polypropylene Guide Rail EPD3BL For Use With 102SS-KIT

Cushion Stops CS-003SS (sold as pair) For use with existing openings that have W100 hardware installed"

5/8" Spacer

BLD-SPACER-58 Pack of 5 5/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 5/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

1/2" SpacerBLD-SPACER-12 Pack of 5 1/2" Spacer
Recommended for use with 1/2" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

3/8" SpacerBLD-SPACER-38 Pack of 5 3/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 3/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

260

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Soft Close Stainless Steel Sliding Track Hardware System
SFT-W100 Series for Wood Doors
For Sliding Panels up to 198 lbs.

Configurations: · Single

Installations: · Side Wall Mount (only)

Features: · Made of 304 stainless steel · Soft Close · Nylon coated stainless steel wheel for smooth operation · 198 lb. panel capacity · 5 year warranty · Meets ADA push force requirements

Finishes: · Brushed Stainless Steel

221" [63 mm]

1116" [26 mm]

11116" [43 mm]
4156" [109 mm]

38" [10 mm]
134" [44 mm]

1116" [27 mm]
2136" [55 mm]

1116" [26 mm]

11116" [43 mm]

4156" [109 mm]

38" 10 mm]
134" [44 mm]

1116" [27 mm]
2136" [55 mm]

1176" 6 mm]

41" [6 mm] 196"
[14 mm]
372" - 3112" [6-9 mm]

1176" [36 mm]
51156" [150 mm]

41" [6 mm] 196"
[14 mm]
372" - 3112" [6-9 mm]
VARIES

SFT-W100

SFT-W100 Kits Include:

1 ea SC-BAR/_ Stainless Steel Track with Two Soft Close Devices

VARIES

BRACKET2 Stainless Steel Wall Brackets

51156" [150 mm]

2 ea SC-111 Stainless Steel Hangers 1 ea 102SS-KIT Stainless Steel Guide

2 ea STOP2 Stainless Steel Stops Mounting Hardware

2 ea SC-TRG Soft Close Activators

Part Number SFT-W100/6 SFT-W100/8

Standard Kit Sizes

Material

Track Length Door Width

304 Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

304 Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

Options:

Hardware Pack (One Door) SC-W100H/PACK

Mortise Guides

102N

SFT-W100
Polypropylene Guide Rail EPD3BL For Use With 102N and 102SS-KIT

5/8" Spacer

BLD-SPACER-58 Pack of 5 5/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 5/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

1/2" SpacerBLD-SPACER-12 Pack of 5 1/2" Spacer
Recommended for use with 1/2" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

3/8" SpacerBLD-SPACER-38 Pack of 5 3/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 3/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

261

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Stainless Steel Sliding Track Hardware System
G60 Series for Glass Doors
For Sliding Panels up to 198 lbs.

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount (only)

Features: · Made of 304 stainless steel · Nylon coated stainless steel wheel for smooth operation · 198 lb. panel capacity · 5 year warranty · Meets ADA push force requirements

Finishes: · Brushed Stainless Steel (G60) · Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel (G60D) · Polished Stainless Steel (G60P)

G60 Kits Include:

1 ea BAR/_ Stainless Steel Track

1116" [26 mm]

1116" [27 mm]

BRACKET2 Stainless Steel Wall Brackets

2 ea 51156"
[150 mm]

12 Stainless Steel Hangers

1 ea GLASSGUIDE Stainless Steel Guide

221" [63 mm]
1116" [26 mm]

1116" [27 mm]
"B"

358" [92 mm]

2" [50 mm]

51156" [150 mm]

2 ea STOP2 Stainless Steel Stops Mounting Hardware NOTE: If ordering individual parts in the optional Black Powder Coat, Polished finishes or Satin Bronze be sure to include a prefix "D" for Black Powder Coat, or "P" for Polished Stainless
Standard Kit Sizes

385" [92 mm]

2" [50 mm]

Part Number G60/6

Material 304 Stainless Steel

Track Length Door Width

783/4"

36"

G60/8

304 Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

"A"

"B"

[50 mm]

G60D/6

Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

G60D/8

Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

G60P/6

304 Polished Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

1116" [26 mm]
"B"

1116" [27 mm]

385" [92 mm]

"A"
2" [50 mm]
2" [50 mm]

38" [10 mm]
51156" [150 mm]

1116" [28 mm]

2" [50 mm]

Glass Thickness "A" 3/8" 1/2"

Distance from Wall "B" 3/4" 5/8"

G60P/8

304 Polished Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

Custom lengths are available. Please contact the factory to order.

Options:

Hardware Pack (One Door) G60_H/PACK

5/8" Spacer

BLD-SPACER-58 Pack of 5 5/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 5/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

38" [10 mm]

"A"

38"

[10 mm]

1116" [28 mm]
Glass Thickness "A" 3/8" 1/2"

1116" [28 mm]

Glass Thickness "A"
Distance from Wall "B"

3/4" 5/8"

3/8"

1/2"

Distance from Wall "B" 3/4" 5/8"

262

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Stainless Steel Sliding Track Hardware System
G70 Series for Glass Doors
For Sliding Panels up to 240 lbs.

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount (only)

Features: · Made of 304 stainless steel · Nylon coated stainless steel wheel for smooth operation · 240 lb. panel capacity · 5 year warranty · Meets ADA push force requirements

Finishes: · Brushed Stainless Steel (G70) · Polished Stainless Steel (G70P)

221" [63 mm]
1116" [26 mm]

"B"

1116" 26 mm]
"B"

1116" [27 mm]

31161" [94 mm]

"A"

1196" [40 mm]

2" [50 mm]

G70 Kits Include:

1116" [26 mm]

1116" [27 mm]

1116" "B" [27 mm]

31161" [94 mm]

358" [92 mm]
"A"

51156" [150 mm]

1 ea BAR/_ Stainless Steel Track

BRACKET2 Stainless Steel Wall Brackets

2 ea 32 Stainless Steel Hangers

1 ea GLASSGUIDE Stainless Steel Guide

2 ea STOP2 Stainless Steel Stops Mounting Hardware

NOTE: If ordering individual parts in the optional Polished finishes

or Satin Bronze be sure to include a prefix "P" for Polished Stainless

1196" [40 mm]

51156" [150 mm]

2" [50 mm]

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number

Material

Track Length Door Width

G70/6

304 Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

G70/8

304 Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

G70P/6

304 Polished Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

G70P/8

304 Polished Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

Custom lengths are available. Please contact the factory to order.

2" [50 mm]

Options: Hardware Pack (One Door) G70_H/PACK

38" [10 mm]
51156" [150 mm]

1116" [28 mm]

2" [50 mm]

Glass Thickness "A" 3/8" 1/2"

Distance from Wall "B" 3/4" 5/8"

Alternate Stop

STOP1

5/8" Spacer

BLD-SPACER-58 Pack of 5 5/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 5/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

1/2" SpacerBLD-SPACER-12 Pack of 5 1/2" Spacer
Recommended for use with 1/2" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

3/8" SpacerBLD-SPACER-38 Pack of 5 3/8" Spacer
Recommended for use with 3/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

"A"

38"

[10 mm]

1116"

38"

0 mm]

1116"

[28 mm]

[28 mm]
Glass Thickness "A"
Glass Thickness "A" Distance from Wall "B"

3/8" 1/2"

3/4" 5/8"

3/8"

1/2"

Distance from Wall "B" 3/4" 5/8"

263

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Stainless Steel Sliding Track Hardware System
G80 Series for Glass Doors
For Sliding Panels up to 198 lbs.

221" [63 mm]

1116" [26 mm]

"B"

178" [48 mm]

31161" [94 mm]

221" [63 mm]

2" [50 mm]

"A"

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount (only)

Features: · Made of 304 stainless steel · Nylon coated stainless steel wheel for smooth operation · 198 lb. panel capacity · 5 year warranty · Meets ADA push force requirements

Finishes: · Brushed Stainless Steel (G80) · Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel (G80D) · Polished Stainless Steel (G80P)

G80 Kits Include:

1 ea BAR/_ Stainless Steel Track

BRACKET2 Stainless Steel Wall Brackets

2 ea 22 Stainless Steel Hangers

1 ea GLASSGUIDE Stainless Steel Guide

51156"
[150 mm]
1116"

2 ea STOP2 Stainless Steel Stops Mounting Hardware

NOTE: If ordering individual parts in Polished1f78i"nishes or Satin Bronze be

stuhreeotpotiinocnlauldBelaacpk5r11Pe56of"iwx d"Der"

Coat, for

[26 mm] Black P[o4w8 mdmer] Coat, or "P" for Polished Stainless [150 mm]

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number G80/6

31161" Material [94 m3m04] Stainless Steel

Track Length Door Width

783/4"

36"

G80/8

304 Stainless Steel

987/16"

48"

G80D/6

Black Powder Coated Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

"B"

G80D/8

Black Powder Coated Stainless St2e"el

987/16"

48"

[50 mm]

G80P/6

304 Polished Stainless Steel

783/4"

36"

G80P/8

304 Polished Stainless St2e"el

987/16"

48"

Custom lengths are available. P[l5e0asmemc]ontact the factory to order.

38" [10 mm]

116" mm]

187" [48 mm]
31161" [94 mm]

B" "A"

2" [50 mm]
2" [50 mm]

51156" [150 mm]

mm]

1116"

[26 mm]

Glass Thickness "A" 3/8" 1/2"

Distance from Wall "B" 11/16" 9/16"

264

1116" [26 mm]

Glass Thickness "A" 3/8" 1/2"

Distance from Wall "B" 11/16" 9/16"

38" [10 mm]

Options:

"A"Hardware Pack (One Door) G80_H/PACK

5/8" Spacer

BLD-SPACER-58 Pack of 5 5/8" Spacer

Recommended for use with 5/8" Gypsum Board When

Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

1/2" SpacerBLD-SPACER-12 Pack of 5 1/2" Spacer
Recommended for use with 1/2" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

3/8" Spa11c16e"rRBeLcDom-SmPAenCdEeRd-f3o8r uPsaecwkitohf35/83" /G8y"pSsupmacBeorard When

[26 mm]

Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

Glass Thickness "A" 3/8" 1/2"

Distance from Wall "B" 11/16" 9/16"

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Builders Series Flat Track Sliding Door Hardware System
BLD-FT-01 for Wood Doors
For Sliding Panels up to 240 lbs.

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount (only)

Features: · Solid nylon wheel for smooth operation · 240 lb. panel capacity · Optional Soft Close · 5 year warranty · Meets ADA push force requirements

Finishes: · Black Suede Powder Coated Steel (BLD-FT-01BSP) · Industrial Steel Zinc Coated Steel (BLD-FT-01IS)
BLD-FT-01 Kits Include:
1 ea BLD-FT_/_ Steel Flat Track 5 ea BLD-99_ Steel Track Brackets 5 ea BLD-88_ Steel Track Fasteners 2 ea BLD-01-_ Steel Strap Mount Hangers 2 ea BLD-77 Anti-Rise Discs 1 ea 102N Mortised Type Nylon Guide 2 ea BLD-11-_ Steel Track Stops Mounting Hardware

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number

Material

Track Length Door Width

BLD-FT-01IS/6 Industrial Steel

72"

36"

BLD-FT-01IS/8 Industrial Steel

96"

48"

BLD-FT-01BSP/6

Black Suede Powder Coated Steel

72"

36"

BLD-FT-01BSP/8

Black Suede Powder Coated Steel

96"

48"

Custom lengths are available. Please contact the factory to order.

Options: Thru-bolts for 1 3/8" thick doors 4 per door BLD-97-__

Hardware Pack (One Door)

BLD-FT01-__/PACK

Side Wall Mortised Type Guide 102WN-KIT

Polypropylene Guide Rail

EPD3BL For Use With 102N

5/8" Spacer

BLD-SPACER-58 Pack of 5 5/8" Spacer Recommended for use with 5/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

1/2" SpacerBLD-SPACER-12 Pack of 5 1/2" Spacer Recommended for use with 1/2" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

3/8" SpacerBLD-SPACER-38 Pack of 5 3/8" Spacer Recommended for use with 3/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

Soft Close available. See page 279 for more information.

NOTE: Alternate route dimension when using optional EPD3BL

265

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Builders Series Flat Track Sliding Door Hardware System
BLD-FT-02 for Wood Doors
For Sliding Panels up to 240 lbs.

Configurations:
· Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount (only)

Features: · Solid nylon wheel for smooth operation · 240 lb. panel capacity · O ptional Soft Close · 5 year warranty · Meets ADA push force requirements

Finishes: · Black Suede Powder Coated Steel (BLD-FT-02BSP) · Industrial Steel Zinc Coated Steel (BLD-FT-02IS)
BLD-FT-02 Kits Include:

1 ea BLD-FT_/_ Steel Flat Track 5 ea BLD-99_ Steel Track Brackets 5 ea BLD-88_ Steel Track Fasteners 2 ea BLD-02-_ Steel Top Mount Hangers 2 ea BLD-77 Anti-Rise Discs 1 ea 102N Mortised Type Nylon Guide 2 ea BLD-11-_ Steel Track Stops Mounting Hardware

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number

Material

Track Length

BLD-FT-02IS/6 Industrial Steel

72"

BLD-FT-02IS/8 Industrial Steel

96"

BLD-FT-02BSP/6

Black Suede Powder Coated Steel

72"

BLD-FT-02BSP/8

Black Suede Powder Coated Steel

96"

Door Width 36" 48" 36"
48"

Custom lengths are available. Please contact the factory to order.

Options: See page 278 Hardware Pack (One Door)

BLD-FT02-__/PACK

Side Wall Mortised Type Guide 102WN-KIT

Polypropylene Guide Rail

EPD3BL For Use With 102N

5/8" Spacer

BLD-SPACER-58 Pack of 5 5/8" Spacer Recommended for use with 5/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

1/2" SpacerBLD-SPACER-12 Pack of 5 1/2" Spacer Recommended for use with 1/2" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

3/8" SpacerBLD-SPACER-38 Pack of 5 3/8" Spacer Recommended for use with 3/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

Soft Close available. See page 284-285 for more information.

266

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Designer Series Flat Track Sliding Door Hardware System DSG-FT-03 for Wood Doors
For Sliding Panels up to 500 lbs.
Shown in 10BE Satin Bronze finish

Configurations: · Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount (only)

Features: · Solid steel wheel with a polymer resin contact surface for smooth operation · 500 lb. panel capacity · 5 year warranty

Finishes: · Black Suede Powder Coated Steel (DSG-FT-03BSP) · Industrial Steel Zinc Coated Steel (DSG-FT-03IS) · Wrought Black Powder Coated Steel (DSG-FT-03WB) · 10BE Satin Bronze Powder Coated Steel (DSG-FT-03BZ) · Stainless Steel (DSG-FT-03SS)

DSG-FT-03 Kits include:

1 ea 7 to 9 ea 7 to 9 ea 2 ea 2 ea 1 ea 2 ea

DSG-FT_/_ Steel Flat Track DSG-100_ Steel Track Brackets DSG-89_ Steel Track Fasteners DSG-03-_ Steel Top Mount Hangers DSG-78 Anti-Rise Blocks DSG-106 Mortised Type Roller Guide DSG-12-_ Steel Track Stops Mounting Hardware

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number

Material

Track Length Door Width

DSG-FT-03IS/6

Industrial Steel

72"

36"

DSG-FT-03IS/8

Industrial Steel

96"

48"

DSG-FT-03BSP/6 Black Suede Powder Coated Steel

72"

36"

DSG-FT-03BSP/8 Black Suede Powder Coated Steel

96"

48"

DSG-FT-03WB/6

Wrought Black Powder Coated Steel

72"

36"

DSG-FT-03WB/8

Wrought Black Powder Coated Steel

96"

48"

DSG-FT-03BZ/6

10BE Satin Bronze Powder Coated Steel

72"

36"

DSG-FT-03BZ/8

10BE Satin Bronze Powder Coated Steel

96"

48"

DSG-FT-03SS/6

Stainless Steel

72"

36"

DSG-FT-03SS/8

Stainless Steel

96"

48"

Custom lengths are available. Please contact the factory to order.

Options:

Hardware Pack (One Door)

DSG-FT03-__/PACK

Side Wall Mortised Type Guide

102WN-KIT

5/8" Spacer

BLD-SPACER-58 Pack of 5 5/8" Spacer Recommended for use with 5/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

1/2" SpacerBLD-SPACER-12 Pack of 5 1/2" Spacer Recommended for use with 1/2" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

3/8" SpacerBLD-SPACER-38 Pack of 5 3/8" Spacer Recommended for use with 3/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

267

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Designer Series Flat Track Sliding Door Hardware System DSG-FT-04 for Wood Doors
For Sliding Panels up to 500 lbs. Only for doors 1 ½" to 2 ¼" thick.
Shown in Wrought Black finish

Configurations: · Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount (only)

Features: · Solid steel wheel with a polymer resin contact surface for smooth operation · 500 lb. panel capacity · 5 year warranty

Finishes: · Black Black Suede Powder Coated Steel (DSG-FT-04BSP) · Industrial Steel Zinc Coated Steel (DSG-FT-04IS) · Wrought Black Powder Coated Steel (DSG-FT-04WB) · 10BE Satin Bronze Powder Coated Steel (DSG-FT-04BZ) · Stainless Steel (DSG-FT-04SS)

DSG-FT-04 Kits include:

1 ea 7 to 9 ea 7 to 9 ea 2 ea 2 ea 1 ea 2 ea

DSG-FT_/_ Steel Flat Track DSG-100_ Steel Track Brackets DSG-89_ Steel Track Fasteners DSG-04-_ Steel Top Mount Hangers DSG-78 Anti-Rise Blocks DSG-106 Mortised Type Roller Guide DSG-12-_ Steel Track Stops Mounting Hardware

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number

Material

Track Length Door Width

DSG-FT-04IS/6

Industrial Steel

72"

36"

DSG-FT-04IS/8

Industrial Steel

96"

48"

DSG-FT-04BSP/6 Black Suede Powder Coated Steel

72"

36"

DSG-FT-04BSP/8 Black Suede Powder Coated Steel

96"

48"

DSG-FT-04WB/6

Wrought Black Powder Coated Steel

72"

36"

DSG-FT-04WB/8

Wrought Black Powder Coated Steel

96"

48"

DSG-FT-04BZ/6

10BE Satin Bronze Powder Coated Steel

72"

36"

DSG-FT-04BZ/8

10BE Satin Bronze Powder Coated Steel

96"

48"

DSG-FT-04SS/6

Stainless Steel

72"

36"

DSG-FT-04SS/8

Stainless Steel

96"

48"

Custom lengths are available. Please contact the factory to order.

Options:

Hardware Pack (One Door)

DSG-FT04-__/PACK

Side Wall Mortised Type Guide

102WN-KIT

5/8" Spacer

BLD-SPACER-58 Pack of 5 5/8" Spacer Recommended for use with 5/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

1/2" SpacerBLD-SPACER-12 Pack of 5 1/2" Spacer Recommended for use with 1/2" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

3/8" SpacerBLD-SPACER-38 Pack of 5 3/8" Spacer Recommended for use with 3/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

268

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Designer Series Flat Track Sliding Door Hardware System DSG-FT-05 for Wood Doors
For Sliding Panels up to 500 lbs.
Shown in Industrial Steel finish

Configurations: · Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount (only)

Features: · Solid steel wheel with a polymer resin contact surface for smooth operation · 500 lb. panel capacity · 5 year warranty

Finishes: · Black Suede Powder Coated Steel (DSG-FT-05BSP) · Industrial Steel Zinc Coated Steel (DSG-FT-05IS) · Wrought Black Powder Coated Steel (DSG-FT-05WB) · 10BE Satin Bronze Powder Coated Steel (DSG-FT-05BZ) · Stainless Steel (DSG-FT-05SS)

DSG-FT-05 Kits include:

1 ea 7 to 9 ea 7 to 9 ea 2 ea 2 ea 1 ea 2 ea

DSG-FT_/_ Steel Flat Track DSG-100_ Steel Track Brackets DSG-89_ Steel Track Fasteners DSG-05-_ Steel Top Mount Hangers DSG-78 Anti-Rise Blocks DSG-106 Mortised Type Roller Guide DSG-12-_ Steel Track Stops Mounting Hardware

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number

Material

Track Length Door Width

DSG-FT-05IS/6

Industrial Steel

72"

36"

DSG-FT-05IS/8

Industrial Steel

96"

48"

DSG-FT-05BSP/6 Black Suede Powder Coated Steel

72"

36"

DSG-FT-05BSP/8 Black Suede Powder Coated Steel

96"

48"

DSG-FT-05WB/6

Wrought Black Powder Coated Steel

72"

36"

DSG-FT-05WB/8

Wrought Black Powder Coated Steel

96"

48"

DSG-FT-05BZ/6

10BE Satin Bronze Powder Coated Steel

72"

36"

DSG-FT-05BZ/8

10BE Satin Bronze Powder Coated Steel

96"

48"

DSG-FT-05SS/6

Stainless Steel

72"

36"

DSG-FT-05SS/8

Stainless Steel

96"

48"

Custom lengths are available. Please contact the factory to order.

Options:

Hardware Pack (One Door)

DSG-FT05-__/PACK

Side Wall Mortised Type Guide

102WN-KIT

5/8" Spacer

BLD-SPACER-58 Pack of 5 5/8" Spacer Recommended for use with 5/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

1/2" SpacerBLD-SPACER-12 Pack of 5 1/2" Spacer Recommended for use with 1/2" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

3/8" SpacerBLD-SPACER-38 Pack of 5 3/8" Spacer Recommended for use with 3/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

269

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Designer Series Flat Track Sliding Door Hardware System DSG-FT-06 for Wood Doors
For Sliding Panels up to 500 lbs. Only for doors 1 ½" to 2 ¼" thick.
Shown in Stainless Steel with a solid wheel. DGS-FT-06 in all other finishes have spoked wheels.

Configurations: · Single · Bi-parting

Installations: · Side Wall Mount (only)

Features: · Solid steel wheel with a polymer resin contact surface for smooth operation · 500 lb. panel capacity

· 5 year warranty

Finishes: · Black Black Suede Powder Coated Steel (DSG-FT-06BSP) · Industrial Steel Zinc Coated Steel (DSG-FT-06IS) · Wrought Black Powder Coated Steel (DSG-FT-06WB) · 10BE Satin Bronze Powder Coated Steel (DSG-FT-64BZ) · Stainless Steel (DSG-FT-06SS)

DSG-FT-06 Kits include:

1 ea 7 to 9 ea 7 to 9 ea 2 ea 2 ea 1 ea 2 ea

DSG-FT_/_ Steel Flat Track DSG-100_ Steel Track Brackets DSG-89_ Steel Track Fasteners DSG-06-_ Steel Top Mount Hangers DSG-78 Anti-Rise Blocks DSG-106 Mortised Type Roller Guide DSG-12-_ Steel Track Stops Mounting Hardware

Standard Kit Sizes

Part Number

Material

Track Length Door Width

DSG-FT-06IS/6

Industrial Steel

72"

36"

DSG-FT-06IS/8

Industrial Steel

96"

48"

DSG-FT-06BSP/6 Black Suede Powder Coated Steel

72"

36"

DSG-FT-06BSP/8 Black Suede Powder Coated Steel

96"

48"

DSG-FT-06WB/6

Wrought Black Powder Coated Steel

72"

36"

DSG-FT-06WB/8

Wrought Black Powder Coated Steel

96"

48"

DSG-FT-06BZ/6

10BE Satin Bronze Powder Coated Steel

72"

36"

DSG-FT-06BZ/8

10BE Satin Bronze Powder Coated Steel

96"

48"

DSG-FT-06SS/6

Stainless Steel

72"

36"

DSG-FT-06SS/8

Stainless Steel

96"

48"

Custom lengths are available. Please contact the factory to order.

Options:

Hardware Pack (One Door)

DSG-FT06-__/PACK

Side Wall Mortised Type Guide

102WN-KIT

5/8" Spacer

BLD-SPACER-58 Pack of 5 5/8" Spacer Recommended for use with 5/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

1/2" SpacerBLD-SPACER-12 Pack of 5 1/2" Spacer Recommended for use with 1/2" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

3/8" SpacerBLD-SPACER-38 Pack of 5 3/8" Spacer Recommended for use with 3/8" Gypsum Board When Mounting Track Directly to Gypsum Board

270

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Simultaneous Acting Sliding Door System
SIM 150 for 2 Door Systems
For Sliding Panels up to 176 lbs.

2.000

2802 TRACK 15/16 1-5/16

1/4

5/8

DBG-02

SIM150-02 DOOR

Alternate Route for EPD3BL

SHIM BY OTHERS

Configurations: · Bi-part Telescoping

Installations: · Overhead Mount

Features: · Easy to install with self aligning components · Telescoping panels glide along the track · Doors retract into storage pockets when not in use · 5 year warranty

Finishes: · Clear (C) · Dark Bronze (D)

Pulley System Kit Includes:
Pre-Assembled Pulley System In-Track Stops and Hangers Door Bottom Guides Floor Stops, Back Stop and End Plates Installation Fasteners

Single Extrusion Aluminum Track must be ordered separately.

Specify door width when ordering. Default door overlap is 3". Any other overlap must be specified (Min. overlap is 2").
Note: All doors must be of equal width.

Pulley System Kits

Part Number

Door Width

SIM150-2-LH/25-32

25" - 32"

SIM150-2-LH/33-40

33" - 40"

SIM150-2-LH/41-48

41" - 48"

SIM150-2-RH/25-32

25" - 32"

SIM150-2-RH/33-40

33" - 40"

SIM150-2-RH/41-48

41" - 48"

Track 2802C 2802D

System Track Ordered Separately

Finish

Track Length

Clear

up to 147"

Dark

up to 185"

271

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Simultaneous Acting Sliding Door System
SIM 150 for 3 Door Systems
For Sliding Panels up to 176 lbs.

5 1/4 2

1076-3R1 15/16 1-5/16

1/4

1/4 5/8 DBG02

SIM150-03 DOOR

Alternate Route for EPD3BL

SHIM BY OTHERS

Configurations: · Bi-part Telescoping

Installations: · Overhead Mount

Features: · Easy to install with self aligning components · Telescoping panels glide along the track · Doors retract into storage pockets when not in use · 5 year warranty

Finishes: · Clear (C) · Dark Bronze (D)

Pulley System Kit Includes:
Pre-Assembled Pulley System In-Track Stops and Hangers Door Bottom Guides Floor Stops, Back Stop and End Plates Installation Fasteners

Single Extrusion Aluminum Track must be ordered separately.

Specify door width when ordering. Default door overlap is 3". Any other overlap must be specified (Min. overlap is 2").
Note: All doors must be of equal width.

Pulley System Kits

Part Number

Door Width

SIM150-3-LH/25-32

25" - 32"

SIM150-3-LH/33-40

33" - 40"

SIM150-3-LH/41-48

41" - 48"

SIM150-3-RH/25-32

25" - 32"

SIM150-3-RH/33-40

33" - 40"

SIM150-3-RH/41-48

41" - 48"

Track 2803C 2803D

System Track Ordered Separately

Finish

Track Length

Clear

up to 185"

Dark

up to 185"

272

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Cascading Sliding Door System
For Sliding Panels up to 200 lbs. each.

Configurations: · Bi-part Telescoping

· S ingle Direction Telescoping

Features:
· O pening and closing of lead door results in the trailing doors to follow because of interlocking hardware at door top edges
· Easy to install with self aligning components on 1 3/4" and 1 3/8" thick doors · Telescoping panels glide along the track · Solid steel catches with rubber bumpers ensure durable yet quiet operation · 200 lb. per door weight capacity · 5 year warranty

Cascading Kit Includes:

SINGLE DIRECTION

SINGLE DIRECTION
Note: All doors must be of equal width. Minimum overlap between doors is 2".
Cased Opening NOTE: Aluminum "T" Guide 102PB Shown Under Options Must be Ordered Separately for Fixed Panel in Cased Opening Application

CAS-05 Catches - Mechanical Catch system - 2 Per Door 601H - Track Stops - 2 Per Door H222R1 - Hangers - 2 Per Door DBG-02R1 - Door Bottom Guides - 1 Per Door TELS-23 - End Plates - 2 Per Door 2802C - Single Extrusion - Dual Track 2803C - Single Extrusion - Triple Track C1076-TC - Track Connector for CAS200A-4/_ Kits SINGLE DIRECTIOENPD3-BL - P olypropylene Guide Rails - 1 Per Door WRENCH14 - 1 Hanger Wrench Hardware Fasteners

Part Number CAS200A-2/6

Cascading System Kits

Track Length # of Doors

Installation

FIXED PANEL

CAS200A-2/8

Pocket

FIXED PANEL

CAS200A-2/10

10'

Side Wall

SINGLE DIRECTION

CAS200A-2/12

12'

FIXED PANEL
Pocket

FIXED PANEL

CAS200A-3/8

CAS200A-3/10

10'

CAS200A-3/12

12'

CAS200A-3/16

16'

CAS200A-4/8

Pocket

Cased Opening

Side Wall

CAS200A-4/10

10'

CAS200A-4/12

12'

Pocket

Cased Opening

N/A - CAN'T DO SIDEWALL MOUNT FOR (4) TRACKS

N/A - CAN'T DO

SIDEWALL

FIXED

MOUNT FOR (4) TRACKS

PANEL

CAS200A-4/16

16'

FFIXoEDr special number of doors and foFIrXEdDark bronze track,FIpXElDease contact

PTAeNEcL hnical Support for more informPaANtEiLon

PANEL

Options:

N/A REGULAR BYPASS SYSTEM

N/A REGULAR BYPASS
Side WaSlYlSTMEMount

FIXED PANEL

NOTE: Side Wall track Brackets Shown Under

Options Must be Ordered Separately for SideFPIAXNWEDEL all Mount Openings

Lock Kit FPIABXNEoDELlt Kit

FIXED

Fascia

PANEL

Splice Kit

SIM150-LOCKKIT includes lock with edge pull and cup pull

SIM150-BOLTKIT includes surface bolt, dust-proof strike, cup pull, and edge pull

F134C Snap-on Fascia

FIXED

C1076-2SPLKPAITNELfor use withBi-PPAaNrELting systems and 2802C Track

C1076-3SPLKIT for use with Bi-Parting systems and 2803C Track

N/A -

REGULAR

BYPASS

SYSTEM

D EL

N/A REGULAR BYPASS SYSTEM

FIXED PANEL

Back Stop
FIXED PANEL

TELS-25 for use with pocket systems when no access to in track stops in pocket

Aluminium "T" Guide
Side Wall Track Bracket

102PB for use with fixed panel in cased opening applications

N/A - CAN'T DO

SIDEWALL

MOUNT FOR

2812KI(T4)fToRArCuKSse with 2802C Tr(4a)cTRkA(C1KSfor every 12" of track)

2813KIT for use with 2803C Track (1 for every 12" of track)

Side Wall

2813-5KIT for use with Side Wall Bi-Parting systems and

Joining Bracket 2803C Track

800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog

N/A - CAN'T DO SIDEWALL MOUNT FOR (4) TRACKS

Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
N/A - CAN'T DO
Reproduction in whole or in partSwIDEitWhAoLuL t the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.
MOUNT FOR (4) TRACKS

273

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Privacy Barn Door Lock Pemko SDL Series for Surface Mounted Sliding Doors
3.2

9/16" (15mm)

3-9/16" 90.4mm

1-7/8" (47.9mm)

3/8" (10mm)

13/16"(20mm) 1-9/16"(40mm) ADA Version

1/2" (12.7mm)

2018/10/8
NOTE: For doors with 3/8" - 3/4" clearance between the wall or frame & door face

Configurations: · Single
Installations: · Side Wall Mount (only) · F or Side Wall Mounted Sliding Door Openings only · New Construction · Retro · ADA
Features: · Quick and easy installation · Handing is reversible in the field · ADA option available · Privacy Function · Includes Emergency Release Key · Doors can be prepped in the field · 5 year warranty
Finishes: · Brushed Stainless Steel · Polished Stainless Steel · Black Graphite · Contact factory if custom finish is required for more information

Part Number SDL32D SDL32 SDL19
SDL32D-ADA
SDL32-ADA
SDL19-ADA

Standard Kit Sizes
Material Brushed Stainless Polished Stainless
Black Graphite
Brushed Stainless
Polished Stainless
Black Graphite

ADA Compliant
· · ·

Compatible with the following Pemko sliding door kits: W60 Series W70 Series (with 3/8" to 3/4" clearance) W80 Series (with 3/8" to 3/4" clearance) W90 Series (with 3/8" to 3/4" clearance) W100 Series Side Wall Box Track Series (SWT) BLD Flat Track Series DSG Flat Track Series (with 3/8" to 3/4" clearance)

274

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Options & Accessories
A visual guide to various parts

Mounting Brackets

Fascia

End plates

281
(Sold in 5 packs, PC2815)
Stops

2812

F134

K134EP

TELS-14KIT
Guides
102N 102WA
Hardware Kits

STOP1
W70 and G70 Kits only

PFBS

601H

Pulls and Flush Bolts

PFBG-4

106R/94

PFBG-8

106N/94

503SF
Bottom Channel

FB150SS

Folding
HF2/100 Pack

Sliding
H200PACK

94A

2802BT

971A

275

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Soft Close for Pemko Box Track Systems

For Pemko H200, H180, SHS80, HBP200, and Side Wall Track (SWT) systems Minimum Door Width 28" When Using Dual or Single Devices.

For doors weighing 88-132 lbs.

ITEM #

Description

H180_/6-1411-1 H180_/8-1411-1 H180_/10-1411-1 H180_/12-1411-1

H180_ 6' Single Device H180_ 8' Single Device H180_ 10' Single Device H180_ 12' Single Device

H180_/6-1411-2 H180_/8-1411-2 H180_/10-1411-2 H180_/12-1411-2

H180_ 6' Dual Devices H180_ 8' Dual Devices H180_ 10' Dual Devices H180_ 12' Dual Devices

SHS80_/6-1411-1 SHS80_/8-1411-1 SHS80_/6-1411-2 SHS80_/8-1411-2

SHS80_ 6' Single Device SHS80_ 8' Single Device SHS80_ 6' Dual Devices SHS80_ 8' Dual Devices

H200_/6-1411-1 H200_/8-1411-1 H200_/10-1411-1 H200_/12-1411-1 H200_/6-1411-2 H200_/8-1411-2 H200_/10-1411-2 H200_/12-1411-2

H200_ 6' Single Device H200_ 8' Single Device H200_ 10' Single Device H200_ 12' Single Device H200_ 6' Dual Devices H200_ 8' Dual Devices H200_ 10' Dual Devices H200_ 12' Dual Devices

280_-SWTKIT/6-1411-1 280_-SWTKIT/8-1411-1 280_-SWTKIT/12-1411-1 280_-SWTKIT/6-1411-2 280_-SWTKIT/8-1411-2 280_-SWTKIT/12-1411-2

280_-SWTKIT 6' Single Device 280_-SWTKIT 8' Single Device 280_-SWTKIT 12' One Device Per Door 280_-SWTKIT 6' Dual Devices 280_-SWTKIT 8' Dual Devices 280_-SWTKIT 12' Two Devices Per Door

RF280_-SWTK/6-1411-1 RF280_-SWTK/8-1411-1 RF280_-SWTK/12-1411-1 RF280_-SWTK/6-1411-2 RF280_-SWTK/8-1411-2 RF280_-SWTK/12-1411-2

RF280_-SWTK 6' Single Device RF280_-SWTK 8' Single Device RF280_-SWTK 12' One Device Per Door RF280_-SWTK 6' Dual Devices RF280_-SWTK 8' Dual Devices RF280_-SWTK 12' Two Devices Per Door

SF280_-SWTK/6-1411-1 SF280_-SWTK/8-1411-1 SF280_-SWTK/12-1411-1 SF280_-SWTK/6-1411-2 SF280_-SWTK/8-1411-2 SF280_-SWTK/12-1411-2

SF280_-SWTK 6' Single Device SF280_-SWTK 8' Single Device SF280_-SWTK 12' One Device Per Door SF280_-SWTK 6' Dual Devices SF280_-SWTK 8' Dual Devices SF280_-SWTK 12' Two Devices Per Door

HBP200_/6-1411-1 HBP200_/8-1411-1 HBP200_/10-1411-1 HBP200_/12-1411-1 HBP200_/6-1411-2 HBP200_/8-1411-2 HBP200_/10-1411-2 HBP200_/12-1411-2

HBP200_ 6' One Device Per Door HBP200_ 8' One Device Per Door HBP200_ 10' One Device Per Door HBP200_ 12' One Device Per Door HBP200_ 6' Two Devices Per Door HBP200_ 8' Two Devices Per Door HBP200_ 10' Two Devices Per Door HBP200_ 12' Two Devices Per Door

For doors weighing 133-176 lbs.

ITEM #

Description

H180_/6-1413-1 H180_/8-1413-1 H180_/10-1413-1 H180_/12-1413-1

H180_ 6' Single Device H180_ 8' Single Device H180_ 10' Single Device H180_ 12' Single Device

H180_/6-1413-2 H180_/8-1413-2 H180_/10-1413-2 H180_/12-1413-2

H180_ 6' Dual Devices H180_ 8' Dual Devices H180_ 10' Dual Devices H180_ 12' Dual Devices

SHS80_/6-1413-1 SHS80_/8-1413-1 SHS80_/6-1413-2 SHS80_/8-1413-2

SHS80_ 6' Single Device SHS80_ 8' Single Device SHS80_ 6' Dual Devices SHS80_ 8' Dual Devices

H200_/6-1413-1 H200_/8-1413-1 H200_/10-1413-1 H200_/12-1413-1 H200_/6-1413-2 H200_/8-1413-2 H200_/10-1413-2 H200_/12-1413-2

H200_ 6' Single Device H200_ 8' Single Device H200_ 10' Single Device H200_ 12' Single Device H200_ 6' Dual Devices H200_ 8' Dual Devices H200_ 10' Dual Devices H200_ 12' Dual Devices

280_-SWTKIT/6-1413-1 280_-SWTKIT/8-1413-1 280_-SWTKIT/12-1413-1 280_-SWTKIT/6-1413-2 280_-SWTKIT/8-1413-2 280_-SWTKIT/12-1413-2

280_-SWTKIT 6' Single Device 280_-SWTKIT 8' Single Device 280_-SWTKIT 12' One Device per Door 280_-SWTKIT 6' Dual Devices 280_-SWTKIT 8' Dual Devices 280_-SWTKIT 12' Two Devices per Door

RF280_-SWTK/6-1413-1 RF280_-SWTK/8-1413-1 RF280_-SWTK/12-1413-1 RF280_-SWTK/6-1413-2 RF280_-SWTK/8-1413-2 RF280_-SWTK/12-1413-2

RF280_-SWTK 6' Single Device RF280_-SWTK 8' Single Device RF280_-SWTK 12' One Device per Door RF280_-SWTK 6' Dual Devices RF280_-SWTK 8' Dual Devices RF280_-SWTK 12' Two Devices per Door

SF280_-SWTK/6-1413-1 SF280_-SWTK/8-1413-1 SF280_-SWTK/12-1413-1 SF280_-SWTK/6-1413-2 SF280_-SWTK/8-1413-2 SF280_-SWTK/12-1413-2

SF280_-SWTK 6' Single Device SF280_-SWTK 8' Single Device SF280_-SWTK 12' One Device per Door SF280_-SWTK 6' Dual Devices SF280_-SWTK 8' Dual Devices SF280_-SWTK 12' Two Devices per Door

HBP200_/6-1413-1 HBP200_/8-1413-1 HBP200_/10-1413-1 HBP200_/12-1413-1 HBP200_/6-1413-2 HBP200_/8-1413-2 HBP200_/10-1413-2 HBP200_/12-1413-2

276

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Soft Close for Pemko Box Track Systems (Continued)

For Pemko H200, H180, SHS80, HBP200, and Side Wall Track (SWT) systems Minimum Door Width 28" When Using Dual or Single Devices.

For doors weighing 177-200 lbs.

ITEM #

Description

H180_/6-1418-1 H180_/8-1418-1 H180_/10-1418-1 H180_/12-1418-1

H180_ 6' Single Device H180_ 8' Single Device H180_ 10' Single Device H180_ 12' Single Device

H180_/6-1418-2 H180_/8-1418-2 H180_/10-1418-2 H180_/12-1418-2

H180_ 6' Dual Devices H180_ 8' Dual Devices H180_ 10' Dual Devices H180_ 12' Dual Devices

SHS80_/6-1418-1 SHS80_/8-1418-1 SHS80_/6-1418-2 SHS80_/8-1418-2

SHS80_ 6' Single Device SHS80_ 8' Single Device SHS80_ 6' Dual Devices SHS80_ 8' Dual Devices

H200_/6-1418-1 H200_/8-1418-1 H200_/10-1418-1 H200_/12-1418-1 H200_/6-1418-2 H200_/8-1418-2 H200_/10-1418-2 H200_/12-1418-2

H200_ 6' Single Device H200_ 8' Single Device H200_ 10' Single Device H200_ 12' Single Device H200_ 6' Dual Devices H200_ 8' Dual Devices H200_ 10' Dual Devices H200_ 12' Dual Devices

280_-SWTKIT/6-1418-1 280_-SWTKIT/8-1418-1 280_-SWTKIT/12-1418-1 280_-SWTKIT/6-1418-2 280_-SWTKIT/8-1418-2 280_-SWTKIT/12-1418-2

280_-SWTKIT 6' Single Device 280_-SWTKIT 8' Single Device 280_-SWTKIT 12' One Device Per Door 280_-SWTKIT 6' Dual Devices 280_-SWTKIT 8' Dual Devices 280_-SWTKIT 12' Two Devices Per Door

RF280_-SWTK/6-1418-1 RF280_-SWTK/8-1418-1 RF280_-SWTK/12-1418-1 RF280_-SWTK/6-1418-2 RF280_-SWTK/8-1418-2 RF280_-SWTK/12-1418-2

RF280_-SWTK 6' Single Device RF280_-SWTK 8' Single Device RF280_-SWTK 12' One Device Per Door RF280_-SWTK 6' Dual Devices RF280_-SWTK 8' Dual Devices RF280_-SWTK 12' Two Devices Per Door

SF280_-SWTK/6-1418-1 SF280_-SWTK/8-1418-1 SF280_-SWTK/12-1418-1 SF280_-SWTK/6-1418-2 SF280_-SWTK/8-1418-2 SF280_-SWTK/12-1418-2

SF280_-SWTK 6' Single Device SF280_-SWTK 8' Single Device SF280_-SWTK 12' One Device Per Door SF280_-SWTK 6' Dual Devices SF280_-SWTK 8' Dual Devices SF280_-SWTK 12' Two Devices Per Door

HBP200_/6-1418-1 HBP200_/8-1418-1 HBP200_/10-1418-1 HBP200_/12-1418-1 HBP200_/6-1418-2 HBP200_/8-1418-2 HBP200_/10-1418-2 HBP200_/12-1418-2

Soft Close for Pemko Flat Track Systems

For Pemko Builders Series Flat Track Sliding Door Hardware Minimum Door Width Using Single Device 15". 22" Minimum Door Width When Using Dual Devices.

For doors weighing 88 - 132 lbs.

ITEM #

Description

BLD-FT-01_/6-1411-1 BLD-FT-01_/8-1411-1 BLD-FT-01_/6-1411-2 BLD-FT-01_/8-1411-2 BLD-FT-02_/6-1411-1

BLD-FT-01_ 6' Single Device BLD-FT-01_ 8' Single Device BLD-FT-01_ 6' Dual Devices BLD-FT-01_ 8' Dual Devices BLD-FT-02_ 6' Single Device

BLD-FT-02_/8-1411-1

BLD-FT-02_ 8' Single Device

BLD-FT-02_/6-1411-2

BLD-FT-02_ 6' Dual Devices

BLD-FT-02_/8-1411-2

BLD-FT-02_ 8' Dual Devices

For doors weighing 133-176 lbs.

ITEM #
BLD-FT-01_/6-1413-1 BLD-FT-01_/8-1413-1 BLD-FT-01_/6-1413-2 BLD-FT-01_/8-1413-2 BLD-FT-02_/6-1413-1 BLD-FT-02_/8-1413-1 BLD-FT-02_/6-1413-2 BLD-FT-02_/8-1413-2

Description
BLD-FT-01_ 6' Single Device BLD-FT-01_ 8' Single Device BLD-FT-01_ 6' Dual Devices BLD-FT-01_ 8' Dual Devices BLD-FT-02_ 6' Single Device BLD-FT-02_ 8' Single Device BLD-FT-02_ 6' Dual Devices BLD-FT-02_ 8' Dual Devices

For doors weighing 177-240 lbs.

ITEM #
BLD-FT-01_/6-1418-1 BLD-FT-01_/8-1418-1 BLD-FT-01_/6-1418-2 BLD-FT-01_/8-1418-2 BLD-FT-02_/6-1418-1 BLD-FT-02_/8-1418-1 BLD-FT-02_/6-1418-2 BLD-FT-02_/8-1418-2

Soft Close Retrofit Kits

ITEM #
SC1411-1 SC1411-2 SC1413-1 SC1413-2 SC1418-1 SC1418-2

For Box Track Systems
Description Single Device 88-132 lbs. Dual Devices 88-132 lbs. Single Device 133-176 lbs. Dual Devices 133-176 lbs. Single Device 177-200 lbs. Dual Devices 177-200 lbs.

For Builders Series Systems

ITEM #
BLD1411-1_ BLD1411-2_ BLD1413-1_ BLD1413-2_ BLD1418-1_ BLD1418-2_

Description
Single Device 88-132 lbs. Dual Devices 88-132 lbs. Single Device 133-176 lbs. Dual Devices 133-176 lbs. Single Device 177-240 lbs. Dual Devices 177-240 lbs.

Finishes: a dd C for IS finish
add D for BSP finish

277

Pemko Sliding And Folding Hardware

Soft Close Pocket Frame Kit
PF134KIT must be ordered.

Wood 2x4 Stud Constructed Walls

Wood 2x6 Stud Constructed Walls

SC-PF28200A7280

SC-PF28200A7280-2x6

SC-PF28200A9680

SC-PF28200A9680-2x6

SC-PF28200A7284

SC-PF28200A7284-2x6

SC-PF28200A9684

SC-PF28200A9684-2x6

SC-PF28200A7296

SC-PF28200A7296-2x6

SC-PF28200A9696

SC-PF28200A9696-2x6

These above are the ones you must order PF134KIT for

Metal 2x6 Stud Constructed Walls SC-PF28200A7280-SP6
SC-PF28200A9680-SP6
SC-PF28200A7284-SP6
SC-PF28200A9684-SP6
SC-PF28200A7296-SP6
SC-PF28200A9696-SP6

Net Door Size

Options

3'0" x 6'8" 4'0" x 6'8" 3'0" x 7'0" 4'0" x 7'0" 3'0" x 8'0" 4'0" x 8'0"

PFAS84, PFCDKIT for Bi-Parting door openings
PFAS84, PFCDKIT for Bi-Parting door openings
PFAS88, PFCDKIT for Bi-Parting door openings
PFAS88, PFCDKIT for Bi-Parting door openings
PFAS100, PFCDKIT for Bi-Parting door openings
PFAS100, PFCDKIT for Bi-Parting door openings

278

RESIDENTIAL THRESHOLDS
CONTENTS:
Interlocking Thresholds.......................................................................................................................................... 280 Interlocking Thresholds - Water Return............................................................................................................ 281 Residential Thresholds - Water Return.............................................................................................................. 282 Adjustable Eco-VTM Top Thresholds.................................................................................................................... 282 Eco-VTM Top Thresholds........................................................................................................................................... 283 Residential Saddles................................................................................................................................................... 283 Bumper Thresholds for Outswing Doors.......................................................................................................... 284 Squareback Thresholds........................................................................................................................................... 285 Oak Thresholds and Sill Nosings.......................................................................................................................... 285 Adjustable Aluminum Top Sills............................................................................................................................. 287 Adjustable Oak Top Sills.......................................................................................................................................... 288 Outswing Adjustable Oak Top Sills..................................................................................................................... 289 Residential All-Aluminum Adjustable Sills....................................................................................................... 289 Fixed Eco-VTM Top Residential Sills...................................................................................................................... 290 Residential All-Aluminum Fixed Sills.................................................................................................................. 290 Outswing Fixed Bumper Sills................................................................................................................................. 291 Extenders For All Residential Sills........................................................................................................................ 291 Bumper Thresho-Sills For Outswing Doors...................................................................................................... 292 Thresho-Sills................................................................................................................................................................ 293 Fabrication Options For Thresho-Sills................................................................................................................ 294

INDEX:

PRODUCT

PAGE

61..................................... 283

66..................................... 283 67..................................... 283

101................................... 282

107................................... 282 108................................... 282

114................................... 282

120................................... 282 136................................... 283

140_M............................ 295

142................................... 283 145................................... 283

146................................... 283

147................................... 283 149................................... 285

153................................... 294

160_M............................ 294 161_M............................ 295

165................................... 294

167................................... 295 205................................... 286

206................................... 285

PRODUCT

PAGE

207................................... 285

208................................... 285

212................................... 285

213................................... 284

214................................... 285

218................................... 285

218OAK.......................... 288

219................................... 285

219OAK.......................... 288

231................................... 285

233................................... 285

249................................... 284

250................................... 284

324................................... 288

326................................... 288

327................................... 288

2051................................ 286

2052................................ 287

2053................................ 287

2054................................ 287

2055................................ 287

2500W............................ 288

PRODUCT

PAGE

2813................................ 284

3261................................ 288

74518............................. 285

75518............................. 291

8451................................ 293

8452................................ 293

N84518.......................... 292

N85518.......................... 292

84514............................. 292

85514............................. 292

94518............................. 289

95518............................. 289

93518............................. 290

94518_W....................... 290

95518_W....................... 290

EXT3/4............................ 293

EXT2................................ 293

EXT3................................ 293

OS95518........................ 291

re sPiedmekonRteisiadletnthiarleTshrhesohlolddss

Interlocking Thresholds
·All interlocking thresholds (including water return types) and caps are furnished with #61 hooks and nails
· For alternate hooks, see following page
114_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D
110_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D
120_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B

Threshold Caps
· Typically mounted on an existing saddle-type threshold to create an interlock with a J-hook or L-hook
101_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D ANSI: J34170
107_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D ANSI: J34170
108_
AVAILABLE FINISH: B ANSI: J14170

280

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) D (Dark Bronze Anodized)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

re sPiedmekonRteisiadletnthiarleTshrhesohlolddss

Interlocking Thresholds - Water Return

·Water return thresholds are designed to catch water which may blow or run under the door and return it to the outside through interior weep holes, down the sloped drain pan, and out exterior weep holes

·P roduct number for the aluminum water return pan is PAN ·P roducts are furnished with #61 hooks and nails

142_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

Hooks
·W hen installed properly on bottom of door, hooks interlock with threshold for a superior seal
·W hen substituting #66 or #67 hooks for #61 hooks, price will be increased accordingly. Contact Pemko Customer Service

145_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D

66_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D

146_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D
136_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D

_61
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, Z .018 bronze .015 steel NOTE: B61 is roll form bronze metal
_67
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) For Hooks: B (Bronze) Z (Steel)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

281

re sPiedmekonRteisiadletnthiarleTshrhesohlolddss

Residential Thresholds - Water Return

·Water return thresholds are designed to catch water which may blow or run under the door and return it to the outside through interior weep holes, down the sloped drain pan and out exterior weep holes

·Product number for aluminum water return pan is PAN
·Eco-VTM feet replacement insert (where applicable) is EV12GR

213_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

2813_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, SN

Integral water return slope eliminates the need for separate drain pan.

Adjustable Eco-VTM Top Thresholds
·Furnished with concealed, weather-sealed mounting screws and adjustment mechanism
·Eco-VTM seal adjusts to overcome swelling and/or shrinking of door and floor and eliminates need for shoe or sweep

·Furnished with Eco-VTM (V) insert. Gray replacement Eco-VTM is PV64GR (see Weatherization Products section)
·Eco-VTM replacement "foot" insert is EV63GR ·P re-assembled for easy installation and adjustment

249_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"
Eco-VTM

250_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"
Eco-VTM

282

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

re sPiedmekonRteisiadletnthiarleTshrhesohlolddss

Eco-VTM Top Thresholds
·Eco-VTM (V) top creates a seal at the bottom of the door, eliminating the need for door sweeps or door shoes
206_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D Gray replacement Eco-VTM is PV22GR36 Black replacement Eco-VTM is PV22BL36
Eco-VTM

·Eco-VTM feet replacement insert is EV12GR
207_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D Gray replacement Eco-VTM is PV22GR36 Black replacement Eco-VTM is PV22BL36
Eco-VTM

ectural Accessories 208_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
Gray replacement Eco-VTM is EV15BL or EV15GR

Eco-V® (V)

9 16
(14.3)

208_V

Residential Saddles

208_V_PDF Rev 2 - 03.16.17

part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.

out the elements

·M ade of sturdy extruded aluminum ·R eplacement Eco-VTM feet (where applicable) is EV12GR

212_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

214_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

218_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, SN
231_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

219_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, SN
233_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

283

re sPiedmekonRteisiadletnthiarleTshrhesohlolddss

ural Bumper Thresholds for Outswing Doors ssories·In the closed position, the door butts up to bumper seal on
threshold creating a seal against the elements
149_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL)
ctural ccessories

205_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
REPLACEMENT INSERT1: T459(B_LT)
ectural o., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. he express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
Accessories
205_T
2051_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL)
ufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. art without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.

149_T_PDF Rev 3 - 05.17.17 205_T_PDF Rev 2 - 05.17.17

Alternate Insert For 149
149_P
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D REPLACEMENT INSERT: P2 (BL, GR)

149_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV41 (BL, GR, W)

Eco-VTM

Alternate Insert For 205
205_P
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
REPLACEMENT INSERT: P2 (BL, GR)

205_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV41 (BL, GR, W)

Eco-VTM

Alternate Insert For 2051
2051_P
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D REPLACEMENT INSERT: P2 (BL, GR)

2051_T_PDF Rev 2 - 05.17.17

2051_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV41 (BL, GR, W)

Eco-VTM

284

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

re sPiedmekonRteisiadletnthiarleTshrhesohlolddss

Squareback Thresholds
·Replacement Eco-VTM feet (where applicable) is EV12GR ·Interior support leg flushes with interior jamb in application,
allowing flooring to squarely abut threshold ·Ideal for tall terra cotta, plush carpet or stone paver entry
applications for smooth transition
2052_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

·G ently sloping and ribbed exterior ramp eliminates trip hazard while providing maximum rain guard. (Be sure to caulk all support legs or lay in mastic for best seal)
·C enter support leg provides for engineered threshold stability
2054_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

2053_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

Oak Thresholds
·Natural unfinished oak provides beauty as well as thermal benefits
·Available in 36" or 72" lengths only
218OAK

219OAK

2500W
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) OAK (Natural Unfinished Oak) W (Solid Oak) 800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

285

re sPiedmekonRteisiadletnthiarleTshrhesohlolddss

Sill Nosings
·Used to cover concrete or wood sill ·Provides an attractive finished look to new and old door
openings, covering defects in existing sill
324_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D

·Sill nosings are held in place with mastic and pressure from threshold placement

326_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, SN

3261_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, SN

327_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, PW, SN

286

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

re sPiedmekonRteisiadletnthiarleTshrhesohlolddss

Residential Millwork Sills
·Sills for use with standard 45/8" jamb width with easy snap-on extention for jambs as wide as 83/4"
·For fabrication options for adjustable or fixed substrate sills, such as horning or sidelite mullion notching, contact Pemko Customer Service
·Residential Sills are designed specifically for the pre-hung door market. They are furnished un-drilled and without screws or nails

·Adjustable up to 1/4" to compensate for uneven door bottoms and sub-sill level changes. Two-part zinc plated steel stud shoulder screw joins a long-barreled, zinc plated steel T-nut for superior stability and long-lasting reliability
·PemkoPrene (PK) moisture barrier prevents water intrusion. Design of PemkoPrene (PK) bulb configuration keeps constant pressure between aluminum cap and aluminum extrusion at any level of adjustment (bulb shown compressed). Replacement insert is PK74BL
·A vailable in standard sizes 32.5", 36.5", and 73.75"

Adjustable Aluminum Top Sills
94518_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
PK

Add "NT" to the end of product number to order narrow trim (i.e. 94518A36.5NT).
Full width of sill changes from 47/8" to 411/16" .

95518_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
PK

Add "NT" to the end of product number to order narrow trim (i.e. 95518A36.5NT). Full width of sill changes from 53/4" to 59/16".

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

287

re sPiedmekonRteisiadletnthiarleTshrhesohlolddss

Adjustable Oak Top Sills
93518_W
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
PK
94518_W
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
PK

Available with optional Synthetic Wood Substrate
93518_W_SYN
AVAILABLE FINISH: A, D
11 16
17.5
Add "NT" to the end of product number to order narrow trim (i.e. 94518AW36.5NT). Full width of sill changes from 47/8" to 411/16".

95518_W
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
PK

Add "NT" to the end of product number to order narrow trim (i.e. 95518AW36.5NT).
Full width of sill changes from 53/4" to 59/16".

288

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

re sPiedmekonRteisiadletnthiarleTshrhesohlolddss

Outswing Adjustable Oak Top Sills
OS95518_W
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

Residential All-Aluminum Adjustable Sills
74518_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

Available with optional Synthetic Wood Substrate
74518_SYN
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

75518_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

Available with optional Synthetic Wood Substrate
75518_SYN
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

289

re sPiedmekonRteisiadletnthiarleTshrhesohlolddss

Fixed Eco-VTM Top Residential Sills
·Fixed rigid Eco-VTM (V) cap includes ratchet lock feature which prevents moisture penetration and securely fastens Eco-VTM to aluminum extrusion
N84518_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
N85518_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

Residential All-Aluminum Fixed Sills
84514_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
85514_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

290

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

re sPiedmekonRteisiadletnthiarleTshrhesohlolddss

Outswing Fixed Bumper Sills
·High dam design restricts water intrusion ·Supplied with high quality Q103 (Q) kerf-in seal
8451_Q
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

·8 452_Q is extendable to interior

8452_Q
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

Extenders For All Residential Sills
·Extenders fit all 47/8" wide and 53/4" wide extrusions ·Extenders are available for jambs as wide as 83/4" ·N ot for use with 8451_Q

EXT3/4_
AVAILABLE FINISHES A, D

EXT2_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

EXT3_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) For Kerf Gasket: BL (Black) W (White)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

291

re sPiedmekonRteisiadletnthiarleTshrhesohlolddss

Bumper Thresho-Sills For Outswing Doors
·Please specify whether the part is to be used for a standard threshold or for a prehung application. For a standard threshold application, the part is supplied with 3 holes on center and 1/2" over net length (less than 48") or 1" over net length (48" and over). For a prehung application, the part is supplied according to fabrication options for
rchitectural thresho-sills - STYLE 4 only (see page 296). oor Acc1e53s_sTories
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
REPLACEMENT INSERT: T5 (BL)
Allow 3/8" door clearance.

Alternate Insert
153_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, REPLACEMENT INSERT: EV41 (BL, GR, W)
Eco-VTM

153_T_PDF Rev 3 - 05.17.17

292

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

re sPiedmekonRteisiadletnthiarleTshrhesohlolddss

Thresho-Sills
·The following products are designed specifically for the prehung door market
160_M
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

·See updated fabrication options for thresho-sills (see page 296) for complete information and drawings regarding milling, drilling, and notching
167_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
·R iser fastens to top of any thresho-sill
·Supplied with both wood and sheet metal screws
·Specify NET length when ordering
·Furnished undrilled unless drilling instructions are specified when ordering

161_M
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

140_M
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale. AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

293

re sPiedmekonRteisiadletnthiarleTshrhesohlolddss

Fabrication Options For Thresho-Sills

STYLE 3A (standard mill)
·Fabrication includes: 3/4" mill each end, 3 nail holes at each end, and one center screw
·Preparation: Cut jamb 3/4" at angle and height of threshold. Nail threshold to underside of jamb
·Ordering: Add 11/2" to net opening dimension and designate Style 3A by adding "M" following product number and add "x3A" after length
(Example: A 160_M profile for a 36" net opening with a STYLE 3A fabrication = 160_MM37.5x3A)
STYLE 3B (modification of STYLE 3A)
·Fabrication includes: 3/8" mill each end, 3 nail holes at each end, and one center screw
·Preparation: Cut jamb 3/8" at angle and height of threshold. Nail threshold to underside of jamb
·Ordering: Add 3/4" to net opening dimension and designate STYLE 3B by adding "M" following product number and add "x3B" after length
(Example: A 160_M profile for a 36" net opening with a STYLE 3B fabrication = 160_MM36.75x3B)
STYLE 3C (modification of STYLE 3A)
·Fabrication includes: 1/2" mill each end, 3 nail holes at each end, and one center screw
·Preparation: Cut jamb 1/2" at angle and height of threshold. Nail threshold to underside of jamb
·Ordering: Add 1" to net opening dimension and designate STYLE 3C by adding "M" following product number and add "x3C" after length
(Example: A 160_M profile for a 36" net opening with a STYLE 3C fabrication = 160_MM37x3C)

STYLE 4
·Fabrication includes: 2 nail holes at each end and one center screw
·P reparation: Rabbet stop to angle and height of threshold. Nail threshold to underside of stop
·O rdering: Order net opening dimension and designate STYLE 4 by adding "H" following the product number
(Example: A 160_M profile for a 36" net opening with a STYLE 4 fabrication = 160_MH36)
L-NOTCH
·A ccommodates trim molding by notching corner of product
· Fabrication: Customer must supply diagram indicating location and dimensions of L-NOTCH (see drawing)
·Pemko Customer Service can provide form to fill in location and dimensions
·O rdering: Specify "L-NOTCH". After fabrication, orders are non-cancellable and non-returnable
U-NOTCH
·For use with pre-installed door frames, to "drop-in" around door frame stops
·Fabrication: Customers must supply diagram indicating location and dimensions of U-NOTCH cut-out
·Pemko Customer Service can provide form to fill in location and dimensions
·O rdering: Specify "U-NOTCH". After fabrication, orders are non-cancellable and non-returnable

STYLE 3A STYLE 3B STYLE 3C

STYLE 4

Screw Location

Standard thresho-sill center screw is located on the slope.

Alternate thresho-sill screw is located on the top of the sill. Specify "thresho-sill screws on top".

L-NOTCH

U-NOTCH

294

FLOOR MOLDING, TRIM & HANDYSHAPESTM
CONTENTS:
Carpet Bar - Standard............................................................................................................................................... 296 Seam Binding.............................................................................................................................................................. 296 Stair Nosing and Edging.......................................................................................................................................... 296 Oak Seam Binding, Floor Edging, and Carpet Trim........................................................................................ 297

INDEX:

PRODUCT

PAGE

2120................................ 298

2131................................ 298

2132................................ 298

2132W............................ 299 2133W............................ 299

PRODUCT

PAGE

2134................................ 298

2175W............................ 299

2218................................ 298

2219................................ 298

2219W............................ 299

PRODUCT

PAGE

2300W............................ 299

2350W............................ 299

2500W............................ 299

2604................................ 298

2604W............................ 299

Pemko Floor Molding, Trim And HandyshapesTM Pemko Residential Thresholds

Carpet Bar - Standard
· Carpet Bars protect and provide a neat trim for the edge of carpet

2131_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, G AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"
Provided with drive nails

2132_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, G AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"
Provided with drive nails

7 16

1176

2134_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, G

AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72" 8
Provided with drive nails

3 8

Seam Binding

·Covers seams and joins in linoleum, tile, carpet, and

other floor coverings

2132_

No. 4 x 1-1/4" OH, Drive Nail

2218_

2219_ (Factory Provided)

AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, G AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"

Provided with drive nails

Stair Nosing
·Protects and improves the appearance of stair edges
2120_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, G AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72" Provided with drive nails Ribbed top surface and fluted face

Edging
·Protects and provides neat trim for edge of linoleum, tile, and other floor coverings

2604_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, G AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"
Provided with screw nails

Typical Installation

2604_ shown installed

Typical Installation 2120_ shown installed

296

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) G (Gold Anodized)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Pemko Floor Molding, Trim And HandyshapesTM

Oak Seam Binding
·Oak Seam Binding covers seams between wood, tile, linoleum and other surfaces

·Oak is provided unfinished with countersunk holes and brass plated screws

2219W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"

2175W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"

2300W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"

2350W
AVAILABLE LENGTH: 36"

2500W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"

Oak Carpet Trim
·Oak Carpet Trim covers, protects and beautifies carpet edges ·Also covers seams between two surfaces of different height ·Oak is provided unfinished with countersunk holes and brass
plated screws

2132W
AVAILABLE FINISH: W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"

2133W
AVAILABLE FINISH: W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"

Oak Floor Edging
·Covers, protects, and provides a neat trim for edges of wood, tile, linoleum, and other surfaces
·Oak is provided unfinished with countersunk holes and brass plated screws
2604W
AVAILABLE FINISH: W AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart) W (Solid Oak)
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

297

Pemko Weatherization Products
CONTENTS:
Foam Tape.................................................................................................................................................................... 300 Neoprene Tape........................................................................................................................................................... 301 Miscellaneous Tape................................................................................................................................................... 301 Garage Door Weatherstrip..................................................................................................................................... 302 Spring Bronze Weatherstrip.................................................................................................................................. 302 Replacement Eco-VTM............................................................................................................................................... 302

INDEX:

PRODUCT

PAGE

P39C17........................... 303

P39C180........................ 303

P240................................ 302

P241................................ 302

P241-30......................... 302

P242................................ 302

P243................................ 302

P244................................ 302

P260................................ 302

P261................................ 302

P262................................ 302

P263................................ 302

P264................................ 302

P265................................ 302

P266................................ 302

P361V16........................ 304

PRODUCT

PAGE

P364R16........................ 304

P365V16........................ 304

P366V16........................ 304

P380................................ 303

P381................................ 303

P382................................ 303

P384................................ 303

P385................................ 302

P386................................ 302

P387................................ 303

P388................................ 303

P390................................ 302

P391................................ 302

P392................................ 302

P393................................ 302

P394................................ 302

PRODUCT

PAGE

P396................................ 302

P397................................ 302

P398................................ 302

P480................................ 303

P484................................ 303

P490................................ 303

P491................................ 303

P493................................ 303

P497................................ 303

P51BL17......................... 304

PV9BL36......................... 304

PV9GR36....................... 304

PV15GR36..................... 304

PV22BL36...................... 304

PV22GR36..................... 304

PV64GR36..................... 304

Pemko Weatherization Products

Open Cell Polyurethane Foam Tape
·Easily compressible self-adhesive weatherstrip

Product # P390 P391 P392 P393 P394 P396 P397 P398

Color Gray White Gray Gray Gray Charcoal White Gray

Thickness (T)

Width (W)

Length

3/16"

x 3/8"

x 17'

1/4"

x 3/8"

x 17'

3/8"

x 3/8"

x 17'

1/2"

x 1/2"

x 17'

1/2"

x 3/4"

x 17'

1/4"

x 1/2"

x 17'

1/8"

x 3/8"

x 17'

1/4"

x 3/4"

x 17'

Suggested Installation
Open Cell Foam Tape installed on casement window.

Closed Cell Soft PVC Foam Tape

·Flexible, conformable, and softly compressible self-adhesive weatherstrip
·Highly resilient: resists ultraviolet, oxygen and moisture degradation

Product # P240 P241 P241-30 P242 P243 P244

Color Gray Gray Gray Gray Gray Gray

Thickness (T) 1/8" 3/16" 3/16" 1/4" 3/8" 3/8"

Width (W)

Length

x 1/4"

x 17'

x 3/8"

x 17'

x 3/8"

x 30'

x 3/8"

x 17'

x 3/8"

x 17'

x 3/4"

x 17'

·Seals against air and water, around doors and windows Suggested Installation
Top view of Closed Cell PVC Soft Foam Tape installed on door opening.

Closed Cell Firm PVC Foam Tape
·Moderately compressible self-adhesive weatherstrip

Product #
P260 P261 P262 P263 P264 P265 P266 P385 P386

Color
Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Gray Gray

Thickness (T)
1/8" 3/16" 3/16" 5/16" 5/16" 7/16" 7/16" 1/4" 1/4"

Width (W)

Length

x 1/4" x 3/8" x 3/4" x 3/8" x 3/4" x 3/8" x 3/4" x 1/2" x 3/4"

x 17' x 17' x 17' x 10' x 10' x 10' x 10' x 10' x 10'

Suggested Installation
Closed Cell PVC Firm Foam Tape installed as car trunk weatherstrip.

300

Pemko Weatherization Products

EPDM Sponge Neoprene Tape
·Slightly compressible self-adhesive weatherstrip
·Resists deterioration and remains flexible at sub-zero temperatures

Product # P490 P491 P493 P497

Color Gray Gray Gray Gray

Thickness (T) 1/8" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4"

Width (W) x 3/8" x 3/8" x 1/2" x 3/4"

·Superior product for weatherstripping doors, windows, hatchways, lids and covers

Length x 10' x 10' x 10' x 10'

Suggested Installation
EPDM Sponge Neoprene Tape installed as boat hatch weatherstrip

Closed Cell Sponge Neoprene Tape
·Superior product for weatherstripping homes, cars, trucks and boats

·R esists deterioration from oily substances ·R emains flexible at high and low temperatures

Product #
P380 P381 P382 P384 P387 P388 P484

Color Black Black Black Black Black Black Black

Thickness (T)

Width (W)

Length

3/16"

x 3/8"

x 10'

5/16"

x 3/8"

x 10'

5/16"

x 3/4"

x 10'

7/16"

x 3/4"

x 10'

3/16"

x 3/4"

x 10'

5/16"

x 1/2"

x 10'

7/16"

x 3/8"

x 10'

Suggested Installation
Closed Cell Sponge Neoprene Tape installed as car door weatherstrip.

Closed Cell Sponge Vinyl Camper Tape

·Mylar-backed tape cushions between camper and truck

Product # Color

P480

Gray

Thickness (T)

Width (W)

Length

3/16"

x 11/4"

x 30'

Suggested Installation

System-V Weatherstrip Tape
·Compression adhesive weatherstrip is easy to install and seals out air, dust and sound

Product # P39C17

Color Clear

Width

Length

7/8"

x 17'

For more weatherstripping products (such as S44, S773, and S88) see pages 210 through 212 in the Adhesive Gasketing Section.
800-824-3018 | www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Check the web site for the up-to-date catalog
Copyright © 2015-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

Sponge Vinyl Camper Tape installed as seal between camper and truck bed Suggested Installation
System-V Weatherstrip Tape installed onto door jamb stop
301

Pemko Weatherization Products

Garage Door Weatherstrip
·All garage door weatherstrips are furnished with roofing nails

Product # P361V16 P364R16 P365V16 P366V16

Color Black Black Gray Black

Height 11/2" 3/4" 13/4" 5/8"

Width

Length

x 1"

x 16'

x 21/4"

x 16'

x 5/8"

x 16'

x 1/2"

x 16'

P361V16

·N ails to door edge, bottom or jamb, closing gaps up to 11/2"

P364R16

·Nails to door bottom, closing gaps up to 5/8"

P365V16 P366V16

·Nails to door edge, bottom or face, closing gaps up to 13/4"
·N ails to door edge, jamb edge, or door bottom

Spring Bronze Weatherstrip
·For use on wood doors and wood casement windows ·.008" hemmed spring bronze (brass)

Product # P51B17

Material Width Bronze 11/8"

Length x 17'

·Packaged with nails. Nails should be approximately 11/2" on center

Replacement Eco-VTM

Door Shoe Replacement Eco-VTM

Product #

Color Used In (Pemko Product Numbers):

234

216

PV9BL36

Black 210, 211, 215, 216, 217, 220, 221, 222, 234, 2211, 2221

PV9GR36

Gray 210, 211, 215, 216, 217, 220, 221, 222, 234, 2211, 2221

PV15GR36

Gray 209

Threshold Replacement Eco-VTM

Product #

Color

Used In (Pemko Product Numbers):

250

PV22BL36

Black

206, 207

PV22GR36

Gray

206, 207

PV64GR36

Gray

249, 250

302

Pemko Fire Glazing Tape
CONTENTS:
Fire Glazing Tape........................................................................................................................................................ 304 Fire Glazing Tape Applications.............................................................................................................................. 305

INDEX:

PRODUCT

PAGE

FG3000S45.....306-309, 312 FG3000S90......306, 311-312 HSS2000.............................311

Pemko Fire Glazing Tape

Fire Glazing Tape
· Verify all applications with your door and/or frame manufacturer
· FG3000S45 and FG3000S90 are specially formulated highperformance fire glazing tapes
· For exterior fire-rated applications, seal against moisture using standard industry methods

FG3000S45
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7', 8', 14', 16'

FG3000S90
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 8', 16'

Color: White

Fire Glazing Tape in Larger Lite Applications

Single Vision Lites (Wood/Hollow Metal Door)
Multiple Vision Lites (Hollow Metal Door)

Maximum Height: 84" Maximum Width: 34" Maximum Total Square Inches (Visible Glass Area): 2,856
Maximum Height (Each Lite): 12" Maximum Width (Each Lite): 46" Maximum Combined Square Inches (All Visible Glass Areas): 2,208

·In 20-, 45-, 60- and 90-minute rated wood and hollow metal doors with metal vision frames, the use of FG3000 fire glazing tape allows for much larger vision lites
· In 20- and 45-minute rated hollow metal screens, the use of FG3000 fire glazing tape allows for much larger sidelites, borrowed lites and glass transoms
· New allowable visible glass areas for vision lites in 20- and 45-minute rated wood and hollow metal doors with FG3000S45 is 2,856 square inches with a maximum height of 84" and a maximum width of 34"
· For 90-minute hollow metal doors with FG3000 fire glazing tape, 12" x 46" vision lites are allowed, but the total number of lites must not exceed four (4) per door. The combined total visible glass area allowed is 2208 square inches

304

Pemko Fire Glazing Tape

FG3000S45 Fire Glazing Tape in 20- and 45-Minute Hollow Metal Frame (Screen)

Sidelite/Borrowed Lite/Transom Lite Applications
· Verify all applications with your door and/or frame manufacturer
· For exterior fire-rated applications, a clear silicone caulk is recommended for water proofing

Sectional View of Application
Hollow metal frame for a sidelite, borrowed lite or transom condition.

FG3000S45
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7', 8', 14', 16'

Color: White
Technical Data for 20- And 45-Minute Hollow Metal Screens Equipped with FG3000S45 (Sidelite/Borrowed Lite/Transom Lite Applications)
Lite Configurations

Borrowed Lite Sidelite

Sidelite

Transom

Transom with Sidelite

The maximum visible glass area allowed for side lites, borrowed lites, and glass transoms is 4,704 square inches with a maximum length of 106" in any one direction.

Lite Specifications
Maximum Lite Size: 106" In Any One Direction Maximum Lite Combined Square Inches: Not To Exceed 4,704

Hollow Metal Screen Specifications

Listing/Labeling Specifications

Maximum Dimensions (Drywall): 12'8" X 11'4"
Maximum Dimensions (Masonry): 13'6" X 12'0"
Metal Requirements: Frames are restricted to a minimum of 16-gauge with 5/8" high stops and 18-gauge glazing bead with #8 fasteners at 9" maximum centers

· Door and frame must be manufactured by companies that are classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.® for the manufacturing and labeling of hollow metal fire doors. Warnock Hersey (I.T.S.) listings are also available through participating hollow metal manufacturers
· Listed Glazing Products include:
Wire Glazing: Pilkington, Asahi and Central Glass
· All vision lite kits must be listed fire door glass frames, packaged with FG3000S45 or FG3000S90
· Individual door and frame manufacturers' modification procedures may vary slightly from the size listings shown

305

Pemko Fire Glazing Tape

FG3000S45 Fire Glazing Tape in 20- and 45-Minute Hollow Metal Door

Metal Vision Frame Applications
· Maximum hollow metal door size: 48" x 120" single, pairs approved
· Door and frame must be manufactured by companies that are classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.® for the manufacturing and labeling of hollow metal fire doors and frames. Warnock-Hersey (I.T.S.) listings are also available through participating hollow metal manufacturers

· F or exterior fire rated applications, seal against moisture using standard industry methods
· V erify all applications with your door and/or frame manufacturer

For 20 minute and 45 minute the maximum visible glass size allowed is 34" wide x 84" high or 2,856 square inches per vision lite.
FG3000S45

Multiple vision lites are allowed in both the 20 minute and 45 minute, but the combined total visible glass area allowed is 2,856 square inches per door.
Sectional View of Applications

Color: White

Beveled

Square

306

Pemko Fire Glazing Tape

FG3000S45 Fire Glazing Tape in 20- and 45-Minute Wood Door

Metal Vision Frame Applications

FG3000S45

Sectional View of Applications

Color: White

Beveled
Technical Data for 20- And 45-Minute Wood Doors Equipped with FG3000S45 (Metal Vision Frame, Single and Multiple Lite Applications)
Lite Configurations

Square

The maximum visible glass area allowed for single lites is 34" wide x 84" high; for single and multiple lites, the total visible glass area allowed is 2,856 square inches per door.

Single Vision Lite

Multiple Vision Lites

Lite Specifications

Door Specification

Maximum Dimensions (Single Lite): 34" wide x 84" high, 2,856 square inches per lite
Maximum Combined Dimensions (Multiple Lites): Multiple vision lites are allowed in both the 20- and 45-minute doors, but the combined total visible glass area allowed is 2,856 square inches per door.

Maximum Dimensions: Or both 20- and 45-minute doors, the maximum wood door size is 48" x 96" single, pairs approved

Listing/Labeling Specifications
· Door and frame must be manufactured by companies that are classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.® for the manufacturing and labeling of hollow metal fire doors. Warnock Hersey (I.T.S.) listings are also available through participating hollow metal manufacturers
· Listed Glazing Products include:
Wire Glazing: Pilkington, Asahi and Central Glass
· Individual door and frame manufacturers' modification procedures may vary slightly from the size listings shown

307

Pemko Fire Glazing Tape

FG3000S90 Fire Glazing Tape in 90-Minute Hollow Metal Door Metal Vision Frame Applications

· V erify all applications with your door and/or frame manufacturer
· F or exterior fire-rated applications, seal against moisture using industry standard methods

Sectional View of Applications

FG3000S90
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 8', 16'

Color: White

Beveled

Technical Data for 90-Minute Hollow Metal Doors Equipped with FG3000S90 (Metal Vision Frame, Single And Multiple Lite Applications)
Lite Configurations

Square
The maximum visible glass area allowed for single lites is 12" wide x 46" high or 552 square inches per vision lite; for multiple lites, the largest approved door configuration is two (2) vision lites at 12" wide x 46" high above two (2) vision lites at 12" wide x 46" high (as shown at far right). No more than four (4) lites are allowed per door, and the combined total visible glass area allowed is 2,208 square inches per door.

Single Vision Lite

Multiple Vision Lite

Multiple Vision Lites

Lite Specifications
Maximum Dimensions (Single Lite):
12" wide x 46" high, 552 square inches per lite Maximum Combined Dimensions (Multiple Lites):
Multiple vision lites are allowed in 90-minute doors, but the combined total visible glass area allowed is 2,208 square inches per door. No more than four (4) lites are allowed per door. The largest approved configuration is above two (2) vision lites at 12" wide x 46" high above two vision lites at 12" wide x 46" high.

Door Specification
Maximum Dimensions: For 90-minute doors, the maximum hollow metal door size is 48" x 120" single, pairs approved.

Listing/Labeling Specifications
· D oor and frame must be manufactured by companies that are classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.® for the manufacturing and labeling of hollow metal fire doors. Warnock Hersey (I.T.S.) listings are also available through participating hollow metal manufacturers
· L isted Glazing Products include:
Wire Glazing: Pilkington, Asahi and Central Glass
· Individual door and frame manufacturers' modification procedures may vary slightly from the size listings shown.

308

Pemko Fire Glazing Tape

FG3000S90 Fire Glazing Tape in 60- and 90-Minute Wood Doors

Metal Vision Frame Applications

· V erify all applications with your door and/or frame manufacturer
· F or exterior fire-rated applications, a clear silicone caulk is recommended for water proofing

FG3000S90
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 8', 16'

HSS2000

Sectional View of Applications

HSS2000 is required to be installed with FG3000S90 for positive pressure applications only. For more information about HSS2000, please see the Adhesive Gasketing section.

Technical Data for 60- and 90-Minute Wood Doors Equipped with FG3000S90 & HSS2000 (Metal Vision Frame, Single and Multiple Lite Applications)
Lite Configurations

The maximum visible glass area allowed for 60-minute single lites is 12" wide x 80" high or 960 square inches per vision lite; 90-minute doors are allowed a maximum visible glass area of 12" wide x 46" high or 552 square inches per vision lite. Multiple lites (allowed on 60-minute doors only) have a maximum combined visible glass area of 1,920 square inches per door.

Single Vision Lite, 60-Minute Door

Multiple Vision Lites, 60-Minute Door

Single Vision Lite, 90-Minute Door

Lite Specifications

Door Specification

Maximum Dimensions (Single Lite, 60-Minute): 12" wide x 80" high; 960 square inches per lite
Maximum Dimensions (Single Lite, 90-Minute): 12" wide x 46" high; 552 square inches per lite
Maximum Combined Dimensions (Multiple Lites, 60-Minute): Multiple vision lites are allowed in 60-minute doors only; the combined total visible glass area allowed is 1,920 square inches per door

Maximum Dimensions: For both 60- and 90-minute doors, the maximum wood door size is 48" x 96" single, pairs approved

Listing/Labeling Specifications
· D oor must be manufactured by companies that are classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.® for the manufacturing and labeling of hollow metal fire doors. Warnock Hersey (I.T.S.) listings are also available through participating hollow metal manufacturers.
· L isted Glazing Products include:
Wire Glazing: Pilkington, Asahi and Central Glass
· Individual door and frame manufacturers' modification procedures may vary slightly from the size listings shown
· H SS2000 is required on Positive Pressure applications only

309

Pemko Fire Glazing Tape

FG3000S45 Fire Glazing Tape in 20- and 45-Minute Wood Doors and Frames

FG3000S45
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7', 8', 14', 16'

· V erify all applications with your door and/or frame manufacturer
· For exterior fire-rated applications, seal against moisture using standard industry methods
· W ood vision frames rated 20-minute and 45-minute · W ood sidelite frames rated 20-minute and 45-minute · W ood borrowed lite frames rated 20-minute and 45-minute

Technical Data for 20-Minute Wood Sidelite Frame/Wood Lite Bead/Clear Tempered Glass

Maximum Visible Glazing Dimensions (Sidelite): 32 7/8" x 87 " 13/16 Glazing Materials (Sidelite): · P yroEdge 20TM by Interedge Technologies · F ireglass 20TM by Technical Glass Products Listing/Labeling Specifications: · P ositive Pressure Tested and Listed · V erify availability with door and frame manufacturer

Technical Data For 20-Minute Full Lite Wood Door/Wood Lite Frame/Clear Tempered Glass
Maximum Visible Glazing Dimensions (Lite): · (4'0" x 8'0" Door): 327/8"x 7513/16" · (4'0" x 8'0" Door): 327/8" x 7513/16" Glazing Materials (Sidelite): · P yroEdge 20TM by Interedge Technologies · F ireglass 20TM by Technical Glass Products Listing/Labeling Specifications: · P ositive Pressure Tested and Listed · V erify availability with door and frame manufacturer

Technical Data for: 20- and 45-Minute Full Lite Wood Door/Wood Lite Frame With Wire Glass or FireLiteTM, 20- and 45-Minute Wood Sidelite Frame/Borrowed Lite Frame/Transom Lite Frame with Wire Glass or FireLiteTM
Lite Specifications (see diagram at left): · P ositive Pressure Tested and Listed · L arge visible glazing areas · W ire Glass and FireLiteTM · V erify availability with door and frame manufacturer.
Contact These Manufacturers: Navy Island, Inc. 275 Marie Ave East, West St. Paul, MN 55118 Phone: 651.451.4454, Fax: 651.451.4484 Eggers Industries - Frame Plant 1819 East River Street, Two Rivers, WI 54241 Phone: 920.793.1351, Fax: 920.793.2958

310

Pemko Door & Frame Accessories
CONTENTS:
Glazing Bead/Spreader Bar.................................................................................................................................... 312 Reinforcements - Fillers.......................................................................................................................................... 312 Reinforcements - Misc............................................................................................................................................. 313 Reinforcements - Tabs............................................................................................................................................. 313

INDEX:

PRODUCT

PAGE

CB1-50PK...................... 314

CR2-5PK......................... 315

FT3-50PK........................ 315

GS2-20PK...................... 314

GS3-20PK...................... 314

GS4-20PK...................... 314

HF3-25PK....................... 314

SB1-25PK....................... 314

Pemko Door & Frame Accessories

Glazing Bead/Spreader Bar
Glazing Bead · S old in 20 packs only · N o fasteners supplied

GS2-20PK
GS3-20PK GS4-20PK

· 5/8" x 3/4" x 10'0" · P unched and countersunk for #8 screw · H ole spacings are 6" from ends and 12"
on center · .049 18 gauge A40 galvannealed steel
· 5/8" x 3/4" x 10'0" · B lank (no holes) · .049 18 gauge A40 galvannealed steel
· 5/8" x 3/4" x 3'0" · B lank (no holes) · .049 18 gauge A40 galvannealed steel

Reinforcements - Fillers
Corner Fillers · Holes in one side for anchoring 15/8" x 15/8" · .065 - 16 gauge galvannealed steel · Sold in 50 packs only

CB1-50PK

· 2" face frame corner filler. · 5/8"x 7/16" lip x 113/16" wide

Frame Hinge Filler Plate · For 13/4" rabbeted frames · Two (2) #12-24 x 1/2" F.H.M.S. · Sold in 25 packs only

HF3-25PK

· 41/2" hinge filler for frames. · 15/8" x 41/2" x .134 HRPO

GS2

GS3

GS4

CB1

HF3

Strike Filler Plates · Sold in 25 packs only

SB1-25PK

· For 47/8" strike · 11/4" x 47/8" x .095 CRS · Two (2) #12-24 x 1/2" F.H.M.S. included

SB1

312

Pemko Door & Frame Accessories

Reinforcements - Misc.
Weld-In Reinforcements · W eld-in closer reinforcement · C R2 sold in 5 packs only · C R3 sold in 20 packs only

CR2-5PK

· 1 2" flat closer reinforcement for standard and PA mount closers
· 1 3/4" x 12" x .134 - 10 gauge HRPO

CR2

Reinforcements - Tabs

Flush Bolt Strike Tabs · F or strike in header bars - no offset · 1 " x 1/2" x .109 HRPO · H ole tapped #8-32 · S old in 50 packs only

FT3

FT3-50PK

313

The ASSA ABLOY Group is the global leader in access solutions. Every day, we help billions of people experience a more open world.
ASSA ABLOY Opening Solutions leads the development within door openings and products for access solutions in homes, businesses and institutions. Our offering includes doors, frames, door and window hardware, mechanical and smart locks, access control and service.

Memphis, TN USA P: 800.824.3018 F: 800.243.3656

Ventura, CA USA P: 800.283.9988 F: 800.283.4050

Vancouver, BC Canada P: 877.535.7888 F: 877.535.7444

Toronto, ON Canada P: 877.535.7888 F: 877.535.7444

Copyright © 2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited.

www.assaabloydooraccessories.us 80071 4861 10/20

Adobe PDF Library 15.0 Adobe InDesign 16.0 (Macintosh)